CONTENTS

SESSION 1 INTELLECTUAL INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS: MODELS, METHODS AND MEANS

V.I. LEVIN LOGIC OF THINKING AND PROBLEM OF A CONFLICT......12K.V. KUMUNGIEV, A.A. MELNIK............ MODEL OF INTELLIGENCE AND KNOWLEDGEBASE ............................................................................................13L. A KUZNETSOV., R. V BATISCHEV . . MODELLING AND SIMULATION OF COMPLICATED INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS........................................................14V.S. MECHONOSCHIN, A.M. LEBEDEV. DECISION-MAKING IN EMERGENCY SITUATION: FORMAL AND INFORMAL MODELS OF INTEGRITY...................15A.S. POLUEKTOV ................ SEMANTIC INTEGRATION OF DISTRIBUTED DATABASES ON THE BASE OF FRAME  MODEL SYSTEMS OF REPRESENTATION OF KNOWLEDGE...................................................................16V.I. LEVIN MODELS OF OPTIMIZATION SYSTEMS IN CONDITIONS OF INTERVAL UNCERTAINTY.............................................................................16O.V.KRASKO VERBAL SCALES FOR ANALYTIC HIERARCHY PROCESS: MEANING, COMPREHENSION, TRANSITIVITY..................................................17O.N. EVSEEVA.......................... THE AGENTS. FORMAL DEFINITION AND CLASSIFICATION.....................................................................................................18GERD DOEBEN-HENISCH, SILKE HOEPPNER, BRENDAN MURPHY .............DEFINING AGENCY ............................................................20VICTOR TARATOUKHINE, KAMAL BECHKOUM .................... A MULTI-AGENT APPROACH FOR DESIGN CONSISTENCY CHECKING.......................................21SILKE HOEPPNER, MATTHIAS WELWARSKY, BRENDAN MURPHY.............. TOWARDS AGENT-PLATFORM INDEPENDENT MIGRATION OF MOBILE AGENTS........22INGO STENGEL, SILKE HOEPPNER, BRENDAN MURPHY, AIDAN MCDONALD SECURITY IN INTELLIGENT MOBILE AGENT SYSTEMS..................................24O. I. PYATKOVSKY, K. A. LEVIN .................... ADAPTIVE HUMAN-MACHINE INTERACTION METHODS IN INTELLECTUAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS.....24JAAGHI HALIL .............. INTERACTIVE SYSTEM OF THE ANALYSIS OF OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCY OF INDUSTRIAL AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS. 25Y.VERYHA .................. EXPERT SYSTEM FOR REDUNDANT ROBOTIC MANIPULATORS......................................................................................................27S.S. VALEYEV, V.I. VASILYEV, S.V. KOZYREV DESIGN OF ACTIVE EXPERT SYSTEM CONTROL FOR CHEMICAL-TECHNOLOGICAL PROCESS...............28L.G.MURADKHANOVA EXPERT SYSTEM FOR BUSINESS APPLICATIONS.....29V. E.GLIZNUTSIN, E. S.GLIZNUTSINA .................... THE FORMALIZATION OF ACCOUNTING INFORMATION IN DECISION MAKING SUPPORT SYSTEM. .29N.I.SHANCHENKO INFORMATION INVESTMENT DESIGN SYSTEM............31I.N. GLUKHIKH . . IMITATION OF DECISION MAKING BY AN AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER IN INTELLIGENT TRAINING SYSTEMS: INTERACTIVE MODE FOR KNOWLEDGEBASE MAKING.......................................................................32P.I.SOSNIN ... CONSTRUCTIVE PREDICATION AS A TASK OF PATTERN RECOGNITION..........................................................................................................32

M.S.SHIBUT, N.A.YARMOSH ...................... METHODS OF ADAPTING IN THE INSTRUMENTAL EXPERT CAL SYSTEM............................................................35ASLANOV MUSURZA MUSTAFA .................. DECISION-MAKING UPON DATA PROCESSING OF REMOTE SOUNDING................................................................35MAYILOV R.A., SAFAROV R.S. .......................... ON DECISION MAKING AT TRANSMISSION INFORMATION ON CABLES OF CONNECTION WITH VIOLATED HOMOGENEITY..................................................................................36GURBANOV F.M., MASIMOV E.D. . . MATHEMATICAL MODEL AND EXPERT SYSTEM OF DIAGNOSTICS AND CURING OF ILLNESSES................................37

SESSION 2 .................... INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS: APPLICATIONS IN COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN.............................................................................38

V.E. ZOLOTOVSKY ............ INTERACTIVE DESIGNING AND MODELING SYSTEMS .............................................................................................................38V.B. SILIN, V.V. MALYGIN ...................... BASIC APPROACH TOWARDS DISTRIBUTING OF COMPUTATION AND INFORMATION RESOURCES IN COMPUTING NETWORKS......................................................................................40V. V. SUSKIN ..................... VIRTUAL MANUFACTURE - NEW STEP OF AUTOMATION ОF MANUFACTURE.......................................................................41A.F. KOLCHIN ANALYSIS OF DESIGN TASK..............................................42I. A .KALABANOVSKY, A.F.POHILKO ................... DATA PRESENTATION AND CRITERION OF INVESTIGATION OF CAD-SYSTEMS FOR THE CLASS OF PROBLEMS WITH THE STRUCTURED PRESENTATION OF DATA..................43A.V. PETKEVICH, N.A. YARMOSH AN APPROACH TO RECOGNITION AND REPRESENTATION OF FORM FEATURES IN MECHANICAL DESIGNS...........44P.I. SOSNIN, E.P. SOSNINA ................ MONITORING OF PRACTICAL REASONING IN DECISION-MAKING....................................................................45V. G. SEMYONOV MODELING OF DECISION-MAKING PROCESS..............46P. I. SOSNIN, D. S. VERBICHENKO . MULTI-USER VERSION OF QUESTION-ANSWER PROCESSOR WIQA (WORKING IN QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS). .48I.J. LVOVITCH, K.A. RAZINKIN, E.L. ZASLAVSKIJ ..... PERSPECTIVE VARIANTS AGGREGATION OF RANDOMIZE MULTIALTERNATIVE SEARCH USING GENETIC ALGORITHMS ...........................................................................49I.E. TOM, N. A. NOVOSELOVA ............ COMPUTER-AIDED ERGONOMICS DESIGN FOR VEHICLE CAB...................................................................................50I.M.ISMAILOV, M. CH.PASHAEV, E. M.ISMAILOVA .... INDUCTIVE FREQUENCES CONVERTERS IN AUTOMATIC DESIGNING SYSTEMS....................................51SH-M. A.ISMAILOV, A. A.DJANMURSAEV., B. B.YAGYAEVA AUTOMATION OF THE DESIGNING OF THE BIT-PARALLEL OPERATING DEVICES OF NUMERIC DATA ARRAY PROCESSING ..............................................................52N.I.KHAMETS., L.V.GUBITCH . DEPENDENCE OF STRENGTH AND STRAIN PROPERTIES OF PLASTIC CASE PRODUCTS FROM RIBS' LOCATION............52V. E.GLIZNUTSIN CAD OF SMITHING PRODUCTS....................................53V. E. ISAEV ............. DYNAMICAL MODELING OF TECHNOLOGICAL SYSTEMS IN "EULER".............................................................................................54S.V.PAVLOVA .... CONSTRUCTION OF THE EVOLVEMENT FOR CLOTHES DESIGNING...............................................................................................................55

4

M.A.AKHMEDOV, D.F.MAMEDOV, A. H. HUSEINOV, SH.R. RAHIMOV DESIGN OF THE SENSITIVE ELEMENT FOR THE SENSOR OF MECHANICALS FORCES55H.M.AKHMEDOVA THE COMPUTER- AIDED-DESIGN OF THE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR THE FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEM........................56S.E. CHEKMENEV ........ LISP SYSTEM AS A SMALL COMPUTER SCIENCE LABORATORY..........................................................................................................57A.Y.ISMAILOV, R.N.ALLAKHVERDIYEV ...... TO THE OPTIMAL PARAMETER SEARCH PROBLEM IN AUTOMATED DYNAMIC SYSTEM (PLANNING)........58AFANASIEV A., BORISOV V. .... INTERACTIVE DESIGN OF THE CONTROL PROCESSORS ..................................................................................................59

SESSION 3 INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS: APPLICATIONS IN SOFT AND NEURAL COMPUTING.......................................................................................60

D. S. VERBICHENKO . . . ATTENTION MANAGEMENT IN THE PROCESS OF VISUALIZATION OF NOTION-FIGURATIVE INFORMATION......................60V. G. SEMYONOV,P.I.SOSNIN ENVIRONMENT FOR IMITATING MODELING OF QUESTION-ANSWER PROCESS.......................................................................61S.V. SAI, A.I. SHUSAKOV, A.V. ARHIPOV . . . METHOD OF GAINING VISUAL SHARPNESS OF A GRAPHICS IMAGE...................................................................62N.A.SATTAROV A SYSTEM OF INFORMATIONAL SUPPORT OF THE REMOTE ECO-MONITORING ON THE BASE OF A COGNITIVE GRAPHICAL MODEL ...............................................................................................................63V.V. SHISHKIN, M.A. GAVRIKOV, A.U. PESHKOV .. THE COGNITIVE GRAPHIC MODEL OF RELATION ALGEBRA.........................................................................63V. G. SEMYONOV GRAPHICAL INFORMATION SUPPORT LIBRARY..........64A.A.PROKHOROVA ......... DESIGNING OF MACHINE-BUILDING CONSTRUCTIONS BY METHODS OF SURFACE MODELLING.........................65

SESSION 4 . . INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS: APPLICATIONS IN SOFT AND NEURAL COMPUTING.......................................................................................66

N.G. YARUSHKINA ...... SOFT COMPUTING AND ANALYSIS OF COMPLEX SYSTEMS ............................................................................................................66V. I. KRASINSKY ........ COMPARISON OF OBJECTS BY THE DEGREE OF FUZZYNESS OF NOMINAL CHARACTERS..........................................................68A.N. TSELYKH ................. DECISION MAKING ON THE BASIS OF FUZZY SEMANTIC NETWORK............................................................................................69A.A. TSELYKH ANALYSIS OF INFORMATION STREAMS REPRESENTED WITH FUZZY HYPERGAPHS..................................................................................69A.P.SUCHKOVA ....................... DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEM FOR PUBLIC PROCUREMENTS AND TENDERS.........................................................................70S.I. YUSIFOV ............... FUZZY OPTIMIZATION OF WORKING AGENT DISTRIBUTION ON GAZLIFT OIL EXTRACTION................................................71A.M. ALIYEV FUZZY ALGORITHM FOR PLANNING AND CONTROL EXPERIMENTS IN GAZLIFT WELLS.....................................................................72S.F. JAFAROV ...................... ELECTROMAGNETIC VIBRATION EXCITER’S MECHANICAL PARAMETERS SPECTRAL ANALYSIS ALGORITHM FOR FUZZY CONTROL....................................................................................................72

5

S.V. ZHERNAKOV ...... HETEROGENEOUS KNOWLEDGE BASE FOR GAS TURBINE ENGINE PARAMETER DIAGNOSIS AND CONTROL.........................73V.M. KUREICHIK, B.K. LEBEDEV, E.V. NUZHNOV ............. NEURAL NETWORKS INSTRUCTION BY MEANS OF GENETIC SEARCH METHODS...............................................75O. PYATKOVSKIY, D. RUBTSOV, S. BUTAKOV .... THE BUILDING OF INFORMATION SYSTEM WITH THE USAGE OF "IF - THEN" RULES AND NEURAL NETWORKS...............76D.V. ANDREEV THE NEURAL PROCESSOR ON RESISTIVE RELATORS........77D.V. ANDREEV, A.V. SOROKIN THE RELATOR-BASED NEURAL PROCESSOR FOR IDENTIFICATION RANK VALUES OF AN ANALOG SIGNAL...................78R. SADIQOV, U. МАМЕDOVA ..................... SOFT COMPUTING AND EXPERT - DIAGNOSTIC MEDICAL SYSTEM..........................................................................79A.P. BABCIN, P.N. ISACOV, O.N. CHOPOROV ........................ PREDICTION OF DEVELOPMENT OF MACROANGIOPATHY BY SUGAR DIABETES ON THE BASIS OF NEURONETS ...............................................................................80M. Y. BOGATYREV, O. Y. ZOLOTYKH, A.N. KOZLOV, V.A. USOV .................. ON APPLYING GENETIC PROGRAMMING TO DATABASE SOFTWARE ANALYSIS AND DESIGN .........................................................81L.I. VOLGIN, A.B. CLIMOVSKY ........... RELATOR HARDWARE OF SORTING NETWORKS ..............................................................................................82

SESSION 5 .. COMPUTER-ASSISTED LEARNING AND COMPUTER LINGUISTICS........................................................................84

NATALIE STASH ................ INTELLIGENT AGENTS FOR DISTANT LEARNING SYSTEMS..............................................................................................84L.V.KOTOVA, N.A. YARMOSH ............. TESTING IN COMPUTER-ASSISTED LEARNING SYSTEMS..............................................................................................86P.I.SOSNIN, D.P.SOSNIN ........... QUESTION STRATEGIES OF AUTOMATED TRAINING .....................................................................................................87A.B. VINOGRADOV, V.V. SHISHKIN . . . . TAKING INTO OPERATION OF THE ELECTRONIC EDUCATIONAL MANUALS AND MULTIMEDIA TRAINING PROGRAMS AT TECHNICAL UNIVERSITIES.......................................................88V.A. BORISOV, A.B. VINOGRADOV, O.J. NIKONOVA, V.V. SHISHKIN TECHNIQUE OF CREATION ELECTRONIC EDUCATIONAL MANUAL IN THE FORM OF HELP FILES...............................................................................................................89V.A. BORISOV, N.O. GRACHEVA, D.G. SHABAEV . . CREATION TECHNIQUE OF THE ELECTRONIC EDUCATIONAL MANUALS AS PDF-DOCUMENTS..........90A.O.KOLESNIKOV, V.N.NEGODA ........ USAGE OF SQL-DATABASES AS A BASIS FOR THE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM OF COMPUTER-BASED LEARNING ............................................................................................91V. N. NEGODA ................. ARCHITECTURE OF OBJECTS REPOSITORY OF EDUCATIONAL MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEMS MODELING SYSTEM............92R.N.SATTAROV ..... PECULIARITIES OF THE ECOLOGICAL TRAINING ON THE BASE OF A MULTIMEDIA ENCYCLOPEDIA...............................................94P.S.PANKOV, B.J.BAYACHOROVA . . INTERACTIVE VISUAL STUDYING OF MATHEMATICAL OBJECTS...................................................................................94Y.V. SUSLOV PRIMARY-FLIGHT TRAINING COMPUTERISED SYSTEM......95

6

KUZIN N.J., IMAMUTDINOV I.F. ........ DEVELOPMENT OF THE ELECTRONIC MANUAL "DESIGN AND CALCULATION OF STEEL FARMS OF COVERINGS OF INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS" WITH USE OF WEB-TECHNOLOGIES..............95S.A.SOFRONOV, I.S.RYBKIN, A.A.CHISTYAKOV, E.R. MOSHEV THE TOOL OF CREATION OF CONCURRENT PROGRAMS MP1...........................................96S.A.SOFRONOV, I.S.RYBKIN, A.A.CHISTYAKOV, E.R. MOSHEV .... DEVELOPMENT OF PROGRAMMING TECHNOLOGY, ENSURING THE KIT GUARANTEEING SOFTWARE QUALITIES ............................................................97A.F. KOLCHIN, U.E. BURTSEV ..... LANGUAGE FOR THE DOMAIN TASK FORMALIZATION ................................................................................................98E. E.KUDRIASHOVA, D. P.PANCHENKO, O. A.SYCHEV VISUAL GENERATING TEXT SYSTEM "API-BUILDER" .....................................................................99V.KARYAEV ASSEMBLER LANGUAGES INTERPRETER.....................99S.V. GALANIN . THE USE OF PREDICATE PATTERNS IN THE PROBLEM OF DETECTION OF QUESTIONS..........................................................................100A.PASTUHOV, A.ZABOLEEVA-ZOTOVA ..... USING NATURAL LANGUAGE CONSTRACTIONS IN THE PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES............................101V. IAROSLAVSKI CREATIVE SEARCH OF THE HOMOGENEOUS TEXTS.......104A.SMOLSKY ................ GLOTTOLOGICAL MODEL OF PHONEMEGRAPHIC LANGUAGE LEXICAL UNIT.................................................................................104G.E.KEDROVA, O.V.DEDOVA, E.L.BARHUDAROVA, V.V.POTAPOV, E.B.OMELJANOVA RUSSIAN PHONETICS IN INTERNET: HYPERTEXTUAL MULTIMEDIA COURSE FOR DISTANCE EDUCATION..............................................................105E.P. SOSNINA . . INTERACTIVE ACTIVITIES IN COMPUTER-ASSISTED LANGUAGE LEARNING........................................................................................106E.P. SOSNINA, T.M. ONODALO .......... ELECTRONIC FOREIGN LANGUAGE TESTING AND TRAINING COURSE FOR THE ENTRANCE TEST....................107N.Y.ZAITSEVA, E.A.TELIATNIKOVA . ANALYSIS OF THE TERM FORMATION WAYS IN THE FRENCH LANGUAGE (WITHIN THE FRAMEWORK OF A SUBLANGUAGE OF THE TELECOMMUNICATION SOFTWARE MEANS)....108E. TSYBINA ........... ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF USING THESAURUSES.......................................................................................................109PURTOV I., TSYBINA E. ...... THE DICTIONARY OF CONCORDANCES FOR THE APPLIED FIRST-ORDER PREDICATE LANGUAGE...................................110A.A. PROTSKEVICH ...... CALCULATION OF OPTIMAL PARAMETERS OF THE CODE DICTIONARY......................................................................................111I.A.PURTOV MODELING OF SECOND ORDER RELATIONS WITH THE HELP OF THE LANGUAGE PROLOG..............................................................................112

SESSION 6 OTHER APPLICATIONS OF INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS...........114ROBERT LÖW, JEANNE STYNES, INGO STENGEL, AIDAN MCDONALD DISTRIBUTED HIERARCHICAL DIRECTORY SERVICE FOR ENTERPRISE COMPUTING...........................................................................................................114B.G.IBRAHIMOV .......... INTELLECTUAL TERMINAL COMPLEXES IN THE INFORMATION-COMPUTER COMMUNICATION NETWORKS........................114

7

A. A. ABAIDULIN .......... PROBLEMS OF INCREASING EFFICIENCY OF TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS OPERATION IN EMERGENCY SITUATIONS116A. A. ABAIDULIN, YU. I. BERESNEV ....... SIMULATION OF INFORMATION PROTECTION SYSTEMS IN DISTRIBUTED INFORMATION PROCESSING NETWORKS ......................................................................................117D.YU.MUROMTSEV .......... SYNTHESIS OF INTELLECTUAL ENERGY-SAVING REGULATORS BY THERMAL OBJECTS............................................118R.T.GUMBATOV .......... PERSPECTIVES OF APPLICATION OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE SYSTEM FOR THE INDUSTRIAL WASTERWATER CLARIFICATION PROCESS CONTROL...............................................................119L.I. VOLGIN, A.B. CLIMOVSKY ... INTERACTIVE INTELLECTUALIZATION OF MEASURING DEVICES....................................................................................120R.T.GUMBATOV, A.N.ABIEV, S.F.AZERI ............. INTELLECTUAL SENSOR OF VARIABLE CURRENT ................................................................................121A.I. CHEBAREV, R.V.HEYDAROV . . RESONANT SENSORS AND DEVICES FOR PERCEPTION, RECOGNITION AND TOUCH OF IMAGES OF ELECTRICAL CONDUCTION PRODUCTS..........................................................122S.F. JAFAROV . . . . ELECTROMAGNETIC VIBRATION EXCITER’S FORCED OSCILLATIONS STABILITY EXPERT ESTIMATION.........................................123A.N.ABIEV, N.R.ALLAHVERDIJEVA, S.F.AZERI INTELLECTUAL CONVERTER PARAMETERS OF ELECTRIC MOTORS IN PRODUCTION...............................124S.V. ZHERNAKOV ...................... THE INTEGRATED KNOWLEDGE-BASED DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM OF GAS TURBINE ENGINE PARAMETERS...............125V.A. MUSTAFAEV, D.F. MAMEDOV, T.A. TAGIEVA ......... AUTOMATION OF THE STRUCTURE FORMING OF DISCREET SYSTEM NET MODEL........................126A.N. AFANASIEV, SIBIRYOV V.V., KORNIENKO V.V. ........... AUTOMATION OF MANAGING IN EDUCATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS..........................................127M. A. KNYAZEVA, V. D. GUZHAVIN .. . . SUBSYSTEM OF ASSESSMENT OF TIME COMPLEXITY OF PROGRAMS IN INSTRUMENTAL MODELING SYSTEM OF PROGRAM OPTIMIZATION............................................................127KUZNETSOV L.A., POGODAEV A. K., OVCHINNIKOV V. V. .... OPTIMIZATION OF QUERIES FOR A RELATIONAL DBMS ...............................................................128S. A. AGEYEV, K. K. VASILIEV .......... OPTIMIZATION OF THE METHOD OF ADAPTIVE DECORRELATION OF RANDOM SEQUENCES..............................128B. HUSEYNOV, KH. BABAZADEH . . OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS OF MOBILE CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS.........................................................................129B. HUSEYNOV, KH. BABAZADEH .... ABOUT ONE PROBLEM OF OPTIMAL CHANNEL DISTRIBUTION....................................................................................130M. K. HASANOV, N. E. HUSEYNOV, M. A. MAMMADOV, J. M. RASULOV CHANNELS CONTROL SETTING IN TRANSFERRING SYSTEMS.........................................131M.A.KOKURINA, Y.S.FEDOSENKO, A.V.SHEYANOV................ ON BICRITERIAL OPTIMIZATION ALGORITHMS FOR INTERACTIVE MODELS OF PLANNING THE SERVICING OF OBJECTS FLOWS...............................................................131

8

VALIEV V.M. STOCHASTIC SIMULATION AND OPTIMIZE RISK DECISION MAKING OF RESOURCES OF HYDROCARBON DEVELOPMENT .........................................................................................132YU.A. GADZJIEV BINARY RANK SCHEME FOR DEPENDED SOURCES......133L. A. KUZNETSOV, M. G. ZHURAVLYOVA ........ THE IDENTIFICATION OF THE CONNECTION BETWEEN RANDOM VALUES HAVING ANY DISTRIBUTION OF PROBABILITIES ..................................................................................134KUZNETSOV L.A., VORONIN A.S. INFORMATION MODEL FOR ANALYSIS OF CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN EMPIRICAL SETS...............................................135GURBANOVA L.I. ........ ABOUT ONE ALGORITHM OF THE AUTOMATIC ANALYSIS OF AN ARITHMETIC FORMULA........................................................135V.V.PROKHOROV, D.V.SMIRNOV, A.N.STARIKOV .................. COMPUTING OF MATHEMATICAL FUNCTIONS ON THE BASIS OF COMPUTATIONAL PROXY SERVERS INTERNET .........................................................................136V.S.KNIAZKOV ........ ALGEBRAIC FUNDAMENTALSES OF MASSIVE COMPUTATIONS IN ITERATED - BIT PROCESSOR SPACES...........................136E. SMIRNOVA . . . ALGEBRA OF LIMITED PETRI TS-NET IN SIMULATION TASKS OF INTERACTIVE INFORMATION SYSTEMS WITH HYPERTEXT STRUCTURE............................................................................................................138N.R.ALLAHVERDIYEVA, A.M.MEHDIYEVA .... CORRECTING FILTRATION OF METRICAL SIGNALS .................................................................................139BUDAZHAPOVA B.B. ...... STRATEGY OF DETERMINATION THE PATH OF MOVING A MOBILE TRANSPORT ROBOT BY MEANS OF THE GRAPH OF ADJACENT AREAS AND LEE’S WAVE ALGORITHM.......................................140SHEDEEVA S.D. ..... MODELING OF THE ADAPTABLE PROCESS IN MAKE CONSTRUCTION FROM THE POLYMERIC COMPOSITE MATERIALS(PCM)140ANTONOVA E.I., SAPOTSKIY C.M. THE EXTENDED INTERFACE IN THE SYSTEM OF INTELLIGENT SUPPORT OF INSPECTION PATIENTS.......................................................141V.B. SILIN PECULIARITIES OF SPECTRAL ANALYSIS OF NON-STATIONARY TACHOGRAM IN CARDIOLOGY................................................142SOFRONOV S.A., MOSHEV E.R., RYABCHIKOV N.M. THE SYSTEM OF REDICTION OF RESIDUAL LIFE TIME FOR TECHNOLOGICAL PIPE-LINES...................143CHISTYAKOV A.A., MOSHEV E.R., RYABCHIKOV N.M . . INTEGRAL SOLUTIONS ON AUTOMATION OF FORECASTING OF RESIDUAL RESOURCE (SAFE LIFE) OF TECHNOLOGICAL VEHICLES AND DOCUMENT CIRCULATION OF TECHNICAL DIVISIONS(SUBDIVISIONS)..........................................................144T.M.MANSUROV .......... PROCEDURE OF SOLUTION OF COMPLICATED PROBLEMS ............................................................................................................145ON FREE-DIMENSIONAL HOMOGENEOUS COMPUTATIONAL STRUCTURES AND MEDIA............................................................................................................145SMOLKIN V. P. . RELIABILITY ANALYSIS OF FOREIGN PERSONAL COMPUTERS .........................................................................................................146GLIZNUTSIN V.E., GLIZNUTSINA E.S., PRJAHINA N.V................................................147THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM OF CURRENT RATING.......................................147OF MANAGERIAL TASKS.....................................................................................147

9

BLYUDINA L.C., BLYUDINA U.A. .................... QUALITATIVE METHODS IN SOCIOLOGY: THE PROBLEM OF DATA TREATMENT.....................................148KHALILOV A.I., AGAEVA A.A. . . . ON SOCIALLY ORIENTED COMPONENT OF THE MUNICIPAL INFORMATION SYSTEM.................................................149FILIMONOV V.A. ...... «EKRAN»-TECHNOLOGY FOR RUSSIAN-CHINESE NEGOTIATIONS......................................................................................................150A.A. RAFANOVICH, A.A.SMAGIN ................ THE PROBLEM OF AUTOMATIC DECISION OF A CLASS OF MATHEMATICAL TASKS......................................151

SESSION 7 STUDENTS’ SESSION.........................................................152А.О.KOLESNIKOV, Z.KUEHN ................... TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION OF PHOTOGALLERIES IN THE ENVIRONMENT OF INTERNET ON THE BASIS OF A DBMS ORACLE ..............................................................................................152G.A. ARTEMIEV, N.O. GRACHEVA, R. KAMOLOV ...... MULTIMEDIA TEST OF INTELLECTUAL POSSIBILITIES OF THE MAN..................................................153N. MILYAEV .............. OBJECT-ORIENTED APPROACH TO TECHNICAL OBJECTS DESCRIPTION........................................................................................154V.I. SMIRNOV, V.I. ABAKUMOV, V.V. ZHARKOV, M.G. ILYIN ................. MULTI-FUNCTIONAL VIRTUAL DEVICE ...........................................................154V.V. KORNIENKO ........... METHODIC OF DEVELOPMENT AND USING OF EDUCATIONAL COURSES OF DISTANCE EDUCATION..................................155A. V. SAFONOV AUTOMATED LEARNING COURSE “INTERFACES OF THE COMPUTER”...................................................................................................157V. KORNYSHEV THE SYSTEM OF WEB-PUBLISHING CURRICULI...........157A.V.MAKSIMOV .................... INTERACTIVE SYSTEM OF ANALYSIS OF KNOWLEDGE.........................................................................................................158D. NEGODA . INTERACTIVE TELECOMMUNICATION SIMULATOR OF I8086 MICROPROCESSOR.....................................................................................159O. RATANOVA . . TUTORING IN CONTROLLERS OF INTERRUPTIONS IN TELECOMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT..........................................................160A. GRIGORYEV THE RESEARCH OF MECHANISMS AND APPROACHES FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF SIMULATORS OF MICROCONTROLLERS AND REALIZATION OF THE SIMULATOR FOR INTEL8051 MICROCONTROLLER... .

.............................................................................................................160L.M.VALKIN, A.S.GRIGORYEV, V.S.SKVORTSOV ............ UNIVERSITY MAIL SERVER ACCOUNTING AND STATISTICS SYSTEM.........................................161B. SOZIN TELECOMMUNICATION METHA-ASSEMBLER AND ITS ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................161BELOROSSOV M.A., STROGANOV C.S. ............ COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT AND DISPATCHING TOWN AND DISTRICT ELECTRIC NETWORKS ......................................................................................162MAKAROV P.S. .............. THE TOOL OF AN ESTIMATION OF PRACTICAL REASONINGS IN TRAINING SYSTEMS..............................................................163M. EGUNOV THE METHOD OF THE SEMANTIC ANALYSIS OF LANGUAGES FOR THE DESCRIPTION OF THE PARALLEL ALGORITHMS..........................163M. A.GAVRIKOV .............. VISUALIZATION OF WINDOW INTERFACES IN "CONDOR" SYSTEM..............................................................................................164

10

KONONENKO A.I. SEMANTIC CONNECTED TEXTS SEARCHING WITH AN EVALUATION OF RELEVANCE...........................................................................164MULIN A.S., SMIRNOV M.A. .......... ATTEMPT OF USAGE OF THE CLIENT - SERVER TECHNOLOGY IN QUESTION-ANSWER PROCESSES.......................165V.O.DULOV ............ EDITOR OF CONCEPTS AND LANGUAGE DATA STORED IN DATA BASE OF THE SYSTEM LINA..............................................166DENISOVA V. FUEL INJECTION SURPASS ANGLE DEFINITION SYSTEM.......167

ADDITIONAL THESES IN RUSSIAN................................................................168Д.А.МОВСЕСЯН ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ ТЕХНОЛОГИИ ДИНАМИЧЕСКИХ WEB-СТРАНИЦ ДЛЯ ОРГАНИЗАЦИИ АНОНИМНОГО ТЕСТИРОВАНИЯ В ДИСТАНЦИОННОМ ОБУЧЕНИИ........................................................................168НАГОЕВ З. В. . МОДЕЛЬ ПРОЦЕССОВ ИНТЕРИОРИЗАЦИИ - ОСНОВА МОДЕЛИ СЕМАНТИКИ ЯЗЫКА..........................................................................170СУРКОВА Е.В. ............................ ОЦЕНКА ДЕЯТЕЛЬНОСТИ ФИРМЫ НА ПЕРСОНАЛЬНОМ КОМПЬЮТЕРЕ......................................................................170К.ЛИТВИНОВ, А.ЛИТВИНОВ, Г.ПЕРЕПЕЛКИН СПЕЦИАЛЬНОЕ ПРОГРАММНОЕ ОБЕСПЕЧЕНИЕ ЦЕНТРА ДИСТАНЦИОННОГО ОБУЧЕНИЯ........................171

AUTHORS' LIST………………………..……………………………. 164

11

SESSION 1

INTELLECTUAL INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS:

MODELS, METHODS AND MEANS

V.I. Levin LOGIC OF THINKING AND PROBLEM OF A CONFLICT

The conflicts between the individuals can arise for the various reasons. First of all it is the contradictions (in a more common case - incongruity) interests of the individuals. In compilation of formal models of turning out here conflicts the mathematical game theory is engaged. Other large group of the reasons of conflicts - misunderstanding between the individuals. To receive a formal model of such conflict it is much more difficult, as 1) it is not connected in any way to the concrete objectives of the individuals and 2) misunderstandings - too difficult object for understanding and learning, let alone it a quantitative estimation.

If to discard the elementary case of misunderstanding between the people called(caused) by distinction in a education level, we shall receive a main interesting situation, when the misunderstanding is called by deep distinctions in character (logic) of thinking of the individuals. These distinctions practically do not depend on derivation, are rather steady in time and result in serious conflicts, both on individual, and at a group level.

Each individual in thinking uses (more often unconsciously) logic theory. Last is divided on two-place and many-valued, which essentially differ. Therefore all individuals as logic of thinking we shall divide on two-place and many-valued meaner. Their distinctions in the following:

1) For two-place meaner any statement can have only two truth values: is true or is false, and the negation gives one another. For many-valued meaner it can have three and more truth values, and the negation of one value can give anyone another, depending on definition of negation. 2) For two-place meaner the returning to any statement is possible by its double negation. For many-valued meaner this returning not always is possible. 3) For two-place meaner is always true or given statement or it negation - the third possibility is eliminated. For many-valued meaner in one cases the given statement, in others - it negation, in third - other statements, distinct from that and from other is true. 4) For two-place meaner the given statement and it negation cannot be simultaneously true; when one is true, another false and on the contrary. For many-valued meaner the simultaneous truth that and other is not eliminated.

Our hypothesis consists in the following. For two-place meaner the many-valued thinking is unintelligible, as it contains unusual, from it the points of view, representations, such as the insufficiency of two truth values (is true or is false) or two estimations of acts (kindly and angry), the impossibility of simplis transition from one values to other on rules of a type " is not true - false", " is no kind - angry " etc. The misunderstanding carries on to suspiciousness and, eventually, to conflicts.

12

K.V. Kumungiev, A.A. Melnik MODEL OF INTELLIGENCE AND KNOWLEDGEBASE

For computer-aided tutoring (CT) the use of a knowledgebase (KB), containing information about investigated data domain (DD) is necessary. Such model of DD (not like in models based on data bases) will «realize» itself and will have a possibility to react on trainee’s action.

Such model takes into account 3 aspects: Reflection of a model of human intelligence; The correspondence to the level of formalization of knowledge

concept nowadays; The correspondence to modern technologies of tutoring (technical

and structural).The creation of KB is always connected with knowledge concepts. For systems of

CT the principal point is, that KB should correspond to the model of human intelligence. The deepest researches of human intelligence are carried in psychology. The analysis of outcomes, accumulated in psychology, allows to make two basic conclusions:

1) Everyone admits the complexity of intelligence as an object of a research. At the same time, its models are created as simple structures, giving no possibility to reflect the variety intelligence properties realizations.

2) All the mentioned models are psychological models. The models only reflect reality. As applied to education the rational model is necessary, i.e. it’s needed to set a certain ideal, and to be operational - to help trainee in defining the paths for high intellectual level formation.

The model of intelligence intended for a solution of the educational tasks, should integrate and generalize the outcomes, accumulated in psychology, in artificial intelligence and in theory of problem solving. The model should be constructed with complicated structure.

The basic characteristic of intelligence is the ability to be guided and to purposefully operate in a new, problematic situation (PS); intelligence is the ability to set, comprehend and solve problems.

Among the variety of knowledge concept models the most acceptable for KB creation for CT is frame model, as a model always being strictly hierarchical. In the frame model the concretezation comes «from above downwards» - from the level of projection to the level of a realization. From the point of view of logic of construction, the frames reflect a concept of human knowledge very precisely.

For a trainee PS in such model will look like a chain of frames of unknown length, with a known start frame. The solution of PS is the search for all elements of the chain. Due to its interior structure (the presence of large number of connections, sometimes of different types), the frame-based KB will always be able to ask itself questions. The question is a frame with an empty slot. The construction of a model of activity in a problematic situation as a multilevel structure includes four basic procedures: the situation analysis, the synthesis of variants, the analysis of variants, selection of a preferable variant. The procedures are realized at different levels of a generality - from

13

the most common exposition of uncomfortable situation up to detailed exposition of operational plan.

The evaluation of knowledge should be made on the basis of effectiveness of a PS solving. Such mode of monitoring will allow deeper understanding of DD by the trainee, than in case of simply answering the questions.

On this basis we conclude that: It is necessary to develop a model of DD in correspondence with the

model of human intelligence; It is necessary to highlight basic cognitive structures of knowledge.The fundamental likeness of KB, constructed on the above described principles,

with one of the modern forms of tutoring - developing - presumes that in both cases the trainee is viewed as a self-determining subject, and not the object of a tutor’s actions.

L. A Kuznetsov., R. V Batischev MODELLING AND SIMULATION OF COMPLICATED INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS

Modelling of complicated systems is an effective method at decision of problem of the analysis and synthesis of control. From all models which used in mechanical methods of a research is possible to select most universal class - of the simulation models (SM). However construction of the simulation model of production is a labour-consuming problem.

The researches on problems SM construction automation of complicated systems are accounted in [1, 2]. On the basis of this investigations the attempt to create the universal instrument for construction such SM [3] was initiated.

In order to form universal sets of objects' characteristics sufficient for construction the models of any manufacturing the data domains was studied very wide and various production types were investigated. In results the sets which described elements of technological steam unit [2, 3] were extended, the principles of connection of gangs of aggregates separate units of a system were specified. For sets of attributes of aggregate exposition the connection with technological operations, tunings under a concrete process engineering, reliability of operation is necessary. Item, for warehouse the gang of rules of sample of units of production was defined. It was established that at describing of structure of technological line-up units interaction such system representations of the theory of webs of a queuings interpreted in appropriate way for the given problem may be partially used.

It is supposed, that the further development of this work will allow to create the universal tool for a construction SM.

References1. Бусленко В. Н. Автоматизация имитационного моделирования сложных систем. М., Наука, 1977 г.2. Кузнецов Л. А. Гордеев В. В. // Известия ВУЗОВ. Черная металлургия. 1994. № 7. С.66-693. Кузнецов Л. А. Бурцев В. Д. // Известия ВУЗОВ. Черная металлургия. 1998. № 11. С.56-62

14

V.S. Mechonoschin, A.M. Lebedev DECISION-MAKING IN EMERGENCY SITUATION: FORMAL AND INFORMAL MODELS of INTEGRITY

The efficiency of decision making and its realisation in «man-machine - envi-roment» system depends on a man proficiency and automatic control perfection.

The authors have investigated the problems of «man-machine- enviroment» system operation modes and its status control when analysing «man-machine- enviroment» system functioning and a variety of its parameters, conditions and limitations.

The report contains the results of analysis of the system status, which is referred to as « an emergency situation». The typical feature of such situations is simultaneous interaction of several cause factors, which eventually result in incidents, accidents or crashes.

Provided that such systems are equipped with automatic control, accident prevention decision-making process is carried out on the basis of advanced formal (mathematical) models, providing the application of computers, for example, it may be an n-matrix, which either simulates system status control pointwise or time-discretly.

In combined intelligent systems the decision is made by machine-and- man interaction .

In this case a man uses creative (informal) models of decision making. Special attention is paid to the situations in which due to automatic control failure

the decision making process based on formal approach should be substituted by an informal based process, carried out by a man.

The autors suggest the following approach to the solution of this problem:- representation of any system status automatic control process as hierarchical

logical decision making structure-decision tree obtained with the help of decision matrix transformation;

- decision making automatic process time monitoring with the help of decision tree representation;

- reliable change over from formal to informal decision making process in case of automatic control failure.

Thus it is possible to prevent dangerous situation with the use of methodologically approved decision making process, graphical representation both for formal and informal approaches.

A.S. Poluektov SEMANTIC INTEGRATION OF DISTRIBUTED DATABASES ON THE BASE OF FRAME  MODEL SYSTEMS OF REPRESENTATION OF KNOWLEDGE

15

In conditions of prompt accumulation of data in various data domains has appeared the necessity of construction of a new data model, with the help of with which the semantic integration of distributed databases (DDB) would be possible.

The model of data described in the given operation, satisfies to the following requirements:

1) objects of the actual world are described semantic by a homogeneous method, since their interpretation should result in unambiguous outcomes appropriate to semantics of a data domain;

2) the descriptions of a conceptual model implements on the bases of object-oriented approach, where for the basis is taken frame's model of representation of knowledges.

For creation of a homogeneous model is conducted the uniform classification of data domains which reveals semantic differences of DDB, and also allows to unit independent data domains by creation of abstract objects (or generalizations) more high level of a hierarchy. After realization of a classification, the data description of a concrete data domain implements usual software. The designing of a common model of data domains DDB implements on a conceptual level with use the frames, integrated semantic network. For program implementation frames system most conveniently are the tools of object-oriented programming.

Using the concept of object-oriented programming on a model semantic systems of representation of knowledges we have received the effective mechanism of a data definition of independent data domains. The represented approach describes not data processing of a data domain, and tool of manipulation by their models. With application this mechanism in distributed networks, including in Internet, is possible the homogeneous information processing independent of stored data.

V.I. Levin MODELS OF OPTIMIZATION SYSTEMS IN CONDITIONS OF INTERVAL UNCERTAINTY

The numerous application tasks of optimization, decision making, handle, control, measurement etc. in conditions is inexact of known parameters of investigated systems result in operations with numbers given as intervals of possible values, i.e. with interval numbers (IN). Thus above IN it is necessary to execute not only algebraic operations: addition, subtraction, multiplying, division [1], but also to compare them to the help of the ratioes. In operation the system of matchings IN, based on the entered axioms similar to the appropriate axioms of matching of material numbers is constructed. It gives sets of the ratioes IN, similar to the ratioes of material numbers and having the same properties It opens path to solution of the above-stated tasks. Our approach to these tasks is oriented not to any one combination of values of parameters of the system inside appropriate intervals (worst combination with the pessimistic strategy, best - with optimistic, expected with probability), and on all set of possible values of parameters. According to it IN are considered as set of material numbers, the subjects to matching under the ratioes - are more, less, it is more or equally etc. However to compare directly IN under some ratio on the basis of that, whether there are in this respect numbers, included in them, it is

16

impossible, as one pairs numbers can be in this respect, and others - is not present. Therefore matching IN under some ratio P we execute indirectly, substituting this ratio in the equivalent operation allowing to select from compared IN what should stand at the left (on the right) from P. This operation is entered as theoretical-multiple generalization of appropriate operation above material numbers taken in conditions, when these numbers run sets of all possible values inside appropriate IN. For example operation of a capture of a maximum IN A and B, equivalent to the ratio « is more or equally » between them:

.Thus, if , IN A it is more or equally IN B. The matching IN A and

B under the given ratio is thus executed. The detailed researches have shown [2, 3]: IN are equal only if their low bounds are equal and their high bounds are equal; IN A one boundary A - lower or upper - more appropriate boundary B is more IN B only if even, thus the second boundary A should be more or equal of the same boundary B; IN A the low bound A is more or equally IN B only more if or is equal low bounds B, and the high bound A more or is equal high bounds B; IN A the low bound A less low bound B or high bound A less high bound B or A = B is no more IN B only if; IN A and B are not comparable under the ratio « more or equally » only if the interval A covers an interval B or on the contrary; In the system IN some IN A - maximum (minimum) only if the low bound A is a maximum (minimum) of low bounds all IN, and high bound A - maximum (minimum) of high bounds all IN. These results make a mathematical basis for solution of the mentioned above application tasks with is inexact known parameters given to within intervals.

References1. Alefeld G., Hercberger U., Introduction to interval calculations. - M.: Mir, 1987.2. V.I. Levin. Discrete optimization in conditions of interval uncertainty // Avtomatika i telemehanika. -

1992. -¹ 7.3. V.I. Levin. The theory of matching and optimization of interval values and it application in the tasks of

measurement // Izmeritelnaja tehnika. - 1998. - ¹ 5.

O.V.Krasko VERBAL SCALES FOR ANALYTIC HIERARCHY PROCESS:MEANING, COMPREHENSION, TRANSITIVITY

The Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP) is well known as a practical systematic approach for decision making. It allows to rank alternatives with ratio scale but decision–makers’ (DMs) preferences may be given with a verbal scale. This kind of scales can be successfully used either for individual and group decision.

The different kind of scales can be used by a DM to make parawise comparisons or direct judgments. For verbal scale it can be point two sides: the numeric interpretation and the substantive interpretation. To offer a DM any kind of verbal scale we must be sure that a DM understand the correspondence between numbers and sound behind the scale values.

This paper considers verbal scales and their numeric and meaningful interpretation for AHP: 1-9 numeric scale by Saaty (1980), the geometric scale by Finan and Hurley (1999) and other similar scales (Lootsma, 1996) . The underlying DM’s notions by using different kind of verbal scales are inspected.

17

The transitivity of scale values is investigated. As a number of verbal scale values is finite the inconsistency of DM’s judgment may be take place (Murphy, 1993). To keep the transitivity of judgments a DM need to have some resource of verbal scale values. From the other side human thinking cannot capture accurately a very great or very small difference. Hence to provide the transitivity of judgment a DM should use the verbal scale with certain characteristics. Three additional characteristics of verbal scales are offered: the comprehension index, the relative range and the ratio difference. Those characteristics help to clarify the DM’s embarrassment by using the verbal scale.

References1. Finan J.S., Hurley W.J., 1999. Transitive calibration of the AHP verbal scale. European Journal of Operational Research 112, 367-372.2. Lootsma F.A., 1996. A model for the relative importance of the criteria in the Multiplicative AHP and SMART. European Journal of Operational Research 94, 467-476.3. Murphy, C.K., 1993. Limits on the analytic hierarchy process from its inconsistency index. European Journal of Operational Research 67, 138-139. 4. Saaty, T.L., 1980. The analytic hierarchy process, McGraw-Hill, New York.

O.N. Evseeva THE AGENTS. FORMAL DEFINITION AND CLASSIFICATION

The formal definition of an autonomous software agentThe word agent use usually in one or both of two common uses: 1) one who acts,

or who can act, and 2) one who acts in place of another with permission. Since "one who acts in place of " acts, the second usage requires the first. It is necessary to go from definition of the first notion.

This definition assumes the following characteristic properties of the agents. Each is situated in, and is a part on some environment. Each senses its environment and act autonomously upon it. No other entity is required to feed it input, or to interpret and use its output. Each acts in pursuit of it's own agenda, whether satisfying evolved drives as in humans and animals, or pursuing goals designed in by some other agent, as in software agents. (Artificial life agents may be of either variety.) Each acts so that its current actions may effect its later sensing, that is its actions effect its environment. Finally, each acts continually over some period of time. A software agent, once invoked, typically runs until it decides not to. An artificial life agent often runs until it's eaten or otherwise dies. Of course, some human can pull the plug, but not always. Mobile agents on the Internet may be beyond calling back by the user. Let's formalize them into a definition.

An autonomous agent is a system situated within and a part of an environment that senses that environment and acts on it, over time, in pursuit of its own agenda and so as to effect what it senses in the future.

It is important, that the Independent agents are located in some environment. Change the environment and we may no longer have an agent. A robot with only visual sensors in an environment without light is not an agent. And, second, the software agents defined by their tasks. Tasks can be specified so as to require agents to fulfill them.

What about ordinary programs? All software agents are programs, but not all programs are agents.

Subroutines of agents need not be agents for the same reasons that programs need not be. However agents can have subagents.

18

Such definition of an autonomous agents has succeeded in distinguishing between agents and programs. Software agents are, by definition, programs, but a program must measure up to several marks to be an agent. The class of the agents, which is allocated with such definition, is very great. So, practically the subclasses of the named class determined by the various purposes of creation of the agents will be useful.

Agent ClassificationsAgents may be usefully classified according to the subset of following properties

that they enjoy. Property Other Names Meaning reactive (sensing and acting) responds in a timely fashion to changes in the

environment autonomous exercises control over its own actions goal-oriented pro-active purposeful does not simply act in response to the environment temporally continuous is a continuously running process communicative socially able communicates with other agents, perhaps including people learning adaptive changes its behavior based on its previous

experience mobile able to transport itself from one machine to another flexible actions are not scripted character believable "personality" and emotional state

Every agent satisfies the first four properties. Adding other properties produces potentially useful classes of agents, for example, mobile, learning agents. Thus a hierarchical classification based on set inclusion occurs naturally. Mobile, learning agents are then a subclass of mobile agents.

Multi-agent systemsAgents can have subagents. For example, the file system maintenance agent, can

be thought of as a single agent, or as a multi-agent system consisting of Wanderer, Compressor, Back-Up and Sleepy. Each of these have independent access to sensors (certain unix commands such as ls) and to actions (other unix commands such as cd), and each has its own simple agenda. Also, each runs continuously, and acts so as to effect its next sensing. Thus, each may be considered an agent in it's own right, and hence a subagent. As a multi-agent system, such agent is particularly simple in that there is almost no communication between the subagents. Each is, of course, privy to sensing initiated by the others, and Sleepy's action effects the others. Also, each subagent sometimes suppresses the actions of the lower layers. One might ask if Wanderer is truly autonomous if Compressor can suppress its actions. A person in jail, or in an elevator, has lost some freedom of movement, but is still autonomous. Environment may be expected to imposes limits on an agent's actions.

It is possible to name a system with no communication between its subagents a discrete multi-agent system. A multi-agent system in which each agent communicates with every other might be called fully connected,. Thus multi-agents systems can be classified according to the possible communications paths through the system. It is possible also classify such systems by their communications bandwidth.

In addition to multi-agent systems that can reasonably be viewed as constituting a single agent, other multi-agent system are better classified as societies of agents. For example, when a collection of scheduling agents gather to schedule a meeting between

19

their users, they pursue a common goal and intelligent group behavior emerges. Yet, as a group, definition of agent is not met in that persistence is missing. When scheduling is complete, agents disperse, perhaps never to gather again in this same grouping. One could argue that the collection of all such scheduling agents at a given site constitute a single agent. To do so, the notions of sensing, acting, and having its own agenda would have to be considerably stretched.

An attempt has been made to capture the essence of agency in a formal definition, which allows a clear distinction between a software agent and an arbitrary program. The beginnings of a natural kinds taxonomy for autonomous agents is proposed, as is further classification via collections of features.

The formal definition fixing essence of the independent program agent is offered which allows a clear distinction between a software agent and an arbitrary program , and approach to classification of the agents allows on the basis of the allocated set of properties.

Gerd Doeben-Henisch, Silke Hoeppner, Brendan Murphy DEFINING AGENCY

Abstract: The term "agent" has come to be a widely used and abused term. This paper gives a deduction of the term agency, starting from a fundamentally oriented theory framework and ending with an implementation proposal on a generic agent architecture, based on the underlying concepts of science theory.

Keywords: Agents, FIPA, agent theory, learning agents, dynamic environments.ExcerptOriginally the term agent is a substitute for canvasser or actor (in latin: agere),

meaning somebody who acts upon somebody else’s behalf. Several attempts to define agents have been made., i.e. by Franklin and Graesser, Wooldridge and Jennings, Huhn, Nwana and others. Hot and in cyclic periods u pflaring discussions have divided the researcher society in agency in two extreme poles when it comes to defining the word agent: the hardcore AI society takes the long-standing traditional view that agents are essentially conscious, cognitive entites that have human-like feelings, perceptions, and emotions, using terms from areas like biology or psychology, which do have nothing to do with the subject itself. The other, extremly pragmatically and program-oriented side takes the view of an agent as a software program which does exactly what it's told.

This notion leaves room for almost any program and bears the risk of loosing every distinction towards agency. The truth obviously lies somewhere in between, which is our motivation for a new solution approach in defining agency.

We feel that most definitions of agents have an adhoc character and lack methodological approaches to the definition of agents. To overcome this deficiency we want to separate the discussion about agents, especially learning agents and the environment they live in, into two clearly defined areas: the area of formalized scientific empirical theories and the area of computer science. From the formalized foundations we deduce a generic architecture for agents. The paper closes with a comparison of some traditional definitions with our agent view.

20

Victor Taratoukhine, Kamal Bechkoum A MULTI-AGENT APPROACH FOR DESIGN CONSISTENCY CHECKING

This research reviews existing methods and techniques addressing the problem of mismatch control in distributed collaborative design. In order to contribute towards a more comprehensive solution a basis for a taxonomy of design mismatches is presented. The paper argues that a multi-agent approach is a more effective, and a promising, way forward towards a comprehensive automatic solution to the problem. An outline multi-agent architecture is proposed. The architecture assumes that the design knowledge is encapsulated within the different members of agent community. Agents are endowed with the capacity of negotiation with one another to ensure that any mismatches are detected and that a solution is proposed. The notions of proactiviness and social ability, which the agents need to exhibit, are central to this work.

Research into the use of knowledge engineering in design has become widely accepted as a fast growing subfield of Artificial Intelligence (AI). Increasing numbers of researchers, and research groups, are active within this emerging subfield. From advocates of “knowledge intensive” CAD/CAM/CAE [1,2] to promoters of broader “intelligent CAD frameworks” [3,4], the common thread is the use of AI tools and techniques to provide automatic and semi-automatic solutions aiming at increasing the “intelligence” of existing CAD/CAM/CAE systems.

The AI technologies used are varied and include expert systems [5], genetic algorithms and evolution programming [6], fuzzy logic [7], multi-agent systems [3].

It is fair to say though, that design engineers are still skeptical about the ability (or inability) of current intelligent design-support systems. For example, even when endowed with some sort of intelligent behaviour, existing CAD/CAE systems cannot handle several types of inconsistencies that may occur during the design phase. The situation deteriorates if the system is dealing with CAD/CAE data that was generated as part of a distributed collaborative design process.

Mainly due to the complexity of the design process existing solutions tend to approach the problem from a very specific angle. For example, commercial systems such as CATIA (Dassault Systems) and I-DEAS (SDRC) do provide assembly mismatch analysis, but their approaches are more focussed on the analysis of tolerances. Other contributions [5] are constrained by the number and types of mismatches considered. Often attention is given to a few geometric mismatches only, with very little concern about (say) material or cost considerations.

Moreover, even when the proposed approach is successful in detecting a design anomaly rarely does it suggest a satisfactory way to resolve the problem. In most of the previous work all the design knowledge is centrallised into one unit: the knowledge base [3][5][6]. The centralisation of knowledge coupled with the absence of a negotiation mechanism (between all parties involved in the design) makes the process of predicting the impact of any modification an (almost) impossible task.

We re-inforce here the view that a multi-agent approach can tackle many of the problems posed by the centralisation of knowledge into a single Knowledge Base.

None of the aforementioned applications of multi-agent systems is orientated towards dealing with the problem of detecting mismatches that may occur during the integration phase of distributed design. The paper [5] describes a Intelligent Mismatch

21

Control System (IMCS) which has the potential to detect some of types mismatches. The IMCS implementation is an important step towards a more comprehensive solution but is far from being free from defects. For example, the number and types of mismatches handled by the system is narrowed down to a few geometric mismatches.

The work presented here takes the IMCS’ development one step forward. A new multi-agent architecture is proposed which gives the IMCS the ability to handle issues peculiar to the nature of distributed design. This multi-agent architecture will be at the heart of an intelligent distributed mismatch control system (IDMCS) that aims at ensuring that the overall design is consistent and acceptable to all.

References[1] T. Tomiyama, “Towards knowledge intensive intelligent CAD, ” Preprints of the JSME-ASME Joint

Workshop on Design '93-Frontiers in Engineering Design, Tokyo, pp. 46-51, 1993.[2] T. Tomiyama, T. Kiriyama, and Y. Umeda, “Towards knowledge intensive engineering. Knowledge

Building and Knowledge Sharing,” K. Fuchi and T. Yokoi (eds.), Ohmsha, Ltd. and IOS Press, Tokyo and Amsterdam, pp. 308-316, 1994.

[3] V. Akman, P.J. ten Hagen, and T. Tomiyama, “A Fundamental and Theoretical Framework for an Intelligent CAD System,” Computer Aided Design Journal, Vol. 22, pp. 352-367, 1990.

[4] J. Bento, and B. Feijo, “An Agent Based Paradigm for Building Intelligent CAD Systems,” Artificial Intelligence in Engineering Journal, Vol. 11, pp. 231-244, 1997.

[5] K. Bechkoum, “Intelligent Eletronic Mock-up for Concurrent Design,” Expert Systems with Applications Journal, Vol. 12, pp. 21-36, 1997.

[6] J. S. Gero, “Adaptive Systems in Designing: New Analogies from Geneticis and developmental Biology, ” in Adaptive Computing in Design and Manufacture, I.Parmee (ed.), Springer, London, pp. 3-12, 1998.

[7] I. V. Semoushin, V.V. Shishkin, and V. V. Taratoukhine, ”Knowledge-based Network Simulation System,” Proceedings of the 7th International Fuzzy Systems Association Congress, Czech Republic, Prague, pp. 532 – 537, 1997.

Silke Hoeppner, Matthias Welwarsky, Brendan Murphy TOWARDS AGENT-PLATFORM INDEPENDENT MIGRATION OF MOBILE AGENTS

Abstract: This paper proposes the concept of an interface between mobile agent platforms, enabling agents to migrate between proprietary platforms from different vendors.

Keywords: Mobile agents, FIPA, OMG, (legacy) agent platforms, proxiesExcerpt An agent is a self-contained sociable software or hard/software system, which

exists in a predefined environment where it posesses the ability for autonomous and flexible (reactive and pro-active) actions. Mobile agents are agents that are able to roam the network in behalf of their users, trying to fulfil certain tasks like configuring remote systems, buying tickets etc. In order to live on a machine, the agent needs to have a virtual environment, which enables it to act on its own behalf. This is the agent platform.

The emergence of proprietary agent platforms lead to a community of isolated solutions, which may work sufficiently in their physical and logical domains, but which lacked every possibility to enable agent communication or even migration between differently constructed platforms. The underlying conceptional problems used to be the lack of standards in communication between agent platforms. This was the motivation for the FIPA group to specify a standard, which should ensure communication between agents on different platforms as well as communication between platforms themselves. So FIPA specifies services that have to be fulfilled by platforms, in order to enable

22

agents from FIPA-conformant platforms, which may have been developed by different vendors, can communicate.

However, when it comes to migration, the following problems still arise: Each platform provides its own interface to agent mobility. Even if platforms are FIPA-compliant, it is still not transparent, what base classes have to be supported in order to ensure that an agent which migrates in between agent platforms, is fully functional on the FIPA compliant target platform. In order to overcome this problem, a proposal to create a standardized method-based interface has been suggested by members of the OMG.

However, even if we imagine a world-wide network of FIPA-compliant agent platforms, there still exists a community of legacy agent platforms, which are not FIPA-compliant but otherwise established. A mobile agent roaming the internet will not be able to migrate to these legacy platforms and may therefore stay unable to reach certain required resources. The solution we propose to this problem is a host, which holds an interface core, which is plugged in between the corresponding agent platforms.

Figure 1: Basic concept of the interfaceOur approach to solve the problem of inter platform migration is to have the agent

consist of an application specific part that implements the user-specified characteristics of the agent and a set of Java classes that deal with basic functionalities like mobility, message passing and event handling. These base classes implement an interface between the user-specified characteristics and the platform specific (i.e. vendor specific) services. The agent itself becomes vendor independent. The base classes can therefore be separated from the application specific classes and may be exchanged with a set of classes specific to another vendor, as long as the same, standardised interface is implemented.

The notion of this proposal is described on the base of connecting the platforms Concordia from Mitsubishi Electric and Object Space’s Voyager.

This paper also deals with the consequences of the proposed interface concerning security and gives an outlook on the potential and the risks of applying this new technology.

Ingo Stengel, Silke Hoeppner, Brendan Murphy, Aidan McDonald SECURITY IN INTELLIGENT MOBILE AGENT SYSTEMS

Abstract: This paper gives an evaluated state of the art on security methods applied to intelligent mobile agent systems as well as their potential and the following consequences.

Keywords: Security, FIPA, intelligent mobile agents, OMG-MASIFExcerptSince the invention of mobile agents, researchers have wondered about the killer

application for this technology. The main reason for the difficulties in finding such an application is the lack of intelligence and autonomy which mobile agents generally

23

suffer. But in order to apply intelligent mobile agents, that can roam autonomously the intra- and internet, a network of FIPA-compliant and OMG-MASIF–oriented agent platforms is needed. The employment of such systems in the commercial world, i.e. as information brokering agents, depends on a reliable security concept with well developed security policies. The major aspects of the security issue in intelligent mobile agent systems are based on confidentiality, integrity, authentication and non-repudiation. Based on the malicious host problem, in each of these areas, still a lot of security problems exist. Just a few of the rising problems can be solved using classical methods. Therefore mobile agent security requires new, non-classical approaches, which can meet the requirements of the new challenge. The above mentioned problems can be partially solved, i.e. by using encrypted functions that need not to be decrypted for invocation, or using self-changing code which veils its real functionality. This paper gives an evaluated survey of security relevant methods which, applied to intelligent mobile agent systems, help to satisfy the security requirements of such a distributed system.

O. I. Pyatkovsky, K. A. Levin ADAPTIVE HUMAN-MACHINE INTERACTION METHODS IN INTELLECTUAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS

This work suggests using artificial intellect technologies to organize intellectual interfaces with program-technical complexes. Methods of system adaptation to a concrete specialist have been developed. For this human actions recognizing and information system current state functions are realized as well as user class definition and, depending on this, organizing his continuos education in compliance with relevant educational level. The report deals with the approach of organizing user's intellectual interfaces on the basis of initial documents entering program system in information system of enterprise financial and operational activities' accounting and analysis.

The following functions are realizes in the system: teaching the user to work with the system, user's qualification assessment, setting up educational tests when necessary, control of user's progress in system studying in the process of activities. While data input intellectual system operating two levels of control over the input information are applied. Data and user's actions logical control is used on the first level. For this an Expert System (ES) has been developed, which realizes reasoning on the basis of precedent theory [1]. While entering the data into information fields, user actions' system control is applied on the basis of the projected knowledge base. As a result of ES operation control messages and generalizing parameters showing the user's class are formed. After inputting "n" records, their average indication is calculated. Evaluation scale and "n" number are defined by experimental studies method and expert quantitative assessment. Received parameters are used on the second level of data logical control. For this an educated neuron system (NS) is used [2]. Network operation output parameter is the user's class. It defines the user's qualification and work quality criterion. Depending on these parameters' indication automatic choice of educational test and input program adjustment take place. Educational instructions are shown on the video-terminal monitor.

Developed complex of document input intellectual programs with a built-in expert system realizing the rules of precedents and neuron-imitator is included into financial-

24

analytical system "Analyst". The results of the system application prove high practical value of the research and development activities carried out.

References1. Azovtsev, D. Pokrovsky. ArgusSoft "Major principles of creating systems based on using

precedents" /All-Russian Scientific and Practical Conference. - "Reengineering of Business Processes on the Basis of Modern Information Technologies" (April 23-24,1997). Collection of Scientific Studies. - Moscow 1997, pp. 79-85.

2. A. N. Gorban, D. A. Rossiev. Neuron Systems on PC. - Novosibirsk: Science. Siberian Publishing Company, RAS, 1996. - p. 276.

Jaaghi Halil INTERACTIVE SYSTEM OF THE ANALYSIS OF OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCY OF INDUSTRIAL AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS

The proposed interactive system consists of a number of mutually interconnected stages, brief content of which is discussed below.

At the first stage, analysis of an enterprise’s activity is carried on the basis of its accounting and planning data. In this regard, traditional models of managerial or administrative analysis are utilized which allow to determine the ‘painful’ points of the enterprise’s current activity. However, this analysis is not directed at the exposure and evaluation of not only the obvious factors but also development factors of industrial and management systems that are hidden from direct observation, and determination of the most preferable factors for further development.

At the second stage, models of factors are used for determining the development strategy of industrial and economic systems. In the realization of these models, it is sufficiently difficult to put together a sample of large dimensionality in order to fully reflect the characteristics of the aggregate. Therefore, in the given system the approach of space-time aggregate is used, based on models of automatic classification. Direct association of samples by different enterprises often lead to a situation where the common selective aggregate does not satisfy the minimum requirement of homogeneity. Hence, the suggested approach with the help of methods of automatic classification would lead to an a priori partition of all data set into separate groups ( classes, clusters, etc. ) to the limit of each to ensure homogeneity of the economic situation, and consequently a more stable development of its characterizing factors. By the construction of models, it would allow the forecasting to sustain basic conditions: preservation of static structure of the object. The use of the factor analysis allows to give formalized approach to the selection of technical and organizational factors and, indeed, to avoid dependence on the structure of competence of expert groups in an expert inquiry. There is no necessity to operate with a bulky set of individual estimated indices. The derived factor model is aimed at research of the development dynamics of the system as well as the determination of priority paths of its development.

At the third stage, a set of models for forecasting technical and economic indices is proposed. This considers the derived system of forecast values of indices considered as probable state of the system by preservation of existing development tendencies of the technical and organizational factors. The significance of that or another factor and the development direction of industrial and economic systems is determined by the magnitude of deviation of the planned value of an index from the forecast value and also

25

by the degree of influence of a given factor on a corresponding index. A model of automatic selection (of a sample) has been realized. It is of a kind of predicting function by the criterion of maximum explained by the variance of minimum of average quadratic error. Under the circumstances, the data of an enterprise or any selected class would serve as the initial data for models.

At the fourth stage, a retrospective analysis of the system development is carried out. This is necessary not only in the arising of tangible operational failures of the system but also for the exposure of its hidden and imminent development tendencies. During analysis, factors - which are given preference in the course of preceding operation of the system - are determined and how all this is reflected on the eventual results of the systems’ activity. As an auxiliary instrument for the person taking decision, we can use the model of administrative analysis, which was applied at the first stage. If it is necessary to carry out a detailed analysis by somewhat separate subsystem, then a repeated iteration should be conducted. In this case, the subsystem is considered as the object of research and the enterprise as a whole as an external medium.

At the fifth stage, we can use a set of models by estimation of the formal organization of the control system, which is analyzable by the industrial and economic organization. By the results of analysis, it is possible in terms of value to estimate how much it would have cost each industrial subdivision, provided control systems are employed within the organization. Besides that, at this stage based on a model of analysis of information flow circulating within the enterprise, it is possible to evaluate how many effectively organized ares the processes in the very control system.

In conclusion, it should be noted that the use of all afore-mentioned models is not only possible in set, but also independently depending on the objectives and targets of an undertaken research.

Y.Veryha EXPERT SYSTEM FOR REDUNDANT ROBOTIC MANIPULATORS

Many of the stages of the technical system design cannot be fully formalized or must be solved with the incomplete information available. Thus, a need arises to develop a program that can operate with expert knowledge (heuristics). General-purpose expert system, easily adjusted for the specific purposes, has been used in the area of the redundant robotic manipulator motion optimization. The expert system works in two modes: knowledge obtaining (expert's development) and consultation (operation by users).

One of the main problems that must be solved in the robotic manipulator control is the inverse kinematic and dynamic problems, that consist in finding the joint motion for the given end-effector motion and accordingly joint forces and torques for the given end-effector force. For the redundant robotic manipulators, there is an infinite number of solutions to the inverse kinematic and dynamic problems.

The redundant robotic manipulator admits an infinite choice of the inverse kinematic solutions so that they are available for the optimization of different performance measures, corresponding to various task requirements, for instance, minimum-energy, minimum-effort, minimum-torque, minimum peak-torque, etc.

26

Depending on the task requirement to the given redundant robotic manipulator, there exist methods using the Euclidian norms of vectors in the joint space, but there is no general method that could be used for all of the above-mentioned criterions of the optimization. It means that only local methods, for example, method of the peak torque reduction, etc., can be used in practice and have their real industrial application.

It has been proposed to use the consequent optimization based on the method of the expert evaluations that allows preliminary computer-aided ranging (with the help of the developed expert system) of the optimization criterions. This method allows to perform preliminary criterions ranging on the base of their importance in the given industrial application for the given redundant robotic manipulator. The experts use various data of the manipulator hardware and software for forming their evaluations: type of joint actuators (characteristics, maximum torque, energy consumption, etc.), type of joints (hardness, backlashes, wearness, etc.), requirements to the quickness and accuracy from the technological operations, etc.

All these characteristics are evaluated by experts with the help of the developed expert system. The expert system includes the knowledge base, the criterions group and the computational unit. The computational unit on the base of the expert evaluations performs criterions ranging. Such an approach to the optimization problem of the redundant manipulator dynamics and kinematics allows the consequent use of the previously developed local optimization methods using them one after another depending on the result of their ranging in the expert system. The expert system forms the criterion queue for the redundant manipulator optimization (for example, minimum-energy, minimum-torque, etc.) for the future use of them in the following way. The criterion that follows after another in the queue just corrects the preliminary parameters of the robotic manipulator dynamics and kinematics, obtained in the previous local optimization by the given criterion. After this procedure, the optimization solution for the given redundant manipulator dynamics and kinematics can be formed.

The developed expert system is intended for a computer-aided selection of a preferable solutions from a number of the the alternatives. It is based on the well-known method of the expert evaluations. It is a general-purpose method which is particularly recommended for the decision-making with regard to the versions that have numerous contradictory criterions that are difficult to be expressed qualitatively by the qualified specialist-experts. The expert system is developed in the Visual Basic 5.0 and DBCS Access 7.0 and operates in the Windows environment.

S.S. Valeyev, V.I. Vasilyev, S.V. Kozyrev DESIGN OF ACTIVE EXPERT SYSTEM CONTROL FOR CHEMICAL-TECHNOLOGICAL PROCESS

A working process of oil-chemical industry is known to be complex multivariable control object with distributed parameters and the important element of the hierarchical control system is a human operator. Operator can control process and compensate the destructive internal and external actions on the control object, if it is necessary.

The control system of the working process must work efficiently, under the normal conditions of operations and acceptable deviations of parameters from their

27

nominal values. In the case of emergency and unacceptable parameters deviations, the control system must provide transfer of control functions to operator. The purpose of control process in general is to keep process parameters in acceptable limitations. If the process parameters are outside acceptable limitations, then control system must provide their normalization for minimal interval of time.

In order to ensure the necessary level of reliability of decision making and their efficiency, the active expert systems are used. This report concerns the experience of creations of knowledge base of control for real technological process in oil-chemical industry. This process deals with separations of pyrolysis gas and has following characteristics: 200 apparatus, 150 parameters of control and inspections.

The structure of active expert system is considered, including the investigation of issues of knowledge engineering, membership functions definition on the base of expert estimates. Expert system can control about 200 parameters of process and contains about 50 fuzzy rules, that describe control system behavior, if the working parameters of process have unacceptable deviations. In some cases (e.g., the switching of apparatus under the fault of one of them or failures of information-control devices) expert system doesn’t control, but serves as supervisor, since operator’s participation in control loop is necessary according to normative documents. The control rules have standardized structure, which is determined by efficiency of mechanism of processing and implementation.

In order to increase the reliability of expert system proposed, the program language LISP is used as the development language, that can be interface of expert system due to functional models of computing, interpreting nature and simplicity of LISP-system interface. Taking into account the inertia of chemical-technological process speed of data processing by expert system proposed it is possible to control and manipulate much more complicated objects.

The prototype implementation of expert system for the control process, based on RISC-microprocessor stack-architecture is discussed. The problems of realization of knowledge base, the expert system core and operator’s interface are considered.

L.G.Muradkhanova EXPERT SYSTEM FOR BUSINESS APPLICATIONS

Expert Systems(ES) are computer systems seeking to emulate the decision behavior of a human expert. Starting from applications in medical diagnosis, mineral exploration, and computer configurations, presently ES are spreading into complex business applications such as managing assets and liabilities, corporate planning, tax advice, competitive bid preparations, internal control evalutions, and fault analysis. Major effects are now underway in industry, government, and science to exploit this technology and extend it to new applications, especially in areas where human expertise is in short supply.

ES try to emulate the decisions of an expert in some particular problem domain and include ways to automate decisions in repetitive environments. These are appropriate when rare expertise exists or when complex operations would be improved by precise actions. Rare expertise can be preserved and multiplied. The effort involved is fairly

28

intense, requiring thorough thought for complex decisions. This makes it necessary for a repetitive decision in order to make the effort worthwhile.

Knowledge base of ES for price forecasting includes the following rules :IF Supply>0 AND previous_price>o AND Demand=(Supply)THEN Newprice=( previous_price)BECAUSE “The market is efficiently clearing”;IF Supply>0 AND previous_price>o AND Demand>(Supply)THEN Newprice=(1.1* previous_price)BECAUSE “There is an obvious upside movement in market prices.”;ES for marketing application asks several questions concerning demand, supply

and previous prices : “What is the demand for your product per month?”; “What is your supply of this product per month?”; “What are you currently charging per unit?” and recommends new price.

ES is realized on the base of VP-EXPERT shell.

V. E.Gliznutsin, E. S.Gliznutsina THE FORMALIZATION OF ACCOUNTING INFORMATION IN DECISION MAKING SUPPORT SYSTEM

The management of business activity of enterprise presupposes the realization of the following functions [1]:

1. planning (global, strategic, current); 2. coordination and adjustment; 3. accounting; 4. analysis;5. monitoring.The information database is necessary for the realization of these functions. Today

the accounting information is used for this database. However, the formalization methods of accounting data are intended for the special accounting tasks, but not for managerial ones. Undoubtedly, the existing formalization mechanisms of accounting information must be used in the information database. At the same time, they must uniformly define any economic essences and processes between them.

The managerial tasks as to various processes are divided into financing tasks, investing tasks and operating ones [2]. Evidently, the financing tasks are solved in the process of global planning and deal with such essences as Capital, Current Liabilities, Long-term Liabilities and Retained Earnings. The investing tasks are solved in the process of strategic planning and deal with such essences as Human Resources, Fixed Assets and Intangible Assets. At last, the operating tasks are solved in the process of current planning with such essences as the type of purchase resource, the type of produced product and the type of saled ones. The asynchrony of business operations demands the creation of intermediary buffers.

The buffers of inventories, receivables, cash, etc. are supposed for the level of current planning. These processes are studied by the science of logistics.

The potencial of enterprise (Human Resources, Fixed Assets and Intangible Assets) are the buffers planned on the strategic level. Some processes on this level

29

reflect the increase (decrease) of the potencial of enterprise as a result of purchase (sale) or production. The other processes reflect the amortization or depreciation of the enterprise potencial.

The buffers of global planning are Capital, Liabilities, Earnings, Monetary Assets. They characterize the aims of various groups of people dealing with the enterprise. Some processes in the global planning are connected with the establishment (extinguishment ) of liabilities, and the other processes with the distribution of earnings.

It is suggested to present the structural model of any business process by the three-dimensional matrix R (M x N x V) with elements r m, n, v, where

m=1,... M are the types of essence created by the process (of resource, of products, of capital, etc.);

n=1,.. N are the "space-time" elements of process (technological operation, the centers of responsibility, the periods of planning);

v=1,... V are the types of costs to provide the process.References

1. Хан Д. Планирование и контроль: концепция контроллинга: Пер. с нем. - М.: Финансы и статистика, 1997. - 800с.: ил.2. Helfert Erich A. Techniques of financial analysis / - Burr Ridge, Illinois, IRWIN, 1994.

N.I.Shanchenko INFORMATION INVESTMENT DESIGN SYSTEM

The working of large body of information and complexity of applied algorithms make it necessary to use computers in the investment design process.

The purpose of information investment design system is to support fast and easy data input and investment design parameters calculation. Therefore this system must include such components, as data input and interface subsystems, calculation module, data and model banks.

Common requirement for information investment design system may be formulated as:- presence “friend” interface;- possibility for using investment design archives;- possibility for modeling of different conditions for design carrying out, including material and cash flow models;- existence of increased subject space model and calculation procedure banks;- possibility for many alternative design and sensitivity analysis;- visual representation of design results;- possibility for design background specifying.The process of design description input is expedient to realize in the form of choice from available models such as:- tax models;- inflation models;- sale budget models;

30

- production plan models;- cash and material flow models;- finance models.

To support most flexibility in the subject space modeling it is recommended to use corporate imitate model in the form of dynamic model of material and cash flows, considered as event chain.

In conclusion it may be noted, that information investment design system application allows to supply such qualities for design process, as accuracy and validity, detail and visual results representation, timely and alternate design.

I.N. Glukhikh IMITATION OF DECISION MAKING BY AN AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER IN INTELLIGENT TRAINING SYSTEMS: INTERACTIVE MODE FOR KNOWLEDGEBASE MAKING

The providing of safe distance between airplanes in potentially dangerous situations is a very important task of air traffic control. This problem is solvied by an air traffic controller (ATC). For training of ATC it is reasonable to use intelligent solving systems (ISS), which allow to make an automatic decision in potentially dangerous situations for demonstrations of ways of conflict prevention between airplanes. The term «decision» here is referred to a new program of flight, which allows to avoid a conflict with other planes.

There is a possible approach to decision-making, at which educating of ISS can be realized in interactive mode with constructing a base of situations examples and decisions examples (BSD). Decision in current situations can be made as the result of transformations of decision examples from BDS. The formal presentation of situation examples and decision examples is based on notion of events multivector. Any situation is considered as a projection of general situation into its coordinate system, and it is possible to find a formal transformation, which allows to get a current situation from the example of situation. It is possible to take a decision of current situation from the example of decision by means of these transformations as well. The base models of transformations of decision examples with different restrictions are designed.

For checking serviceability of models programm module of shaping and checking the examples is designed. Shaping the examples is executed in the real-time mode of imitation by commands, which ATC uses in practice.

P.I.Sosnin CONSTRUCTIVE PREDICATION AS A TASK OF PATTERN RECOGNITION

31

The use of precedent {di } begins from the generation of a protocol of interaction prj with an actual or a potential situation Stk , in which one is going to act. The protocol prj registers the results of interaction in a certain language that are obtained with the help of a final set of means of observation and/or measurement. The aims of interaction are detection and identification of a connected collection of objects included into Stk . The typical form of registration is the text description Stk of the present situation.

The interpretation of each clause Clm of the text Tl is offered as hypothesis fixing an outcome of pattern recognition, detected during the interaction with Stk .

Let's present the interpretation for simple clauses of texts, analysing their perception in terms of base problems of automated pattern recognition.

1.The choice of an informative set of attributes. The active interaction of a concrete person with his surroundings results in his generating and mastering of a unique (personal) system of operational definitions S(gn). His organs of sense and measuring instruments he knows and uses lie in the basis of this system. The system S(gn ) finds its representation in the language of the person. Each of the definitions gn of the system is capable of executing the role of an attribute.

The system S(gn) is constantly developed and improved forming a dynamic system S(gn ,t). Due to frequent uses it forms the "library of procedures " that includes not only procedures of operational definitions but serving procedures as well, particularly the procedures of the set-up of the system S(gn ,t) for a concrete situation. The set-up is aimed at selecting a priori set of attributes that corresponds to Stk. This set will be used in the process of interaction with Stk and the value will be assigned to each of the components. The set will receive some information load and the status of primary measuring information. The vector of attributes for the pattern will be included into this set.

2. Forming of a training set. In persons constant interaction with his surroundings the system S(gn,t) is actively used for structuring the surroundings. The results of this structuring are coded and processed, forming a set of applications of the system S(gn,t). These applications can be also used in safe situations and/or in useful (successful) persons reactions. They are connected and coordinated with the system of precedents, forming a tested set of attributes ck(gnj). Each of them points to a certain element of the appropriate situation Stk.

The set ck(gnj) makes the experimental base of sample used by the person for pattern recognition. The typical way of using ck(gnj) in the training mode is taxonomy.

3. Taxonomy. A system of fixed groups (taxons, classes) are formed on the set of operatively determined sets of attributes. Such system is called a system of concepts S(Ni,t). The system of concepts is individual as well. It is developed and improved in accordance with declarative and procedural components, generating the base of names Ni for registering the results of recognition.

The set of names Ni consists of the following subsets: subsets Nik, naming the elements of the set, ck(gnj); names Nil indicating constructions from ck(gnj) according to the laws of indirect and joint measurements; names Nim assigned to abstract objects; names Nin in which some elements from such sets as Nik, Nil, Nim, Nin were used.

32

Each of the names Ni indicates an appropriate class the current ‘’definition’’ of which is built in accordance with the results of recognition. The set of the previous acts of recognition makes a training sample on the basis of which the system S(Ni, t) is constructed.

4. Preliminary preparation for recognition. Under certain circumstances (Stk) the person includes the mechanisms of recognition into action. It means that he activates the systems S (gn, t) and S (Ni, t). Such usage is registered by the protocol ‘’the descriptions Stk”. This protocol includes the codes of results of object recognition into the text Tl.

The elementary unit of registration is a simple clause Clm in the recorded language. In any natural language such clause consists of a predicate group Gv

lm and a noun group Gn

lm. Both of them are combined by a predicative connective.The basic requirement to a clause is the requirement of ‘’conformity to reality ’’,

the performance of which indicates the correctness of the connective Gvlm and Gn

lm. The correctness should be confirmed by a special test which is called “predication” in linguistics. If the correctness is confirmed then the value of validity is assigned to the clause.

If the initial registration of the clause is understood as a hypothesis hlm that requires substantiation, its function can be reasonably assigned to the act repetition of recognition. Such repetition must be realized through some methods of pattern recognition. If the repetition uses instrumental support, it represents a constructive version of a predicative process.

The repetition should be started from a repeated gathering of the primary measuring information according to the code Clm. First of all it is necessary to initiate the gathering and testing of the primary measuring information registered in the group of the predicate Gv

lm. In the process of such actions the set of informative attributes can be changed.

The gathering of the primary measuring information should be accompanied by its processing. Such work should be realized through automated pattern recognition (for example, to reduce information noise and the degree of uncertainty).

5. Approach to the algorithm of recognition. After gathering the primary information about attributes and its processing, we must go to the final step of the class definition. As a base of such actions we must use the validity of concept usage on which indicates the code of the noun group. Not only the confirmation of the code Gn1 but its modification as well can be positive if it indicates the validity of the concept usage. This step can result in changing the code Gnlm as well as the code of the clause Gnlm that is practically proved.

It is valid to use the search and adaptation of the “precedent of the concept usage” in algorithm recognition. Such algorithm can be easily adopted to the case of recognition when the initial code was wrong.

6. Conclusions. The previous comparisons of predication and pattern recognition are easily transformed to clauses of any type (compound clauses consist of simple clauses). Consequently, predicative processes admit their modeling with the help of pattern recognition. Analogies and borrowings from the experience of automated pattern recognition are put into the basis of constructive predication. This experience should be adopted to generating, transforming, processing and using of some textual information in

33

order to get access to the precedents. The parallels with pattern recognition prompt another analogue for interaction with the textual information, the functions of which are capable of executing the automated image analysis.

The analogies and borrowings from the experience of pattern recognition and image analysis open a new and a perspective direction of investigations and developments in interactive human-computer interaction.

M.S.Shibut, N.A.Yarmosh METHODS OF ADAPTING IN THE INSTRUMENTAL EXPERT CAL SYSTEM

The methods of adapting of computer learning course to the user - teacher or learner, employed in the instrumental expert Computer-Aided Learning (CAL) systems AOSProject and AOSControl are proposed. The purposes of learning and current state of learning process are defined as sets of studied concepts - descriptors and their values which describe, accordingly, demanded and current level of concepts digestion. The same type sets ("descriptor - values") characterize components of the hypertext. For reflection in the hypertext of the information about the order of concepts studying a condition of presentation can be preset for every component, pointing what concepts and with what depth learner should acquire to the moment of studying the given component. The conditions of presentation of checking components in the hypertext of the learning system and values of levels for basic concepts this components can be various depending on a correctness of the learner answer. The levels of the concepts fixed in a model of the learning process specify learner's levels of digestion of the given concepts. If these levels are lower than defined values, there is no sense to present the checking components requiring more deep knowledge of the given concepts.

The essence of an offered way of representation of the learning information consists in combination of the hypertext technology realising sequential presentation of pages of learning course and structuring it accordingly to criteria of semantic closeness and the technology of expert systems, realising endorder or postorder traversal in the problem space to determine components of the hypertext satisfied the presentation conditions. Usage of results of the hypertext review as states of the learning process and rules of transitions between these states, allows to receive the system of planning of the navigation paths adapted to the learner. The task of creation of a training technique in the system will demand formalising and input in a knowledge base of rules, which one are practiced by the teacher in his work.

Aslanov Musurza Mustafa DECISION-MAKING UPON DATA PROCESSING OF REMOTE SOUNDING

Human factor is always taken into account in setting up automatic remote measuring data processing systems. Available two interrelated reasons of man's unique role in such systems. The fist consists of its ability to effectively obtain and keep the particulars of the whole picture, i.e. not only the particulars of absolute majority of the data of remote sounding, but also the particulars of appropriate reference material obtained in various formats and different bearers. The second reason is its unique ability

34

to make selection of data. Essentially using previous experienc and knowledge to take any decision. Therefore, it is necessary to solve the tasks of effective interactions between the man and machines when projecting data processing systems of remote sounding. The referenced paper offers the methods to present the results of the remote sounding-related tasks in order to facilitate decision-making process for the system's analyst. For this purpose introduced a subsystem to make the estimation of the task of remote sounding.

It is universally asknowledged that remote sounding data processing, from registration moment till obtaining specific results, is divided into a number of separate tasks (for example, calibration, geometrical correction, restoration of reflections,etc.). Every task is resolved in this or another method, way and algorithm. Solution quality of one task obviously or non-obviously makes influence upon solution quality of other tasks (for example, sublocation of signs, where classes are most differently reflected on classification results). Obviously it is difficult enough for analyst to take any decision without any approach to estimating to selection of methods,algorithms and results.In this regard, introduced task solution quality-related estimating subsystem where every task is marked in appropriate methods and inserted into mark table , the analysis of which promotes the analyst of the system to take any decision on further data processing..

Therefore the analyst shoould efficiently select the chains of solved tasks in the suggested task menu, and after solution of each task of the subsystem to insert marks into the table of relevant mark, the examined table and throw light upon description on each stage that analyst could have any advantage also visually estimate the processing results, also provided for any opportunity graphically to reflect processing results.

References1. Bates R., Mask-Donnel M. Restoration and reconstruction of reflections, M.: MIR, 1989,p.333

Mayilov R.A., Safarov R.S. ON DECISION MAKING AT TRANSMISSION INFORMATION ON CABLES OF CONNECTION WITH VIOLATED HOMOGENEITY

Quality and efficiency of the information transmitted on the cables of connection in many depends on the metrological feature of the cables. Known that when breaking homogeneity of cables, part of the transmitted information is subjected to a drain and distortion because of the damages. Breach of the homogeneity is characterize by the reflecting factor, which is defined by changing a wave resistance of the cable. Calculation of the changing a wave resistance from its nominal value under the known reflecting factor is presented possible.

The determination of the place and the nature of the breaking homogeneity and reflecting factor in the cables of connection is conduct by means of the known pulse method, which essence is conclude in that, that to the investigated cable line are send exploration pulses, these pulses reflect from the place of the breaking spottiness and return back, herewith on polarities of the reflected pulses is defined nature of damaging and upon their delay a place of breaking a spottiness. Degree of the breaking spottiness corresponds to the value of the reflecting factor, which changes in the interval [-1; 1], where “-1” points to the presence a short circuit in the line, but “+1” breakaway. Under zero value of the reflecting factor a cable functions orderly.

35

Under appear spottinesses, when value of the reflecting factor depending on the partial short circuit or breakaway bases in the interval (-1; 0) or (0; 1), own fading of the line is change by its working fading, determination of the working fading is possible in the event of the calculation changed wave resistance.

Thus, when breaking homogeneity of the cable line at measurements of the reflecting factor is the calculation of the wave resistance is presented possible and on the base of this value is come to a conclusion: to reject the information transmitted on this line, or under the allowing circumstances to correct the information transmitted on the cable line.

Gurbanov F.M., Masimov E.D. MATHEMATICAL MODEL AND EXPERT SYSTEM OF DIAGNOSTICS AND CURING OF ILLNESSES

Organizm of human being can be considered as dynamic system which is described by variables of two sets X and Y, where

X = x1, x2, ... , xn , Y = y1, y2, ... yk ,xi = xi (t) for 1 i n, yj = yj (t) for 1 j k.According to medical terminology, the elements of the set Y are named as

symptoms of the illnesses, and elements of the set X are named as parameters of human’s organism like temperature, pressure, weight and so on. Variables of the set Y take values from the segment 0,1 in conformity with the degree of symptoms. Variables x i take values from the set pi, where pi may be a segment, an interval, isolated points or any finite, measurable subset of axis of R.

We consider the m-dimensional Euckleed’s space Rm, where m = n + k. In the space Rm we consider a subset Q which is decartian product of the following sets

Q = p1 p2 ... pn , where c = 0,1 .

A state of a human being at the time t can be described by movement of point S(t, x, y) inside the set Q of space Rm. Let the medicine know the number of L illnesses z1, z2, ... , zL.

For each illness Zi one can construct the corresponding it fuzzy subset inside Q with function of belonging i according to it can be constructed.

By the help of software DELPHI an expert system is developed, the base of knowledge of which is filled in conformity with shown mathematical model. At the beginning, an user enters the known parameters of organism and symptoms of illnesses. By doing that the degree of each symptom is entered by additional menu. Program displays the list and degree of illnesses in accordance to entered data. There is a special section in the expert system named as “Teaching” where an expert (doctor) has a possibility to add, remove or renew the rules of the system on the basis of private experience.

After determination of diagnosis the program displays known methods of curing by the help of traditional and nontraditional medicine noting the sources of information.

36

SESSION 2

INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS:

APPLICATIONS IN COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN

V.E. Zolotovsky INTERACTIVE DESIGNING AND MODELING SYSTEMS

During the computing technics facilities design the main difficulty lies onto the developer, who must take into account and check a wide range of parameters. Frequently, to make sure that designed facilities are runnable it is necessary to completely or partly realize them in practice and spend a time for testing. Such approach is not always suitable and can bring appreciable expenses else before a moment of computing systems installation in the usage. The going out from this situation is a creation and use of interactive designing software programs. During making the multiprocessor modeling systems and information - computing networks (ICN), used for these purposes, the difficulties repeatedly increase. There exists the ensembles of methods, which allow to design the ICN, however many of them do not allow to conduct the ISN design with plural restrictions taken into account and are limited only by making a topology of minimum cost, reducing the complex many-sided process to the classical problem. The strategy allowing to design the ICN with the ensembles of parameters influencing upon its work is considered in this report.

In this case the ICN is presented in the manner of layered hierarchical model. Such presentation allows to easy going from the mathematical description to the program presentation of ICN model in the manner of the objects set. It was conducted the categorization of different devices functioning in network, on this base the layered model was received. The network is presented as a collection of models of devices functioning in this network (computers, hubs, routers, repeaters and etc.) from which it is possible to select the three main levels:

- The level of sources and consumers of information flows;- The level of devices ensuring physical connection into ICN;- The level of devices ensuring ICN operation in the logical level.Founding on described above suggestions, the base model of such ICN was

designed (fig. 1).

37

The base ICN model

Fig. 1

The computers, printers, scanners and etc are the devices of first level.The devices providing the network join (hubs, routers, repeaters, bridges and etc.)

are located at the second level.The third level consists of devices checking the network operation as well as

realizing different facilities - the servers of different type.The level amount of network model can vary depending on its difficulty (fig. 2).

H ubH ub

W orkstation 1 W orkstation 2

Leve l 4

Leve l 2

Leve l 1

W orkstation 3 W orkstation 4 W orkstation N

Server SQ L Server

Switch Leve l 3

Fig. 2

In this case the increasing an amount of levels occurs thanks to appearance of new network management link (switch).

At present the macrooperations are developing with the help of which it will be possible to manipulate ICN models, for instance: association, rearrangement and etc.

The offered system ensures an interactive approach to ICN designing, as follows, it affords to user at any time the possibility of free access to any ICN level and supports the suitable designing facilities and etc.

38

This strategy allows to begin the ICN designing from most simple network models, gradually raising its difficulty, ensures a possibility of different parameters analysis, on each stage, founding on preceding analysis results.

V.B. Silin, V.V. Malygin BASIC APPROACH TOWARDS DISTRIBUTING OF COMPUTATION AND INFORMATION RESOURCES IN COMPUTING NETWORKS

Great demand to the quality of computer aided design (CAD) states a problem regarding the quality of the CAD systems themselves. Specificity of such design task causes additional specification and detailed elaboration of all its stages depending on the results of its functioning. Design of CAD system implies the definition not only of its hardware and software structure but also the organization of its operation. It means that static distribution of computation capacity and connections between computing system elements must be defined as well as dynamic of information transfer process must be investigated. The last means that CAD system itself must be considered as a computing network.

Having used body of mathematics along with common obligatory requirements to the function decomposition additional requirements were formed. New requirements represent the fact that the design process should be realized by using some predefined computer type and local area network that brings all particular computers into one information-calculating system. The major of them, from one hand, is to get functionally tied-up and completed particular functions (PF) of the design process and estimation of it for needed computation power, memory requirements for input, output, executable and service information and from another hand, to match these estimations with engineering feasibility on current resources. If the last requirement is not fulfilled then function decomposition must be continued until it meets all the requirements.

After the acceptance of result of function decomposition of primary design task it is possible to calculate required power of computation process for solving all PFs within design time by simple sum of the corresponding figures which were discovered during functional decomposition stage. Calculating of the internal traffic for the design time makes similar estimation for the computing network. In this case total amount information on input and output side of PF is evaluated as well as one that must be input and output from the whole system. Such calculation is performed by processing of information flow diagram and assign weight to every network link corresponding to the value of information flow going through it.

After the estimations mentioned above that give necessary condition of design task solution feasibility using existing system are fulfilled the algorithm for the choice of the best variant of design task realization is proposed. It distributes PFs among computers and saying nothing about design time estimates two major criteria. The first is completeness of the computation power utilization (existed or required). The second is system network links capacity and completeness of the its use. The estimation itself is done by calculating either integrated criterion uses as an input all criterions called above or optimization of network capacity and completeness of its use while other criteria used as the constraints.

39

Prior to begin finding the best variant of design task realization, a cardinality of combinative space of the feasible variants is to be estimated. It can be done by analyzing two square matrixes of Possible Transitions does it. The first one has dimension equal to number of PF and is used for calculation the number of variants because of variation of PF allocated in the particular nodes with each other. The second one has dimension equal to number of network nodes and is used for calculation the number of variants because of variation groups of PF allocated in nodes with PF groups are allocated in other nodes.

Basing on method of directional transitions (so called “branches and bounds method”) the method of finding quasi-optimal variants of PF distribution was worked out. So together with PF Per Node Distribution Matrix the Information Flows Per Network Links Distribution Matrix is formed on every steps. From formal point of view it is performed by choosing PFs that could be fulfilled on the next step (PF Execution Sequence Matrix is used) then using Information Flow Matrix all preceding PFs (means at least one output data parameter from preceding PF is used as a input one in successor PF) are found out. Having PF coherence information and PF Per Node Distribution Matrix node coherence and final link load are discovered. Then every link is assigned a weight in accordance with the link load and a penalty if the load is higher predefined threshold set. In order to calculate the Step Cost all network link weights are added together. The sum of Step Cost with cost of all preceding steps forms the Cost of PF Distribution (partial or complete). The method result is a PF distribution variant that has minimal Distribution Cost. Also the Integral Quality Criterion is calculated in order to explore how close the found variants are to theoretical maximum of computing system resources utilization.

By this step first static stage of the defined task solution is finished while dynamic CAD functioning optimization is not totally completed and is to be investigated later on.

V. V. Suskin VIRTUAL MANUFACTURE - NEW STEP of AUTOMATION оf MANUFACTURE

40

The new step of automation of manufacture - virtual manufacture (VM) for one of the industrial enterprises is considered (examined), at the expense of integration CAE/CAD/CAM/PPS on the basis of CALS-technology and association of stages of life cycle of a product (LCP) by uniform information model with the automated parallel and three-level management. At the first level the methods of pure(clean) artificial intelligence are used, since informal ways of decomposition of initial model of a product and formation of stages LCP here are applied. At the second level - level of one of stages LCP, which is certain(determined) at the first level, it is expedient to apply the mixed methods of artificial intelligence and CAD. At the third level - level of "details" the methods based, basically, on heuristics are applied pure CAD.

In work the method of search of controlled components both structures of manufacture, and products directed on maintenance of high quality to let out production, based on displacement of support LCP on stages designing - operation is offered. The method allows to refuse from сyrcle at the expense of decomposition of initial model of a product on stages with minimization of communications (connections) between them and to proceed (pass) to parallel designing and manufacturing of a product, as is based on use of the approach as "from above - downwards", where general common model at first is under construction, and "from below - upwards", making a start from known of technologes of manufacturing of details, which are organized on manufacture (CAM), creating units, blocks etc. down to general(common) model, which is concretized and is specified. This conflict is authorized if to use them both, but always it is necessary to begin from details (from below), so that with the subsequent work (from above) organizing concept of the expert laying in model a products, was well supported with the information and that the details of the given development were entered in not without efforts.

A.F. Kolchin ANALYSIS OF DESIGN TASK

The designing is usualy viewed as a process based on the transition from the universe of design specifications to the universe of objects or components i.e. the process of complete specification of a set of primitive components and their relations.However, this definition does not contain the goal, the designer aimed at. Let us consider a goal as the description of requirements which are implemented by the object under design i.e. they are the part of specification.

The problem of designing is transformed to the design task if some strategy or method which makes possible to transfer from specification of object under design to the object itself is given.

The report describes well known general method for design problem class which is called “propose – critisize - modify” (PCM method). Generaly speaking PCM method is the general template comprising the following method classes: a) methods proposing complete or partial solution; b) methods checking proposed solutions and analyzing (critisizing) propositions to discover the causes of specification violations if they are exist; c) methods modifying propositions in order to fulfil design goals. The analysis of real tasks shows that the class of methods proposing solution can be didvided into

41

methods based on 1) problem decomposition and solution construction; 2) design plans and 3) modification of available solution. In this study the analysis of described above method classes, used in design tasks, is done; the type and structure of used knowledge are defined; their functional structures are built; behavioral structures are proposed.

It is proposed to divide the multitude of design tasks into four classes (depending on whether or not a) object structure; b) components the object consists of; are initially defined for object under design): parametric design, configuration design, skeleton design and creative design.

The analysis of parametric design task is presented in the report. Well known refinement of PCM method for parametric design task (which is called “propose and revise”) is discussed in details. It is shown that this method may be decomposed into four following tasks: select parameter, propose parameter’s values, check constraints and correct detected constraint violations. In turn, the last subtask may be also decomposed into smaller subtasks and so on until all subtasks become elementary. For every subtask requirements are defined which are imposed on the structure and type of domain knowledge, used by subtask. All these requirements make possible to form restrictions and usage conditions for the whole method. On one hand this makes possible to create method (or its modification) selection criteria, based on goals of the design problem which is solving; on the other hand to answer the question how necessary domain knowledge should be interpreted and represented. This method independansy of particular problem (but not of the class of problems) and domain knowledge used makes possible to create the library of such methods and their modifications which is one of the key modules of toolkit for construction of intelligent design systems which is under development now.

I. A .Kalabanovsky, A.F.Pohilko DATA PRESENTATION AND CRITERION OF INVESTIGATION OF CAD-SYSTEMS FOR THE CLASS OF PROBLEMS WITH THE STRUCTURED PRESENTATION OF DATA

In the area of industrial design one of the most wide-spread problems is the design of equipment from the kit of standard details and components. Moreover, linking of components is done by elementary mathematical formulae and functions. In a process of automated design all components of designing object are displayed through several aspects[1]:

Tabular aspect of presentation; Graphic aspect of presentation; Textual aspect of presentation; Mathematical aspect of presentation.Full-fledged process of design presents itself a collection of procedures and

actions executed with the presentation of the given designed object.To refer the process of design to the class of problems with outline(structured)

presentation of data, it must correspond to the following criterions: design of an object is basically produced of standard details and

component;

42

using of the non-standard details is reduced to minimum, non-standard details and components are designed by other organizations

or groups of designers, not in accordance with design of the main object; non-standard details used in design are taken as united indivisible

components with determined working parameters, non-changable during the design process.

Any problem of design with any kit of raw data can be brought to the class of problems with the structured presentation of data. Investigation of any class of problems of design allows to select cognate components of designing objects with similar design functions, and distinguishing only in raw data. As a result, the built system of decisions of the given problem can be considered as the system of decision-making with the structured data[2] by its adduction to the higher epistimological level.

The result of some design task, refering to class of problems with structured data, would be the system of decisions, strictly keeping three main decision principles for the problems of the given class:

Principle of casuality, i.e. all system components are casually bounded by the relations leading to the decision of the problem;

Principle of modality, i.e. all actions of process of design are produced consecutively from the initial to the final stage and lead to the final objective of design;

Principle of modifiability, i.e. any structural modifications of the task should not break the principles of casuality and modality.

References:1. Pohilco A.F. Technolody of development user-orinted CAD-applications. International Conference INFORMATION TECHNOLODY IN DESIGN. Proceeding. 1Moscow. IESTI, 1996.2. George J. Klir. Architecture of Systems Problem Solving. State University New York at Binghamton. Plenum Press. New York. 1985.

A.V. Petkevich, N.A. Yarmosh AN APPROACH TO RECOGNITION AND REPRESENTATION OF FORM FEATURES IN MECHANICAL DESIGNS

Automatic interpretation of design data stored in CAD models is one of the key elements for the representation of product designs in terms of features - high-level, conceptually significant for specific applications entities. Features provide a natural means to associate domain knowledge with representations of objects and ensure linking and integration of all the activities and applications in a product life cycle. In the field of mechanical engineering a solution of this problem requires an analysis of the geometric data and topological relationships of the object specifying the most objective and stable attributes for the description and classification of parts.

Unlike existing approaches to representation of the geometric information based on manual coding, the offered method of form features identification is founded on feature recognition from a boundary representation (B-rep) of a solid model. Because of a pure B-rep solid model represents geometric entities and topological relationships at a low level only, we propose to transform it into new representation using a feature recognition approach.

Such transformation requires realization of some feature recognition scheme. The defining this scheme is performed according to the system approach and principles of

43

decomposition and synthesis. That is at the feature level the part is viewed as a complex system consisting of the set of volumetric components. Hierarchical relations between components are defined by syntax whereas the meaning of these components for a domain expert or application corresponds their semantics.

We use a graph-based approach to feature recognition. The B-rep of a part is translated into the labeled graph that is defined as a tuple

G = (FN , LN , FL, LL, FT , FR , LT , LLT , , , ),where FN , LN are the sets of nodes of type face and of type loop respectively; FL is the set of edges of G wich connect a node in FN to a node in LN ; LL is the set of edges of G wich connect pairs of nodes in LN; FT, FR and LT are the sets of labels of nodes in FN and LN respectively; is the sets of labels of edges in LL and : LL is a labeling for

edges in LL; : LN and : FN FT FR are labeling for nodes in LN and FN

respectively; The recognition includes the following steps: creation of the graph G;

decomposition of G into subgraphs describing volumetric components; matching subgraphs of obtained components with templates of feature classes; evaluation of feature parameters; building a feature-dependency graph that describes the part in terms of features.

In order to accomplish the decomposition of the object we distinguish three kinds of the syntactical relations between volumetric components - local modification, global modification and connection. These relations are intrinsic for both prismatic and rotational parts and they can be detected by traversal of G. Feature instances and relations between them are represented in the object-oriented form. In addition to classes that are abstractions of features, we use classes representing explicitly dependencies between features with associated semantics and constraints.

Such representation enables natural decomposition and hierarchical structuring of object form knowledge and it may be mapped into conceptual structure of an object-oriented database. Feature extraction is a first step in building a comprehensive layered engineering knowledge base which incorporates various kind of information besides geometry within a single framework. To achieve tight integration between design and other downstream activities it is necessary to take into consideration the compatibility of the form feature information model with standards for the representation and exchange of product model data.

P.I. Sosnin, E.P. Sosnina MONITORING OF PRACTICAL REASONING IN DECISION-MAKING

Conceptual basesThis paper considers the logical activity and logic outgoing from the

understanding of reasonings as a control facilities of any work (activity). The approach focuses on the human-computer activity and is aimed at the development of computer toolkit supporting the human reasonings in decision-making processes. Our

44

interpretation specifies that the reasonings should carry question-answer (dialogue) character.

It was developed and researched the computer presentation of the controlling function of reasoning (monitoring of reasoning) used in real-time decision-making and in cases of infinities. The bases of the research are:

the idea of specialized question-answer protocolling of the current activity of the decision-maker;

the search and the development of effective methods and means for the processing, systematization and analysis of structure and content of these question-answer protocols (QA-protocols) currently registered and used for monitoring.

Representation of reasoningOur researches led us to the presentation of QA-protocols as event net graphs. We

consider that each node of the graph codes a question or answer as the event (in a database structure) of a current reasoning. The graph is a dynamic formation developing during the decision-making.

Our group has developed and researched the additional useful and important transformations of the graph structure. The basic graph structure added by the formal grammar of names, by the applied logics (causal, temporal, interrogative) and by its PETRI-net and PERT-net versions carries out the function of mathematical model of QA-process in the decision-making.

Theoretical and Practical rezultsQA-protocoling and its control including into the decision-making process were

investigated and the theory Th of QA-process was built.The theory Th consists of two independent subtheories Th1 and Th2. Th1 is the

theory of detection, identification and coding of question and Th2 is the theory of QA-control of the decision-making processes.

Object of researches in the theory Th1 is the question Q as constructive formation generated during the comparison of the current situation with the reference experience of the last decisions. The theory Th2 we present through a program product providing controlling functions of dialogue in the decision-making processes.

The description of the modeling complex was used as a specification for the development of the Monitoring Processor of dialogue structures WIQA (Working In Questions and Answers). WIQA is used for operative construction and development of the current model of the decision-making process with the recording of the current condition of a task and for operative control. An environment of its realization is Windows NT, C++. The development of the system is completed and applicable.

Methods and means offered, investigated and realized by the authors open some new posibilities for the control of the decision-making processes such as: the effective monitoring of the process; analysis of an opportunity of the parallel coordination of the subworks (with the purpose of distribution of work between the executives in the typical design decisions); demonstration (on suitable speed) of the development of events on the certain interval of the decision-making; demonstration of the current condition of decision-making at the certain moment of time; training the typical decisions (the samples of different decision-makings) and development of skills in the realization of these typical decisions; personification of the events for the subsequent definition of

45

authorship and contribution of the members of collective to an acceptance of the decision.

V. G. Semyonov MODELING OF DECISION-MAKING PROCESS

The opportunity of application of the device of Petri nets to modeling decision-making process (DMP) and management by it is considered. DMP is based on question-answer (QA) structures received as a result of work with the shaper of the QA-structures "WIQA for Windows 95", developed on faculty "Computer Facilities" of Ulyanovsk State technical university.

The QA-structure reflects actually technique DMP and represents activity network (event network), as which tops units of activity (task, question, answer etc.) designer (group of the designers), registered in a real time scale during the decision of any problem. Therefore, DMP, actually, there is a question-answer process.

The QA-structure can conditionally be broken on two semantic parts: questions, describing the script of work and answers, containing the decisions. The modeling of question-answer process occurs under the beforehand prepared script (technique of designing). The script can be given by the designer (chief of design works) as a pattern for the future decision or the script of the ready decision received earlier can be used. Thus is used a question part of QA-structure and during modeling is formed answer-back.

During modeling is admitted to change the script, that makes DMP more flexible and does not put the designer in rigid dependence on a technique of reception of the reference decision. At the same time, on set of potential techniques it is possible to formulate a task of a choice with determined criterions, ensuring allocation optimal ways of the decision. The formulation of such task on representation of QA-structures as Petri nets is offered.

The provisional sketch of a technique of acceptance of the decision on the basis of the WIQA-script is those:

1. Choice of the script of modeling. It is possible to use or question a part of the ready WIQA-project, or to open the new project and to create a pattern of the script.

2. Reception of a Petri nets from QA-structure, marks it according to a current condition of the project and formation of front of works.

3. Choice of one of the following variants of continuation of work:3.1. Transition in mode of operations with the contents particular, chosen from

the offered list of front of works, unit of designing (reception of the local answer). Till end, in case of giving to work of the status «work is completed», start of transition appropriate to performance of work and transition to item 2.

3.2. Change of the formulation (contents) of one of works offered for a choice. Till end transition to item 3.

3.3. Change of structure of the script. In this case there can be some possible variants of continuation: 1) transitions in usual mode of operations with the termination of modeling; 2) transitions in a mode of editing a question part of the project, till end -

46

nullification of a condition of modeling (i. e., dump of all parameters) and transition to item 2

3.4. Undo on a step back and transition to item 3 with the previous condition of the project.

4. Analysis of the received project. At this stage the representation of QA-structure as the PERT-graphics can be used.

In the multiuser version the chief of design works can break the script on groups according to the one whom from the designers this or that particular work will be charged to (i. e., to each element question of a part the author is attributed and in each step of modeling the list from those works is offered on the decision to the designer which to it were nominated by the chief).

Use of the device of Petri nets for modeling DMP allows essentially to raise its productivity and efficiency due to precise organization of work according to logic of the script, its flexibility, opportunity backspacing and passage of several variants of ways of reception of the decision.

P. I. Sosnin, D. S. Verbichenko MULTI-USER VERSION OF QUESTION-ANSWER PROCESSOR WIQA (WORKING IN QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS)

Question-Answer (QA) processor WIQA was developed in Computer Science

Department of Ulyanovsk State Technical University. The main purpose of this system is interactive registration of CAD user activity during design process. The result of this registration is representation of designer experience in the form of question-answer structures (QA-structures). Further processing, analyzing and visualization of these structures provide means of sharing experience in designer’s workgroups during solving similar problems in future.

Till now WIQA was single user application, running on a local machine. Each designer had his personal database; process of sharing QA-structures with other designers was complex and inefficient. In spring 1999 was released first multi-user version of WIQA system. It run’s under Windows 9X and Windows NT platforms.

Multi-user version of WIQA system is based on client-sever technology and using TCP/IP as a transport protocol. WIQA server manages project database and provides extended administrative functions. Client part of WIQA system is a combination of full functional local version WIQA system and a client part that provides access to network services of WIQA server.

47

Server RAM cache

Network service routines

Borland DatabaseEngine

A Set of Project Databases

Netw

ork Media

Workstation 1

Workstation 2

Workstation N

ServerCore

Fig.1 (Block structure of multi-user WIQA system)

Large projects can have very complex structure consisting of big amount of QA-nodes. Each node can also have associated objects embedded with OLE 2 technology. This ability allows to embed into project any documents generated by user’s CAD system, and if it also OLE server functions user can in-place activate embedded documents from WIQA, using standard OLE mechanism. Each node can have associated dossier with non-limited number items in it. Each item also supports OLE embedding features. Dossier is used to hold information used during work on this part of the project. It can include help information, electronic books & articles (for example from Internet), illustrations, CAD files etc. Format of these items makes no difference because they are embedded as OLE documents or as ordinary files. (Note: OLE embedding feature is realized only in 4.0 version of WIQA)

Due to the problem of “traffic jam” because of the large amount of project information need to be sending over the network, specific attention was devoted to design optimal dataflow algorithms. The most critical and frequently used project information is cached on the local workstations during initial project opening and initializing procedures. All embedded objects and dossier item are loaded on demand when user wants to open them. Opened objects are also cached so reopening them don’t need to call request to server. In the current state of WIQA system the necessity of regenerating cached item is determined by version number of the node, which still requires many calls to server in case of big number of project nodes. Soon it is planned to organize the notification service that commands client workstations to regenerate their caches. It is also planned to incorporate some intellectual functions in client cache regenerating routines, for example: to load in order their be needed during execution of the current process, or load small nodes first to minimize waiting time.

A policy of multi-user interaction and conflict resolution provided by server guaranties data integrity and excludes it ambiguity. Each user has it personal login and set of rights depending on his role in project design process.

With the help of multi-user support WIQA systems has new expanded capabilities of organizing operative experience sharing process in a designers group and simplify task of centralizing QA-structures processing and storing. Project manager now can monitor progress of designing project in real-time and don’t need to collect data from all workstations. Now multi-user version of WIQA system is on the stage of beta testing.

I.J. Lvovitch, K.A. Razinkin, E.L. Zaslavskij PERSPECTIVE VARIANTS AGGREGATION OF RANDOMIZE MULTIALTERNATIVE SEARCH USING GENETIC ALGORITHMS

A series of CAD tacks of technological processes comes to the goals multialternative optimization. Used schemes of sorting allow to form a variety of perspective variants. Under the condition of the iterational process stop based on the

48

balance of its informative characteristics of entropy and mean capacity there are two main parameters: set power of perspective variants (L) and environment where the meanings of probable alternative variables are fixed pzm when approaching the meanings 0 or 1.

Aggregation is considerate as building of a new variant among perspective variants having properties of two variants at least.

The set xl is represented by the population П=(x1,…,xi,…,x0) where any two individuals xl, x1M united in one parent pair can propagate.

The algorithm of aggregation is determined on the one hand, by the mode of selecting parent pair x1, x, E carrying paternal and maternal range and, on the other hand, by the scheme of sexual propagation.

For realizing the indicated schemes integrated estimation of variants are calculated [i], [m] L, which interpreted as degrees of fitness H(xl) for each individual having genetic type E(x1).

The following consequences of algorithmic procedures are suggested: individual selecting in parent pair, gene recombination aggregated variant rating, set correction of perspective variants. If the fitness degree of a new variant _ then this variant is involved in the set of perspective variants and variant _ is eliminated from the set.

After sorting out parent pairs and forming the new set of perspective variants obtained on the basis of aggregation its reduction is realized using selected schemes.

The final selection of a variant is produced with applying expert estimation algorithm.

I.E. Tom, N. A. Novoselova COMPUTER-AIDED ERGONOMICS DESIGN FOR VEHICLE CAB

In the suggested paper authors present a second version of CBMAN (C++ Builder MAN) software system intended to solve ergonomics problems related to vehicle design and testing. Using the objective-oriented approach, architecture exposure create premises for the system operation characteristics development. Ergonomic design and testing of a 3D layout for driver's workplace is accented. In order to solve this task the CBMAN system is provided with means of simplified graphic 3D modelling and editing of elements for the driver's workplace and a set of interfaces for interaction with specialised CAD systems as Unigraphics, AutoCAD, etc. The skeletal and wire model for the 3D-dummy and procedures for its animation have been developed and included as components of the system. This model still at the early design stages allows to analyse future driver's workplace for convenience, to make necessary changes in its arrangement. Choice of modifications of driver's cab arrangement is carried out proceeding from the computer analysis: driver’s posture in cab; external and internal space visibility; analysis of invisible zones; reach of control means and convenience of work with pedals; possibility of driver’s impact with vehicle components during activity and others.

The main system component – parameter kinematic model of 3D-dummy. It’s developed in the form of articulate mechanizm, consisted of 24 rigid interacted segments. The statistics from antropometric guide are used for the definition of longitudinal segment’s dimensions. It’s provided the possibility of using for the dimensions of dummy’s segments the international normative documents SAE and

49

national antropometric standards. The automative generation of required dummy type, taking into account it’s sex, race and 1%, 5%, 50%, 95%, 99% percentile is realized in CBMAN system. At the same time, it’s possible for the user to generate the dummy with arbitrary antropometric characters in interactive mode. . According to principles of inverse kinematics the models and rapid algorithms of dummy’s limbs animation are carried out. In particular, a rapid algorithm for the calculation and choice of the optimal final position of the limbs during their transfer to the defined space point is realized. As the optimal the position with minimal deflexion from the natural anatomic posture of human’s extremities in corresponding space point is considered.

A present version of CBMAN system is realized for Windows NT/98/95 and operates on the personal computer of type Pentium II. The system speed characteristics can be positive compared with it’s analogs (Ramsis and others), oriented at the expensive graphical stations, such as Silicon Graphics.

I.M.Ismailov, M. Ch.Pashaev, E. M.Ismailova INDUCTIVE FREQUENCES CONVERTERS IN AUTOMATIC DESIGNING SYSTEMS

Inductive converters thanks to their easy usage, high reliabitity, comparatively low price and powerful functional possibilities have been widely adopted in up- to date information measuring technique controlling a number of technological parameters in different fields of industry. Using of uncontact output method (current curl method) and noise prooved form of information presenting (frequency method ) in these converters allows to ensure high sensitivity and quick effect of these converters to get the greatest correlation signal - noise.

It is necessary to take into account projecting inductive frequency converters that the required metrological characteristics of converters can be achieved only when the optimum meaning of many parameters linked with both the magnetical circuit and the converters measuring scheme are chosen. Thus, for example outward signal (in this case frequence oscillation changes) is connected directly with autogenerator regime parameters as well as with quantities of introduced resistances which in their turn are determined not only by electrophysical parameters of the conductive material but also by the geometric dimensions of the material and the bobbin, mutual disposition relatively each other, clearance size and so on.

Hence the new automatized projecting system of inductive frequence converters has been worked out allowing in the process of projecting model numerous solutions and carry out their detailed analysis and give (an effect) optimum. More over we get a series of solutions based on optimum procedures of the structural varielies as well as the inside parameters of converters.

With the help of the imitation modelling on ECM (Electronic Computing Machine) the solution of quite a number of the important projecting questions, such as analisis of the influence of different factors on the quality of conversion, determination of the admittance quantity on the parameters, state the value of the converter capacity in the workable conditions of exploitation have been received.

50

Algorithms and programs of the probable analyses have been carried out on the statistical testing method determination of the admittance on the parameters of the converter.

The working out program system of analysis and calculation of the parameters of the converter as well as the invariability of algorithms calculation allows to use the mentioned means by automatized projecting and other classes of converters.

The questions of realization of structure data and programming when processing and reflecting of the diagram information have been considered too.

Sh-M. A.Ismailov, A. A.Djanmursaev., B. B.Yagyaeva AUTOMATION OF THE DESIGNING OF THE BIT-PARALLEL OPERATING DEVICES OF NUMERIC DATA ARRAY PROCESSING

The questions of the automated designing of bit-parallel operating devices (BPOD), oriented to mass processing of the numeric information are considered in the report. The basis of the construction of BPOD structure is formed by a table-algorithmic principles, where the constant remembering devices (ROM) and programmable logic arrays (PLA) are used as decisive devices. The problem of automation of BPOD designing consists in ROM's and PLA's program tables as separate module, and also in construction on their basis single- and polydimensional BPOD, directed to the decision of the certain category of problems. The automation of the designing of the bit-parallel processors of numeric data arrays (NDA) processing mentions the following basic stages:

definition of a way of NDA processing; definition of intermodular communications in the structure of single- and

polydimensional (BPOD) and the choice of base modules necessary number; definition of hardware expenses for realization of one base module and whole

BPOD structure; definition of temporary expenses for fulfillment of basic arithmetic operations by

steps (the temporary cycle of step depends on time of reading of the information from the ROM and PLA);

definition of word length of the entrance and target BPOD registers; formations of the tables of programming of base module memory elements;Analytical dependences of temporary and hardware expenses of an offered

structures with the methods of program table formation and definition of quantity of base modules for various ways of NDA processing are fixed in a basis of BPOD designing algorithm.

N.I.Khamets., L.V.Gubitch DEPENDENCE OF STRENGTH AND STRAIN PROPERTIES OF PLASTIC CASE PRODUCTS FROM RIBS' LOCATION

The application of the plastic details in various designs provides reduction of the cost and the labour-intensiveness of manufacturing of machines and devices, reduction of weight of a design at simultaneous improvement of their quality and reliability. The

51

advantages of use of plastic in designs are completely shown only at correct use of their properties. Because of specific features of plastic as constructional materials at designing plastic products it is necessary to decide a lot of questions of designing, major of which is the choice of the basic design data of a detail and technological process of its manufacturing, final improvement of a design from the point of view of its adaptability to manufacture, at last, comparative technical and economic analysis of the designed product.

From numerous properties describing the plastic product the strength and strain properties are basic, as they provide preservation of form and sizes of a product at action of external loadings. Straining of plastic products, i.e. the change of their form and sizes under action of external loadings or owing to internal pressure, is frequently major factor determining their operational properties. Without the account the straining properties cannot correctly be picked up a material for manufacturing that or other product. As a rule, it is not enough attention are given these properties although the overwhelming part of the case details is made from plastic.

To increase rigidity and durability of the plastic details the strengthening of the especially loaded places or acting parts and sometimes on technological reasons in a detail design are provided ribs. Ribs allow to reduce section of separate elements of a detail to lower internal pressure in places of interface of walls of various section and also promote prevention shrikage or spoilage on cracks.

In the Institute of Engineering Cybernetics of the National Acadimy of Sciences of Belarus the researches of influence of the circuits of ribs arrangement on the strength and strain properties of the plastics products are conducted. The researches carry out on an example of the case products. The modern plastic case products have the complex geometrical form which influences the circuit of ribs arrangement. It is necessary to study efficiency of the circuits of ribs arrangement depending on external loadings and product form.

V. E.Gliznutsin CAD OF SMITHING PRODUCTS

The peculiar feature of smithing is its individual production. However, the sequence of technological operations is the same for any ordered product. The manufacturing process of smithing consists of the following operations:

- the designing of scetches;- the making of a cardboard mock-up; - the manufacturing of the elements of a smithing product;- the fitting of a product in accordance with the approved project;- the trimming;- the fitting of a product at a customer.To be more detailed, it is necessary to distinguish the stage of technological

preparation of production. The designer has to carry out the following actions at this stage:

- the technological design and splitting of a product on elements;- the merging of similar elements in groups;

52

- the elaboration of the technology of the production of elements;- the elaboration of devices and tools. While making a product the designer has to consider a lot of its possible artistic

versions. Besides, it takes much time to depict a large number of similar repetitive elements. The designer has a vast opportunity to avoid monotonous actions and to spend more time on general artistic designing of products with the help of the Computer-Aided Design of Smithing Products (CAD SP) [1]. The analysis of the frequency of used elements shows, that more than 80 per cent of all elements of the smithing product are often reiterated. The application of CAD SP reduces the period of elaboration of a project on 40 per cent an average. That is an essential reserve to increase the labour capacity.

The system must provide the decrease of the cost of a designed product, the reduction of periods of designing and production, the optimization on the ground of coorelation" price - quality".

САD SP works in the interactive mode and realizes the following functions:- the elaboration of the general global sketch of a smithing product;- the creation of the detailed sketch of a smithing product by means of

combination of the typed elements of the graphic library;- the numerous copying of repetitive elements of a smithing product's pattern;- the transformation (decrease, increase, compression, stretching, turning) of a

sketch or its elements while choosing a variant;- the output of a variant on the hard copy (printer or plotter).The central place in the general structure of САD SP is taken by the graphic

library of typed elements. It is based on the classification of elements according to the three attributes: the type of element, the technology of production, the type of cost [2,3].

The system is supposed to be made during the degree project by the students of Stamping Department of Lipetsk State Technical University. The introduction of the system is planned to be accomplished by LTD "Levsha", which main activity is smithing.

References1. Арутюнов И.Е., Глизнуцин В.Е., Глизнуцина Е.С. Принципы создания системы искусственного

интеллекта для проектирования технологических процессов листовой штамповки // Технологические проблемы машиностроительного производства. Межвузовский науч.-тех. сборник. Липецк, ЛГТУ, 1994 г.

2. И.Е. Арутюнов, В.Е. Глизнуцин , А.Д. Афонин Экономический аспект выбора маршрутной технологии // Международная конференция «Прогрессивные технологии обработки материалов» 17-18 сентября 1998 г. Минск, 1998.

1. Kuznetsov L.A., Gliznutsin V.E., Gliznutsina E.S. The System Description of the Organization Financial Activities // Proc. of Intern. Conf. «Contribution of Cognition to Modelling». July 6-8. 1998. - Lyon, France. P. 2/9 - 2/11.

V. E. Isaev DYNAMICAL MODELING OF TECHNOLOGICAL SYSTEMS IN "EULER"

While deciding on dynamical task of technological system modeling CAE "Euler" have been used.

For technological systems' models creation the construction was divided by several levels using decomposition method. This method allows creating typical description of each module of system on the basis of key elements such as "box", "cylinder", "joint" which are stored in programming modules' library. This method also allows to initiate an analyses of system in whole and also by elements and components.

53

Efficiency of developed methods and use of "Euler" for deciding on dinamical task was evaluated after creation and research of model CNC lathe kinematics. The model was presented in terms of aggregate levels (gearbox, bed, cross slide) and elements levels - each aggregate is being decomposed by separate elements (shafts, gears, and bodies). Then these separate elements were combined in a special way in aggregates. After that those aggregates were combined in general model of machine. While describing movable components of machine "gearing", "screw-nut couple", "advance couple", and "rotational couple" were used. The next step was identification of load (forces and moments). For model's analyses sensor were installed: data which they produced, were presented in charts and tables. Final results allow creation of technological preprocessor CAM.

S.V.Pavlova CONSTRUCTION OF THE EVOLVEMENT FOR CLOTHES DESIGNING

Flexible objects are inherently more difficult to model than rigid objects. Until about a decade ago, computer graphics was limited to modeling rigid objects, but subsequent advances in algorithms and graphics hardware now support the processing of flexible objects.

Textile science has concentrated studying a material’s behavlor according to its mechanical properties. Textile engineers investigating clothes modeling problems have generally focused on deriving accurate models or methods to measure the properties of clothes. The overall shape of a cloth was not of major interest. For next working on computer with clothes model different methods are used (physical and geometrical) that accurately generate the shapes of cloth objects and link them with CAD/CAMs systems.

Clothes has complex geometrical base and to describe it accurately and quickly requires long-term research. Research workers in the textile and graphics community need to tackle these problems collaboratively.

Therefore in East-Siberian State University of Technology the method of 3D-construction for surfaces of the difficult forms is developed. The examines reception of evolvement of difficult nondevelopable surfaces on a plane. In the submitted way the geometrical device of work with difficult nondevelopable surfaces is considered.

This method can be applied to designing of clothes. The method is based on construction of evolvement details, which incident to envelope developable surface.

M.A.Akhmedov, D.F.Mamedov, A. H. Huseinov, Sh.R. Rahimov DESIGN OF THE SENSITIVE ELEMENT FOR THE SENSOR OF MECHANICALS FORCES

In mining of mineral oil by means of extreme-pumping arrangments, there often appear the necessity of measuring of the mechanical forces in its polishing stock. As the sensitive element of the sensor allocated dirrectly on the suspension of the polishing stock, it is used the thin-wall steel cylinder possessing high elasticity. The accuracy of measuring of forces appearing on the polishing stock depends on option of geometric dimensions and material of the sensitive element.

54

Our paper considers the computer design of the sensitive element for the sensor of mechanicals forces.

The measuring sensor of less linears transferences ( (0250)*106m) is allocated in the internal point of such sensitive element. Therefore, the geometrical dimensions and material of the sensitive element in deppendence on mechanical forces have to support the necessary deformation. So, we define horisontal-diametrical tranference of flatness of the longitudinal section perpendicular to the forces direction. By means of elasticity theory it is defined the mathematical model of horisontal-diametrical transference(Ur) of the sensitive element expressed as:

Ur = P*(a+b)/E*N*L*(1-)*(b2-a2+b2*ln(b/r)+a2ln(r/a))*5*r+ +*(b2 -a2)*r+(1+)*(a2*b2/r)*ln(b/a)where L - the ring length; a,b - internal and external radius of the cylinder; r -

arbitrary radius of the cylinder; -Puanson factor; E-elasticity modul; P-mechanicals forces

N=(b2-a2)2+4*a2*b2 *ln2(b/a) The present mathematical model is realized on artifical intelligence language

PROLOG. The obtained results support practicals requirements in measuring of mechanical forces in the electro-magnetic sensor.

H.M.Akhmedova THE COMPUTER- AIDED-DESIGN OF THE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR THE FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEM

The paper considers the questions of Computer-Aided-Design (CAD) of the flexible manufacturing system(FMS) control system, that supports computer experiments of FMS functioning on the stage of the system-technical design. The basic features of the CAD concludes in the following: it is created for practical application of the Petry-net as simulation unit during the design and analysis of FMS; round all stages FMS creation, and gets the software that supports FMS working with the real objects.

For the work of the CAD it is created the knowledge base (KB) on the following levels: on the subject level (the FMS structure, type models of the active elements, basic characteristics of the real elements, description of productions-functioning); on the mathematical level (generation of the structural model of FMS, rough mathematical model as the Petry-net, the mathematical model as the production system); on the software level (the functioning algorithm of the software for the functioning algorithm of the FMS).

The CAD has a possibility of function description and active elements of FMS by means of three methods: final automats; parallel-functioning of asynchrons process, and production system in deppend on complex and functional nomination of the individual object.

The description of the FMS functioning in one of the three methods transformates the Petry-net model and gets rough model of the FMS. It shows the expediency of FMS development by the results of the basic attributes of the Petry-net, that supports the necessary production and functioning in the real time and forms the mathematical model of the FMS functioning model as the production system. By means of the production

55

system and generating structural model of the FMS there are done the computer experiments in differents regimes of work.

This CAD used in FMS design of pumping-compressors pipes, implemented in the Azerbaidjan Pipe-Rolling Factory, proved to be essential and economically effective.

S.E. Chekmenev LISP SYSTEM AS A SMALL COMPUTER SCIENCE LABORATORY

One of the most important problems in training the students to computer science (CS) is a selection of suitable platform: first of all operating system and lingware.

The discussion about what is better (Windows or UNIX, C++ or Pascal etc.) obviously will not be finished in the nearest future or even never. So let us consider the problem from the other point of view. Is it possible to determine the set of main properties and features of computer system that makes it almost ideal for CS studying? Let's formulate some obvious requirements for such “ideal” system.

1. Maximal integrality, i.e. the absence of disparate subsystems on the different levels: informational, linguistic etc.

2. Flexibility and expandability.3. Scalability as an opportunity to use a subset of only those functions, which

are necessary.4. Nonformally – simplicity and clarity and formally – mathematical purity of

the basic computational model (paradigm).5. The opportunity of simulating the different CS objects and technologies on

the base of integrated environment.6. The list could be continued.On the basis of the analysis of almost all modern platforms the conclusion was

made that Lisp system is a main candidate to satisfy the above requirements. But it is well known that there are many different dialects and realizations of Lisp. So we need to choose among them now.

We believe the most appropriate dialect/realization of Lisp is Scheme from MIT. Moreover, at MIT it was developed a very popular CS course Structure and Interpretation of Computer Programs. Nevertheless at the department of Information Technology and Computer Systems of our university it was designed and partially realized the origin Lisp system CILISP (Compact Instrumental Lisp). CILISP is extremely compact Lisp dialect with many additional features. By the means of special system controls it is possible to customize CILISP for the concrete purpose. We can easily change the type of scoping and evaluation, use different computational paradigms (pure applicative, imperative, object-oriented etc.) and much more.

A.Y.Ismailov, R.N.Allakhverdiyev TO THE OPTIMAL PARAMETER SEARCH PROBLEM IN AUTOMATED DYNAMIC SYSTEM (PLANNING)

The specific features of the optimal parameter search problem in automated dynamic system planning are nonlinear character of the applied and large amount of

56

variables and limitation meters search these features require to use either stochastic optimization method based on stochastic approximation and causal search or on their combination.

Optimization method improvement as determined so as stochastic bring to private algorithm adapted to solve this or that kind of sums. Nowadays there is no better effective universal algorithm for solving any class optimization sum in every respect. In this connection problems related to effective method choice for solving concrete optimization sums arise in practical activity (in practice). For successful solution (discussion) of different optimization sums it is necessary to create packet including the library of a number of different programs.

The problem of atomized method choice must be carried out in two regimes-in packet (primarily-by all means) and in dialogues.

Optimal solution search can be realized in packet regime when the used methods sequence is defined and their parameters are given. Such aplaptation, i.e. its control system must have possibility for independent better choice of given optimization program and transferring to another procedures while solution process. Atomized packet creation principles of optimization procedures for determined sums solution are described in many works. For automation of stochastic optimization effective algorithm choice in stochastic system designing it is necessary to separate sums class according to the following main signs:

- optimization sum type (conditional or absolute). - required solution exactness. - time necessary for aim function value getting. - controllable parameter number. - local optimum presence or absence. - casual obstacle size and its law of change (variability). - initial search point distance from the true optimum point. - presence absence of correlation between parameters. - obstacle depression homogeneity Further it is reliable to do calculations in dialogue regime when the user during the

calculation, following (watching) after intermediate results, changes the 1) algorithm, realizes purposeful transfer from one method to another, takes part in sums solution simultaneously if necessary, 2) parameters and so on.

Such kind of work regime requires the intuitive engineer’s calculator’s approach use and gained experience as well.

Stochastic optimization algorithm realized in packet and some numerical experiments results in computer are given in this report. It should be mentioned that such packet must take into consideration addition chance of new effective algorithm optimization.

Afanasiev A., Borisov V. INTERACTIVE DESIGN OF THE CONTROL PROCESSORS

The perspective class of control processors is considered, in the basis of which organization the associative control storage is fixed. The parallel processors of handle

57

have the improved characteristics in difference from processors based on the constants storage devices: by large speed and smaller sizes of the control storage.

The interactive designing includes the following stages.1. Algorithmic.2. Structural.3. Logical.At an algorithmic stage the task of representation of the control algorithm in the

associative - orient form as the parallel network scheme of algorithm (PNSA) is decided. PNSA is the digraph with three types of tops: processings, multisequencing and junction. The arcs of the graph are loaded with the generalized if statements.

It is offered to prove a semantic correctness PNSA by translation PNSA in a Petri Net with the consequent definition it of properties [1]. PNSA is correct (i.e. is finite and is determined), if appropriate to it Petri Net is alive and is safe.

At a structural stage the offered structures of controlprocessors with associative organization of the control storage are considered. The sample in a character part of the associative control storage is made in parallel on bits and words. The analysis of offered structures of associative processors of the control constructed on centralized, decentralized and disrtibuted principle of control is conducted. In considered structures to stream of commands the generalized if statements, and dataflow - composite operators of assignment are put in correspondence.

At a logical stage depending on features of the control algorithm and logical basis the processors of control with unitary coding of states, with substitution of variables, with functional overlapping of the network scheme of algorithm, with internal masking of the generalized if statement, with economic storage of codes of masks are considered.

The indicated stages are realized as the system of automated designing developed on Computer engineering department in Ulyanovsk state technical university.

References1. Borisov V. The Algorithmic and linguistic bases of automation of designing of associative parallel

control processors // Information systems and technology./ Ulyanovsk state technical university. Ulyanovsk 1998. p. 83.

SESSION 3

INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS:

APPLICATIONS IN SOFT AND NEURAL COMPUTING

D. S. Verbichenko ATTENTION MANAGEMENT IN THE PROCESS OF VISUALIZATION OF NOTION-FIGURATIVE INFORMATION

58

The significant meaning in the processes of human computer interaction has the quality and efficiency of computer visualization. Resources of human perception and especially attention are limited, this fact leads to forming of the “bottleneck” in computer – man system. Because of this problem, author is researching the methods of managing attention in the processes of computer visualization of notion-figurative information.

In the context of this abstract “attention” is understood as a set of parameters of perceptual mechanism of the subject of human-computer interaction. These parameters are: concentration of attention resources on a particular segment of visualizing notion-figurative information, the level of activation (arousal) of psychic perception resources, and presence of motivation purpose of perception this kind of information.

Perception of notion-figurative (NF) information is a complex, non-linear iterative process, and attention has estimation-regulative function in it. It serves the process of perception concentrating its resources on the part of information that has high estimation of it adequacy in the current context and matches subject motivation aims. Process of perception is irregularly interrupted by a number of reasons, this process is called situational interruptions. In these cases, process of perception temporary stops and switches to processing the cause of this interruption. Because the interruption system of modern computers is very similar to the natural interruptions it was decided to use the traditional technical terminology to describe it.

The main purpose of attention management in the processes of visualization-perception is to generate optimal scenarios of dynamical distribution of attention. Following the suggested scenarios the subject of perception gets significant help in his estimation activity. But generated scenarios are only one of many possible way of distribution of attention. Of course it is impossible to set few universal typical scenarios, because they need to be adapted to: a) structural organization of visualized information; b) it’s semantic content; c) current perception aims of the subject; d) his psyco-emotional condition;

Structural levelThe dynamic of attention distributing in perception of particular types of NF

material is much affected by personal qualities of the individual. But there are some steady stereotypical scenarios that in most cases allow to pick out the most significant aspects of percept information, in other words they help to execute the estimation function of attention and to make decision of father cognitive activity. The most common types of structural organization of NF information are:

Plain text Formatted text with markers and lists Text and illustrations combination Scheme or diagram style presentation Spreadsheet presentation Figurative – text composition For each of the given structure organization types there is a specific typical

scenario of attention distribution (at least in early stages of perception). Basing mostly on probability and cognitive stereotypes it guarantees in most cases fast recognition and semantic encoding of percepted material. In this abstract we will not describe these scenarios in detail.

59

Scenarios based on structural organization need to be detailed and modified according to their semantic content. This will help to determine more exact the priorities in attention distribution scenarios.

Logic-linguistic levelIn logic-linguistic level of analyzing of visualizing information for building

scenarios material is analyzed on the level of words, phrases and sentences (in structural level only integral parameters are analyzed). The main task on this level is exposure of potential reasons of attention activization (and consequently situational interrupts) reasons and coding them for futher use. After finishing this procedure, scenario formed on the previous level of analysis is modified. During research were detected and systematized several reasons of attention activization. Here are some of them:

Necessity of definition meaning of the word, phrase (solving semiotic uncertainty)

Necessity of detalization of contents (up to the given depth) Significance of grammatical construction in this context Presence of grammatical constructions-companions of potentially important

information. Estimations of validity, existence, utility, alternatives etc.Detection and coding of these and other reasons of attention activization, and

including them in the scenario of attention distribution decreasing the number of perception errors connected with the missing of significant information (which is especially actual in cases of time-lack). Also it decreases the load of estimation mechanism of attention and as a result reduces weariness during perception act.

V. G. Semyonov,P.I.Sosnin ENVIRONMENT FOR IMITATING MODELING OF QUESTION-ANSWER PROCESS

The question-answer (QA) processor WIQA has the built-in subsystem allowing to simulate QA-process, based on the beforehand prepared script of acceptance of the decision. As model the QA-structure of the reference script submitted as a Petri net is accepted. Thus it is used only questional part of QA-structure.

For transition to the mode of modeling menu «View/Diagrams/Petri net» or appropriate button on the panel of tools is used. Operational conditions of a mode of modeling contains a window with the image of a fragment of a Petri net of the top level, appropriate to construction of the decision of a root task of the project and the panel of tools for a call of teams. The teams of modeling can be also caused with the help of the emerging menu by pressing the right button of the mouse in the field of a window.

In a mode of modeling the user can use the following commands: to expand/collapse the next fragment appropriate to complex transition or all Petri net; to fire transition; to show by blinking all transitions, which can be fired; to add a marker in a position; to start process of automatic modeling. Teams of scaling and navigation on screens also are accessible.

The team of automatic modeling causes a sequence of dialogue windows of three types: parameters both step of modeling and window with the analytical information

60

received by results of modeling. Choosing on each step unit of activity (question, task) from the list accessible, the user quickly receives a sequence of start (or sequence of construction of the answers) decision, necessary for construction, of the project.

Tool environment of modeling, as well as WIQA, is developed for operation in operational environment Windows 95 on the programming language Borland C ++ 5.02. The hardware requirements: the processor i486 or is higher, 8 Mb RAM.

S.V. Sai, A.I. Shusakov, A.V. Arhipov METHOD OF GAINING VISUAL SHARPNESS OF A GRAPHICS IMAGE

The method of gaining visual sharpness is offered in system with compression of visual data based of discrete cosine transformation (DCT). The scheme of an encoder DCT is comply with JPEG system in the following modifications: the preprocessor of chrominance performs reducing of amount chrominally different components in the ratio 4:2:2; in the block DCT the selection of transformation factors is carried out by threshold method. Obviously, that the extension of frequency bands chrominally different components allows to improve sharpness and exactitude color transmission of small-sized details of saturated colors. The use of a threshold method of factor’s selection keeps high-frequency components, which values exceed a threshold P, and the exactitude of reproduction of thin structures of an image and effectiveness of compression will depend on magnitude of a selected threshold. The functional assotiation of minimum contrast (in average color thresholds ACT) a dashed lines is obtained by methods of computer engineering, at which it is still reproduced on an exit of the decoder, from a value of a threshold P. During the modeling the transformation of blocks by a size of 8*8 elements and evaluation of minimum contrast in contrastingly equal coordinate system of Vishetsky was used.

From obtained results follows, that the sharpness of an image with magnification P is reduced and thus the distortions do not exceed admissible values at P < 4. The distortions of color transmission small sized objects in a test image do not exceed the average 3-4 ACT at working of details with a size not less (2x2) - (3x3) elements of expansion and value of a threshold P < 4. The sharpness of the boundaries accords to average value of color passages duration <2-3 and practically depends on magnitude of a selected threshold a little. The results of an experimental researches have shown, that on the average expenditures on one element do not exceed 2-3 bits/component (at P < 4) and thus good quality of an image with subjective evaluations "well" and "perfectly" is ensured.

N.A.Sattarov A SYSTEM OF INFORMATIONAL SUPPORT OF THE REMOTE ECO-MONITORING ON THE BASE OF A COGNITIVE GRAPHICAL MODEL

A successful solving of the remote eco-monitoring tasks is based on the timely and detailed analysis of the multi-spatial data of a different content. A great importance is given to elaboration of the non-traditional approach, which provides the following:

1. A comparison of the ecological data about condition of the objects in the

61

environment.2. Obtaining the full idea about the process of monitoring and its different phases. With this purpose a cognitive graphical model of the ecomonitoring (CGME)

in the form of a totality of the correlated models has been worked out. Presentation of the semantic information of these models can take the following forms: the textual form, the audio form, the graphical statistical and the dynamical images. The components and the logical structure of the model have been marked out .

The methodical bases in building the regulated m-parametric patterns of the multi-spatial objects (processes, phenomenons) have been worked out. This favours a creation of the ecological data banks on the united base. This also promotes a further harmonization of the international information systems. In order to increase the efficiency of the natural objects' observation, the method and algorithm of the computer graphical building of m-parametric patterns of the airborne spectrometers' characteristics was worked out for the first time.

The pattern developed on the base of the local signs serves as a cognitive mean of the simultaneous reinforcement of the collective informativity of these signs. CGME allows to cover quickly relations between the more wide range of the objects and phenomenons, to choose the more considerable of them and to recognize the logical line of the problem. All of the mentioned above favours decreasing of the risk factor during the ecoexpertise.

V.V. Shishkin, M.A. Gavrikov, A.U. Peshkov THE COGNITIVE GRAPHIC MODEL OF RELATION ALGEBRA

The cognitive computer graphics is used in science for visualization fundamental abstractions with the aim of activation of creative (intuitive) thinking of scientists. The new information and multimedia technology gives many new instruments and based on this instruments methods for cognitive visualization.

This work is associated with research of new multimedia instruments abilities for cognitive computer graphics tasks. The problem area is relation algebra. There are two types of objects in graphics for operation - color and form. That is why we done two cognitive models - color and form. In color model the form is fixed and vice versa. The models were done on Microsoft PowerPoint in form of slides sequence. Every slide shows the one of fundamental parts of relation algebra (attribute, cortege, operations, etc.). Animation and sounds are used in many slides.

The research shows that the Microsoft PowerPoint is a simple instrument and its abilities are not effective ones for cognitive computer graphics aims. The animation instruments, such as AmiPro, 3D Studio Max etc., are more effective for cognitive computer graphics models creations. But in this case the creation of model is more complex. We think that the known multimedia and graphic instruments couldn’t used for cognitive computer graphics models creations and deal with it. Special instrument for this purpose will be creative. The variant of this instrument is discussed in this work.

62

V. G. Semyonov GRAPHICAL INFORMATION SUPPORT LIBRARY

Graphical Information Support Library (GISL) is intended for use of some opportunities on organization of representation the diagrams in other appendices. In particular, the following opportunities are included in it:

- Organization of a graphic window in a window of the user;- Creation of simply graphic elements from the following list: a rectangular,

rhombus, ellipse, polygon, arrow (line), broken arrow (line);- Introduction of the texts in graphic elements;- Support of the user types given for graphic elements;- Creation multilayer and multiscreen images;- Scaling the image;- Preservation of the image in a format BMP.The library is written in language Borland C ++ 5.02, consists of three heading

files with expansions .H and file of static library with expansion .LIB and is used while only by connection of a file .LIB to the project Borland C ++ 5.02. The library can be used for creation of the simply graphic editors, reception of figures both from the program, and from the screen, organization of graphic information structures like hypertext with use of several screens of the images, etc.

At an exhibition the demonstration program showing some opportunities of library is submitted. Besides, the library is applied in the shaper of question-answer structures "WIQA for Windows 95" (PERT-graphic, Petri net), also submitted on an exhibition.

The expansion of opportunities of library (increase of quantity graphic primitives, introduction of the BMP-images, etc) and representation it as DLL-library and components for use in Borland C ++ Builder.

A.A.Prokhorova DESIGNING OF MACHINE-BUILDING CONSTRUCTIONS BY METHODS OF SURFACE MODELLING

In conditions of fast development of space modelling systems and extension of firmwares of creation both simple and complex forms of constructions, the necessity in more full use of possibilities, that was submitted by this units, was defined.

Nowadays with simulation of machine-building constructions and equipment for their manufacture the application of solid-state modelling dominates. Сreation of machine-building constructions requires application of methods of operation above an exterior form of a product, where the tools of surface modelling. However, the surface modelling can be used with designing standard constructions. For example, it can be used for designing equipment for processing on machine tools with CNC and mold-forms for manufacture of constructions with complex space forms.

Modern systems of space modelling, for example CATIA, ensure operation both solid-state and surface methods. The methods of solid-state modelling are effective with creation of constructions of the rather simple form. For creation of a detail they not always require presence of a base frame. The surface modelling is effective with creation

63

of surfaces aerodynamic, ergonomic, design forms. It requires less memory size for storage of a model in comparison with solid-state modelling.

Modern systems of space modelling ensure operation with libraries and creation of constructive units of a various type of representation. Presence of parametrization tools limited resources for storage of a model, feature of the consequent stages of operation in conditions of through designing, the methods of transition between solid-state and surface representation require reviewing possibility of application of surface simulation alternatively to solid-state simulation.

The Institute of Engineering Cybernetics in this time carries out researches in learning of possibilities and advantages of methods for surface modelling, that can be used in creation of libraries of constructive elements for various classes of constructions.

SESSION 4

INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS:

APPLICATIONS IN SOFT AND NEURAL COMPUTING

N.G. Yarushkina SOFT COMPUTING AND ANALYSIS OF COMPLEX SYSTEMS

AbstractThis paper is considered Analysis of Complex Systems. Steps of analysis were determined. A system

may be called large-scale or complex, if its dimension (order) is so high and its model is nonlinear and interconnected with uncertain information. An objectives and tasks of each step of analysis were determined from view point of principle of uncertainty. New architecture of task solving system is suggested as Integration of Expert System and the Decision Making Support System. Soft computing , introduced by Zadeh L. A. , gives us possibility of integration. An effect of synergism is provided by using of neural networks, fuzzy inference systems and nonlinear aggregation of criteria’s in multicriteria choice. The result of this research is the architecture of Soft Expert System. The architecture was explored in area of economic analysis.

64

Keywords: Soft computing, Expert System, Complex System, Multicriteria Choice IntroductionAnalysis of complex technical or social-economic real-world systems has two

features: first, we should analyze qualitative and quantitative information; second, data base is imprecise, uncertain and fuzzy (Klir G.J., 1985). There is difficulty in tool’s support of Analysis of Complex System from the view point of different types of data integration. A most modern server of data has not facilities for time series or graphic processing. Expert systems and statistic programs are based on different principles. Development and implementation of tools for analysis of system behavior requires deep Integration Expert system, Decision Making Support System and the processing of uncertain information. One objective of this paper is to develop architecture based on Soft Computing. We will call such intelligent system Soft Expert System. An area of economic analysis was an example of using the suggested architecture. The exploring of real expert conclusions gives us a possibility to determine features of Complex System Analysis. An expert analyzes a value and dynamic of characteristic variables, express general estimate of object, determines of forecast and recommendation to enterprise managing. A principle of uncertainty by Zadeh provides us sequence of analysis steps. According to this principle, a precision and a meaning conflicts from some moment of analysis. An architecture of the Soft Expert System was developed on the basis of this principle.

Key concepts of Soft Expert SystemFirst, let’s describe the problem using formal methods. An expert answers to

important question on each step of analysis. The questions determines functions of expert tools. The architecture of Complex System Analysis was determined as an architecture of systems task solving (Klir G.J., 1985).

Real world data, acceptable for expert, is crisp, precise and are presented time series Z(t). An expert made resume contains imprecise and fuzzy conclusions, forecasts, suggestions. An analysis of real-world expert conclusions shows that up to 80 % of conclusions are either qualitative estimates or characteristics of trends in the dynamics of economic data and only 20 % are recommendation for control of objects.Step of fuzzification is function F

Oi=F(Z(T)), (1)

where Oi is a fuzzy term for i=1,...n. Number n is a number of quality grade (“excellent”, “good”, ...). Time series Z(T) is a variable Z, depending from time T. Estimating trends in data dynamics reduces to relating diagrams Oi(T) to the concepts of “growth”, “fall”, “stabilization”, “fluctuation”, and “chaos”, which are broader than the classical mathematical notions for measuring changes of monotone functions. The solving task of trends estimating is function:

Trj=G(O(T)), (2)

where Trj is called a trend; O(T) is fuzzy time series.Complex System has large dimension. Thus, integral estimate is important. The

computing of integral estimate is calculation of function E:In=E(Tr1, Tr2, ... Trn). (3)

65

Function E may be determined by different methods. Let’s describe a task of forecasting with two view points. First, we study a task of forecasting. Second, we will forecast general system state represented of many time series. From first view point forecasting is the obtaining of value o(tn+1) from fuzzy time series O(T), trend of variable Tr(T), where n is a number of last point of time series O(T):

o(tn+1)=P(O(T),Tr(T)). (4)

The general forecasting is the obtaining of integral estimate i(tn+1) using of the row of previous integral estimates I(T) and sets of trends {Trk(T)}, where k is a dimension of the object:

i(tn+1)=PP(I(T), Tr1, Tr2, ... Trn). (5)

Summary of any expert resume is a recommendation of achievement of objective S. It is necessary to develop a plan using objective S, row of integral estimates I(T), trends {Tr(T)}, where T is a period of analysis:

{Tr(TT)}=Plan(S,I(T),Tr1, Tr2, ..., Trn). (6)

Period TT is a current planning period through tn to tn+m, where m is a length of planning period. It is necessary to draw sets of lines for each variables to state S.

References1. Klir, G. J. (1985), Architecture of Systems Problem Solving. Plenum press. New York.2. Yarushkina N. G. (1997), “Soft hierarchy analyzing method for economic expert system.” In : Processing

7-th World Congress IFSA’97. Prague, Chech Republic, Vol. 3, pp. 532-534.3. Yarushkina N.G. (1996) “An Analysis of Economical Data Diagrams Based on Fuzzy Intervals an Expert

System of Economical Analysis.” J. Pattern Recognition and Image Analysis, Vol. 6, No. 2, pp. 329-330.

V. I. Krasinsky COMPARISON OF OBJECTS BY THE DEGREE OF FUZZYNESS OF NOMINAL CHARACTERS

For classification and recognition of botanical objects the nominal (qualitative) characters such as types of leaves, fruits, etc. are often used. A subsequent analyses by statistical methods is impeded by the multivaluedness of objects (by fuzzyness of the initial information) as an every character of a majority of objects is described by not one but a list of possible values. Besides it, the values of nominal characters could not be compared, that is the focal subsets in the sense of Dempster-Shafer theory [1,2] could not be defined.

To overcome these difficulties in the building up of a recognition program of the Siberian plants families a theory of possibilities [3,4] has been applied. It allowed to derive a function of membership (FM) of objects to the fuzzy sets (FS), the semantics of which is defined as "reliability of diagnosis by the multivalued character". A number of fuzzy sets is equal to number of characters.

For each character the sum of units in a binary incidence matrix tik defined by the set "object – value of character" is considered as "a mass of diagnosis unreliability". In this case a distribution of this mass over nominal character values corresponds to the

66

relative weights of this character values mk (k – is an index of the character value). FM function of objects to the fuzzy set V(X) is calculated as:

V(xi) = k tik mk , where xi is object; i=1, ... , n.For normalization of FS a following technique is applied: to the initial objects an

additional simulated one is introduced which has the incidence to the all values of all characters. For this object it always true V(xn+1)=1. As the result a usually needed scaling of values of each FM by its maximum value is not necessary which is important for multidimensional analyses of objects.

The supplement V(x) to FS means "reliability of diagnosis" of object by the character value: F(xi)=1–V(xi). Through the decreasing of F(xi) values variational rows of objects–families for each character have been obtained, that is a transformation of nominal listed characters of objects into a strong numerical scale of intervals (comparison of objects by reliability of diagnosis) has been performed.

Implemented by the author a computational program of recognition of 102 families of Siberian plants operates by four numerical and seven nominal multivalued characters and is based on a superposition of all fuzzy sets.

References1. Dempster Upper and lower probabilities induced by a multivalued mapping. // Ann. Math. Statistics. 1967.

38. Pp. 325–339.2. G. Shafer A Mathematical Theory of Evidence. Princeton Univ. Press. 1976. 3. Dubois P., Prade H. A set-theoretic view of belief functions. Logical operations and approximations by

fuzzy sets. // Int. J. of General Systems. 1986. 12(3). Pp. 193-226.4. Dubois, H. Prade Theorie des possibilites. Applications a la representation des connaissances en

informatique. Paris Milan Barcelone Mexico: MASSON. 1988.

A.N. Tselykh DECISION MAKING ON THE BASIS OF FUZZY SEMANTIC NETWORK

In the report the questions of construction models of decision-making based on use fuzzy semantic network with different representation of the initial data are considered.

The fuzzy semantic network is represents as a fuzzy hyper-graph including two types of tops: tops-attributes and tops-conclusions. Tops-attributes match factors with the most essential influence on decision making. Tops-conclusions match various meanings of decisions. In a common case the edges of hyper-graph represent n-measured relations, where n = 1,2,3,... , determined on the set of tops-attributes and characterizing associative links between attributes or steady groups of attributes. Weight coefficients describing the strength of semantic perception of attributes or the strength of links between the attribute (group of attributes) and the conclusion are attributed to hyper-graph edges. The manager-expert builds the set of attributes, their meanings, links between attributes and also links between attributes and conclusions.

The field of knowledge of an semantic network formally is written: K = (X, Y, R), where X - tops-attributes, Y - tops-conclusions, R - edges representing n–measured links between tops xX and yY. To each edge rR the measure of strength of connection (r)[0,1] between the appropriate tops is correlated. If the edge r of the hyper-graph K includes more than two tops from X, the measure (r,y) characterizes the strength of

67

connection of the given subset of tops from X included in an edge r with top-conclusion y Y.

The inquiry for the search of the appropriate conclusion in a common case represents the fuzzy subset of attributes given by meanings of belonging degrees describing an initial situation.

The logic conclusion adds up to the definition of a way with the maximal estimation between top appropriate to an initial situation and all tops-conclusions of the hyper-graph. This way is formed by the affiliation of top appropriate to an initial situation to the hyper-graph specifying the field of knowledge. Thus affiliated top links with tops-attributes in a field of knowledge by oriented edges with weights appropriate to the belonging degrees of the given attribute in the description of an initial situation (search image). The degree of suitability of some conclusion to the sent inquiry is determined by an estimation of a way received as a result of a logic conclusion.

A.A. Tselykh ANALYSIS OF INFORMATION STREAMS REPRESENTED WITH FUZZY HYPERGAPHS

Problem of optimal choice of information services providers in Internet is connected with time and financial limitations. Proposed method of the development of decision-making support system gives an opportunity to formalize, classify and research information streams according to the demands of users, reflecting their subjective conception of “ideal” information provider. Optimal strategies of behavior are worked out based on the analysis of user demands and independent expert estimation of different qualities of information providers. Fuzzy sets, graph and hypergraph theories are applied.

Decision-making procedure comprises two basic stages. First, building the structure of researched processes to describe them with fuzzy hypergraphs. Then, analysis of various hypergraph properties to use in the applied tasks solution.

On the first stage we represent user evaluation of necessary quality attributes of information with the fuzzy adequacy , where is the set of users of information, is the set of attributes, is the adequacy graph. The results of expert estimation of the properties fulfillment by information providers is represented with the fuzzy adequacy ),,( PZY , where lzzzZ ,...,, 21 is the set of information providers, and ZYP is the adequacy graph. Composition

of fuzzy adequacies is built to get the grades of provider zk preference by user xi. As a result, final matrix QФ represents the incidental matrix of fuzzy hypergraph

),,( SZXH .Classification of users according to the preference of information providers is

done through the matrix of crossing of classes of preference, where classes themselves are described with the following level set.

for every .

This method was used by author for the analysis of the situation on the market of information services, provided by Russian electronic periodicals.

68

Another acute problem is the task of optimization of information provider actions through the determination of users belonging to classes of several providers at the same time. It is considered expedient to unify efforts of providers by minimization of the number of cognate users and maximization of their general number. The decision adds up to the determination of minimal coverings in the hypergraph. Author continues to explore defined science field to propose an effective algorithm of minimal coverings determination.

A.P.Suchkova DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEM FOR PUBLIC PROCUREMENTS AND TENDERS

A new Decision Support System (DSS) for public procurements and tenders is proposed. The goal is to improve the quality and the validity of decision making in non-profit and public organisations. A fundamental conflict lies at the root of any decision-making: multiple human needs versus limited available resources.

The DSS is build on the theory of analytic hierarchy process (AHP), the fuzzy sets theory, the measurement theory and improved by a new scientifically valid method for control through AHP proposed in this papers. The method belongs to the area of multicriteria decision making.

The general concept of the proposed method is to construct more than one AHP with the same set of alternatives, using different ways: strategical, tactical and operational. This approach extends decision-maker’s capabilities and allows to investigate the set of alternatives more comprehensive. The other idea is the ultimate using all kind the information: qualitative and numerical, expert judgements, as the data transformation is accepted by developed mathematical method. The intangible factors measurement is available. Unique data transforming brings a new viewpoint and arranges decision maker’s notions. Group decision is supported without using weighted average.

The latest version of DSS-software is implemented like a database with build-in DSS-tool. As data keeping before and after transforming is guaranteed the wide range of the traditional data processing methods are applicable.

S.I. Yusifov FUZZY OPTIMIZATION OF WORKING AGENT DISTRIBUTION ON GAZLIFT OIL EXTRACTION

The distribution of the limited resource - consumption of the working agent between gaslift wells is carried out, as usual, in conditions of inaccuracy of a initial data. These data are obtained from of the exploration investigations. As a result of these investigations the parameters of characteristic models of wells are determined insufficiently precisely. It deviates uncertainty of conditions of optimization of modes. This cannot be considered as stochastic, in view of absence of the appropriate parameters. Therefore, they can be characterized by fuzzy categories. These categories depend on the given expenditure of the working agent and parameters of characteristic

69

modes of operations of gaslift wells. The fuzzy parameters of characteristic modes of operations of wells are obtained on the basis of the solution of a task of fuzzy identification. As result of this identification fuzzy parameters

are determined. Identity functions for these parameters are determined as follows:

For a solution of a task of fuzzy optimization of distribution of the working agent, the method of consecutive approximation in space of strategy in fuzzy conditions, with the account of the gradient method of movement toward optimum is used.

Therefore, in the beginning, on each well the values of derivatives are determined. Whereas both 1 and 2 are fuzzy coefficients

characterizing the basic characteristic of a well, Pi, also will be fuzzy numbers. Thus, each mode will be characterized by three fuzzy numbers Vk, Qk and .

The deduction of the fuzzy solution begins with the descriptions of the current condition of the object. For this purpose we shall consider the system made up of n gaslift wells. The current condition of each well, as was mentioned, is described by three parameters: VT

K, QTK and PT

K where . In the general description of all system in addition enter the total consumption and total fuzzy debit .

Assume that due to the change V0 - of the given limit of the consumption of the working agent there arose a necessity to a task of distribution of the working agent in order to maximize the total debit.

A.M. Aliyev FUZZY ALGORITHM FOR PLANNING AND CONTROL EXPERIMENTS IN GAZLIFT WELLS

Relation between the debet of oil – Q and flow of worker agent (gaz, air or gaz-air) – V is the basic dependence, which is characterizing work of gazlift wells. Identification of the parameters of this function on base the rezults of experimental researchs (natural experiments) realize 3-4 times in every year. Realization of these experiments requires additional expenditure and it much influence to work of all wells, which are powering from one gazairdistributer battery. In connection with this, appears the task of planning experiments with purpose decreasing expenditure and optimization total debet of oil in research period.

So offer fuzzy algorithm for planning and control experiments in gazlift wells. The base of this algorithm are the determinic algorithm and additional blocks for processing fuzzy information and decision making on base was designed heuristical rules for change flow of worker agent, which feed to oil well in depending of situation (of direction change of debet of oil on characteristik Q=f(V).

Thus this fuzzy algorithm for planning and control experiments contains two subal-gorithms. First of them using the formula for define the range of change of flow of worker agent on base current work regime and construction parameters of wells defines parameters of point of suboptimal regime or limits of range. Second subalgorithm on base of this information and information about statistical identification and using rules of

70

decrease or of increase worker agent realizes search the direct of next change flow of worker agent in situation space with purpose optimization plane of experiment.

Process of gazlift extraction of oil is inertial, therefore in data base input the same information about dinamical parameters of wells, for example, time of reestablish normal work regime (without pulse).

The production rules have been designed with consideration the possible consequence change flow of worker agent in this or that direction from current regime and from inertia of wells.

The output parameters of functioning of offered algorithm are the parameters of new work regimes corresponding to the requirements of task of experiments and of plan of extraction of oil.

S.F. Jafarov ELECTROMAGNETIC VIBRATION EXCITER’S MECHANICAL PARAMETERS SPECTRAL ANALYSIS ALGORITHM FOR FUZZY CONTROL

The problems of electromagnetic vibration exciter’s (EVE) output parameters spectral analysis are considered. This EVE represents an electromechanical converter, which consists of set the different units distinguishing by the masses, stiffness, etc. Therefore when we analyze the processes of EVE, a number of the harmonics, their amplitudes and phases, also a number of the estimated spectrums’ ordinates are very big.

One of the opportunities to calculate the estimates of a spectral density during the assumed time under the N-dimensional array of an initial information, is an application of an algorithm of fast Fourier transform. At first, due to this algorithm we calculate the complex Fourier coefficient of a vector random process in the section electromagnetic vibration exciter- technology process.

We combine all ordinates of the estimated spectrums in the groups with а number of N and a width of (frequency step) and as an estimate of own (reciprocal) spectrum we use an arithmetical average of the ordinates in band . In this case we receive two positive effects:The dimensions of a control algorithm decreasing;Due to averaging of the spectrums estimates in the frequency bands, we receive supplementary decreasing of their dispersions and the different in a shift of the estimates, which are received by smoothing by the different windows become insignificant.

Thus, as the estimates of the own and reciprocal spectrums we use N values of: 1) the own spectrums smoothed estimates 2) the absolute values and phases of the reciprocal spectrums, which are averaged in the frequency, band. These estimates are compared with the lues of the spectral matrix’s elements at the same frequency range. As a result we receive R-dimensional (R=Nn, where n- a number of the estimated spectrums), vector of the mistakes (). A vector of the mistakes is an initial information for an iterative control algorithm, that is a kernel of a system making decision. This way lets system make more flexible decisions at the fussy control of the vibration parameters.

71

S.V. Zhernakov HETEROGENEOUS KNOWLEDGE BASE FOR GAS TURBINE ENGINE PARAMETER DIAGNOSIS AND CONTROL

An interaction of heterogeneous (different) knowledge bases (database (DB), expert (EKB) and conceptual (CKB) knowledge bases, rule base (RB)) with a gas turbine engine mathematical model (MM) and external utilities during diagnostic and control process is shown on Fig.1. The general procedure of knowledge base (KB) request could be represented as the following:

<P> <F> <S>, <P> is a component object of KB; <F> is a concept of KB; <S> is a set of conceptual model input and output parameters.

MM

DBMS

DBnDB 1

CKBn

EKBn

RBn

KBMS

RBn

EKB 1

CKB 1

...

...

Fig.1 Heterogeneous KB structure in hybrid expert system environmentIn order to use several KB and DB in expert system, these bases must be united in

unified information space by input programming interpreting language which allows to effectively adapt and expand the conceptual model of gas turbine engine.

The solver of expert system performs decision of the certain problem by the following request:

MM(S1) MM(S2){t}; ?S1,S2MM(S1) is a reference mathematical model of gas turbine engine under test;MM(S2) is a mathematical model of defective gas turbine engine;S1, S2 are parameters to be under diagnosis; {t} is a logic operator.EKB is represented by exact, fuzzy and combined production (“IF X, THEN Y”):X is a precondition represented by D1 D2 ... Dm, where Di is a disjunction

represented by E11&E12&...E1n; Y is a inference represented by G1&G2&...Gk. A fuzziness in the EKB can be represented as: (X Y(Z)), where {X},{Y},{Z} are fuzzy sets defined in universal sets {U},{V},{W}. The X,Y,Z sets partially or completely define indefinite parameters of gas turbine engine fuzzy diagnostic model.

The gas turbine engine diagnostics in expert system EKB can be represented as the following: Task(X) Subtask 1(X1)#...#Subtask N(Xn), where X is a set of task input and output parameters.; # is a symbol of pass from one EKB to another.

So, every task (target) can be split up into several subtasks (subtargets). In this case, the selection of appropriate method to solve a basic task depends on specialties of each subtask solving. The parameter controls the objective task solving is a specialty of

72

its solving process. Therefore, the production of EKB task is transformed in subtask’s productions: Task(X) = Specialty Subtask1(X1) = Specialty1#...#Subtask N(Xn)=Specialty n.

The proposed approach to heterogeneous knowledge base development for gas turbine engine diagnosis and control based on static and dynamic hybrid expert systems allows the following:- to facilitate the adaptation of the object under diagnostic;- to apply different knowledge sets (rules and fuzzy rules in database, knowledge base, expert knowledge base) including different inference algorithm for efficient diagnostic problem solving;- to create a powerful hybrid information system with a simultaneous graphic interpretation of object under test;- to include software units for sensor imitation.

V.M. Kureichik, B.K. Lebedev, E.V. Nuzhnov1 Neural networks instruction by means of genetic search methods

In order to the neural network (NN) receive the possibility to solve given task (if input signal is X, then output signal will be Y, as it's nesessary) they have to adaptate the network parametres. The adaptation produces on the base of educational examples sample, which consists of some pairs (<input>, <waiting output>).

From the mathematical point of view the NN instruction presents a non-linear optimizatio n task with many parametres. We may choose two large groups of algorithms: gradient and stochastic algorithms. Gradient algorithms of networks instruction are based on the partial derivative calculation of error function by all network parametres. The stochastic algorithms search error function minimum randomly. The most effective algorithm from the first group is the algorithm of reverse error performing. Among algorithms of the second group the most well known are algorithms which simulate the native process flowing. They are: parametric and alternative adaptation algorithms, genetic adaptation methods etc. Genetic evolution processes are developed on the base of analogy with brain models. It realize some brain exceptions which appeared as the biological revolution result.

In genetic approach the adaptation process for NN is considered as NN operation efficiency maximization or as error function D minimization. The evolution adaptation process structure is shown in fig.1, where IS – instruction sample, NN – neural network, GA – genetic algorithm, CA - control action, producing by GA, which creates the NN.

1 This paper was done due to financial support of grant РФФИ ГР№98-01-01-022.

73

The GA development includes 3 base stages: principles of chromosome coding/decoding, main genetic operators, main structure and genetic search process. For fixed NN structure each chromosome may be presented as a vector H=(W,B), which stores values of semantic weights (W) and removals (B). The modified GA structure is described below.

1. The initial population formation.2. Chromosomes evaluation in population and fitness function formation.3. Chromosome pairs choice from the population.4. Crossover operator application with probability Pc. If all pairs are analised, then

go to 5, else go to 6.5. Mutation operator application for each new chromosome with probability Рm.6. Invertion operator application for each new chromosome with probability Pi.7. Segregation operator application for each new chromosome with probability Ps.8. The end of algorithm.

O. Pyatkovskiy, D. Rubtsov, S. Butakov The Building of Information System with the Usage of "If - Then" Rules and Neural Networks

This work is devoted to an intellectual system for financial analysis in enterprise management. An advanced model of information technology of execution of financial analysis procedures is offered. The model allows to: 1)consider the forecast of financial indexes in the analysis of their current values; 2)perform additional learning of the system in its life cycle. The system of financial analysis has been made up with the usage of: 1)an expert system based on "IF-THEN" rules; 2)a neural network simulator, designed for formation of artificial neural networks. In the work the features of a neural network simulator and results of experimental usage of the system are indicated.

In this work we offer the model of the analytical system for elimination of some drawbacks in computer systems for financial analysis. Information processing at element

of information system can be presented as the following transformation: , where – estimation of financial state of enterprise at a given moment

, - information about financial operation of enterprise, - the forecast of for the moment . The use of the offered information processing method in the evaluation of financial indexes is intuitively clear - a manager will not give good evaluation, knowing in advance, that the situation will get worse after some time.

For the formation of the financial analysis system on the basis of the considered approach it is offered to use the following methods: "IF–THEN" rules and artificial neural networks. The expert systems based on "IF–THEN" rules are used to generate the evaluation of financial situation at upper level of hierarchy. The neural network simulator is used to form self-learning functional elements at all levels of hierarchy.

74

To evaluate the effectiveness of the usage of a neural network simulator for analysis of financial indexes the experiment on evaluating of a complex indicator of liquidity was conducted.

D.V. Andreev THE NEURAL PROCESSOR ON RESISTIVE RELATORS

The typical peculiarity of modern computing and cybernetic engineering is the high-performance processing of the continuous (analogue) information in real-time mode. The indicated feature to the full have the logical processors built in element base of relators [1] (analogue neural elements) and intended for the solution of standard problems of rank processing of analog signals (address or rank identification, selection, sorting and etc.). In the book [1] are reviewed potential and current relators, in which one switched values are accordingly voltage and current.

In a fig. the scheme neural processor, built in element base resistive relators [2] is shown, in which one switched value is the resistance. Each of these relators contains a differential comparator of voltage C, resistors R, closing S and opening analog switches, and at give on a control input of keys of logical unit the key S is selfcontained, the key is disconnected, and at give of logical zero point we have a return picture. In the scheme (fig.) relators are clustered in a matrix from lines and columns so, that k-th line contain relators. The resistance of i-th switching channel in offered neural processor is determined by expression

,

where ; - single function, - analog signals of input

tuple . Everyone of a component of this tuple is characterized by the address i (sequence number in a tuple) and rank

With the registration (1) we shall receive:.

Thus, resistance of i-th switching channel in the neural processor (fig) is proportionally to rank of a signal in a tuple .

If in the offered scheme follow-up to enter of n resistors with identical resistance R and of n operational amplifiers and to envelop everyone i-th operational amplifier by a negative feedback so, that its transmission factor has accepted a kind , the voltage on its output will be determined by expression , where E there is a given quantum of voltage on not inverting inputs of amplifiers.

75

In summary we shall mark, that on the basis of reviewed in the report neural processor the submachines of computing and cybernetic engineering oriented on address-rank processing of analog signals in real-time mode can be built. The advantage of offered neural processor is the regularity of its structure ensuring capability of its effective single-chip implementation on the basis of electron technologies of modern VLSI.

References1. Volgin L.I. Synthesizing of devices for processing and conversion of the information in element base of

relators.-Tallinn:Valgus,1989.2. Andreev D.V., Sorokin A.V. To a problem on increase of response of devices of rank identification//

Materials of international conference "Methods and means of conversion and processing of the analogue information".-Ulyanovsk:USTU,1999.-v.2-P.44.

D.V. Andreev, A.V. Sorokin THE RELATOR-BASED NEURAL PROCESSOR FOR IDENTIFICATION RANK VALUES OF AN ANALOG SIGNAL

76

In the report [1] is reviewed the

relator-based neural processor, intended for identification of rank values of analog signals. However, there is a rather broad circle of problems, in which one it is required to identify a rank only of one analog signal. In this case marked neural processor it becomes hardware exuberant.

In the report it is offered the relator-based neural processor (fig.), free from the indicated lack and inclusive operational amplifier A, resistor and m resistive relators

[1], from which one the vertical switching channels are eliminated. The voltage on an output of this neural processor is determined by expression

,(1)

where E, R and r there is accordingly given quantum of voltage, resistance of the resistor in a switching channel of relator and rank of a signal in a tuple of analog signals ; . At the expression (1) is resulted in a kind . Thus, tendered neural processor will execute

an operation of identification the rank values

of a given analog signal x.In summary we shall mark, that at and neural processor (fig.) is

the device linearly-segment approximatings of functions, in which one the slope of approximating straight lines in intervals is set by the

applicable gain . References

1. Andreev D.V. The neural processor on resistive relators// The present proceedings.

R. Sadiqov, U. Мамеdova SOFT COMPUTING AND EXPERT - DIAGNOSTIC MEDICAL SYSTEM

Unverbal character of personal experience intuitions of a doctor based only on probable self-appraisals of individual’s behaviour in some hypothetical situations

77

complicates the solution of the problem of development of expert-diagnostic medical system (EDMS) and stipulates the necessity of use of Soft Computing technology. The latter represents a combination of intellectual paradigms such as indistinct logic, artificial neuron network, developmental programming, theory of chaos and training, which have predetermined and catalyzed the processes of extensive development of theory and engineering of artificial intelligence.

Unformalized problems solved while developing EDMS have some pecularities as inaccuracy, ambiguity, incompleteness and inconsistency of knowledges about the problem and its tasks, large dimensionality of decision spaces and also dynamically varying data and knowledge.

It is evident that the gamma of such these pecularities requres qualitative organization of interaction of all components of the system simultaneous providing its functional - structural wholeness.

In EDMS which we have worked out special attention is paid to the representation of knowledges in logic output mechanism and a means of operation (work) with inaccuracy and uncertainty of input data and knowledges. EDMS is created on module technology e. i. based on typical unified programs of Fortran, Pascal, Prolog and is realized on the personal IBM PC/ AT type computer. After definition of causal-сorollary relationship (symptoms-ilnesses) based on monotone and nonmonotone reasoning. Minimum enveloping sets are created. The obtained results are passed through special filters and satisfactory solutions are found.

On the fasis of group selection consulation in selected to diagnose using the theory of vouting and cooperative decision. Adaptive solutions are obtained by deseribing obtained results on indistinct-neuron network. In case of necessity the system gives an extensive picture of causal-corollary relationships, condition and facts on diagnostics of diseases.

EDMS is applied for exspres-examination of occupational diseases.

A.P. Babcin, P.N. Isacov, O.N. Choporov PREDICTION OF DEVELOPMENT OF MACROANGIOPATHY BY SUGAR DIABETES ON THE BASIS OF NEURONETS

The value of information security of medical process engineering’s, as we know, is increasing nowadays. The implicit tasks of medicine and biology are an ideal fields in the sphere of action for neuronets technologies. Exactly in this sphere the brightest practical success of neuroinformational methods is observed.

The main task are creation and training of neuronet for prediction of development of vascular defeats by the patients with sugar diabetes.

A etiology and pathogeny of vascular defeats by sugar diabetes are not finally defined. This neuronets model, with is designed for predication of atherosclerotical development, is based on the following entering index: the general cholestherin, the average arterial pressure, the Quetelet index, daily average doze of insulin, maximum level of glucose, duration of ischemic illness of heart and others. The degree of heaviness of illness is defined on an exit of neuronet by average magnitude of a thickness “intima+media” complex.

78

It is created the three-layered neuronet with sequential connections containiry 60 neurons: 14 – on the enteriry layer, 39 on interior and 7 on output. The number of entering signals corresponds to analyzable indexes. As a transfer function is used the rational sigmoid. The training of neoronet is carreing out on the basis of “back propagation”.

For formiry of trainiry sample the inspection of 102 patients with sugar diabetes of the 1st type were carried out. 80 of them come to the training sample, 22 made the control group for quality check of functioning model. The iterative process of turning of syneptical balance, is interrupted by reading an error on an exit of a net, with is smaller than 5% from an average value of an output index.

By testing of the model the average error of the prognosis has made 6,2% that testifies its good capacity for work and possibility of use in practical public health services.

The program realization of a system of neuronets modelliry is carried out on Visual C++. The program complex has the convenient and simple interface. It helps a doctor to use in his researches this neuronets model without complicated additional preparation.

M. Y. Bogatyrev, O. Y. Zolotykh, A.N. Kozlov, V.A. Usov ON APPLYING GENETIC PROGRAMMING TO DATABASE SOFTWARE ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

In this paper three special fields of implementing GP in database software analysis and design have been considered. They are Client - Server RDBMS Performance Optimization, Database Software Testing, and Automated Software Generating. The possibility of integrating these various fields of information technologies under single approach is theoretically based on nature of genetic algorithms and genetic programming. Practical way of realizing the approach using Oracle database procedures is considered.

Problem statement. Modern Relational Database Management Systems (RDBMS) operate under various conditions that cause deviations of its performance in working regime. RDBMS' performance is complex concept, which could not be valued by one or more variables. Database structure is one of significant parameters it is depended on. When changing structure of relational database one can change RDBMS' performance in client - server system. It is complicated and very expensive task to find appropriate structure with maximum corresponding RDBMS' performance. CASE - technologies of database design can help in solving this problem but only partially. The complex database design technology must be close looped, i.e. include some 'measuring' and 'control' instruments. These denotes that Database Software Testing, and Automated Software Generating constitute significant parts of that unified technology. Furthermore, a unified technique for solving problem of RDBMS' performance optimization has to be found too.

Genetic Programming and Genetic Algorithms. Genetic Programming (GP) is a powerful set of techniques, which allow the automatic production of computer programs. As a field GP was founded by John Koza [1], and since has grown exponentially. GP is a

79

radically different method of developing software. In GP, the domain experts can create applications by directly "training" the genetic programs. This is done either by selecting the examples from which the algorithms must learn and generalize, or by grading intermediate solutions. GP is based on a special kind of genetic algorithm (GA) in which the structures being optimized are variable-size computer programs rather than in flexible or fixed-length vectors of parameters. In GP programs are typically expressed as parse trees, rather than as lines of code that take place in classical genetic algorithm [2].

Problem Solving. A special technique of using Genetic Programming for Oracle RDBMS is presented. It is based on generating procedures for Oracle database. Those procedures improve RDBMS' performance by changing database structure according with genetic algorithm implemented in the technology. The method was applied to large Oracle databases managing by client-server architecture and powered by Oracle 7 Server. The fitness function was evaluated as a functional composition of number of transactions and time for query execution. As a result the RDBMS' performance can be controlled and optimized using this approach.

References.1. John R. Koza. Genetic Programming: On the Programming of Computers by Natural Selection. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, USA, 1992.2. D. E. Goldberg. Genetic Algorithms in Search, Optimization, and Machine Learning. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1989.3. C. Billings, M. Billings, J. Tower Rapid Application Development with Oracle Designer/2000 - Addison-Wesley, 1997.

L.I. Volgin, A.B. Climovsky RELATOR HARDWARE OF SORTING NETWORKS

At solution of a set of tasks of conversion and processing of the multivariate information the researched object is described as an array of signals , the components of which can be depending on time. It is often necessary to present this array as a sequence of signals ordered according to some key. If the signal strength (value of component of vector) is selected as information key, then the ordered sequence is named a variational set . The conversion of input array into variational set can be fulfilled by the sorting processor (or sorting network). In relators circuitry (also in comparator circuitry [1]) such network will be naturally to consist of minimax devices, in which are being compared pairly all elements of input array [2]. For minimax devices the optimum network, which fulfils insert algorithm, is based on properties of the Pascal graph [3]. After connecting of graphs in an amount n by output nodes and at feeding of component of input vector with number "i" into a input site (node) of the graph with number "i" the composite graph, consisting from n of stratums (each of which represents the Pascal graph), will be created. This composite graph reproduces the operation of complete sorting of all n components of an input array [4,5].

At hardware implementation of the network, being reproduction the one Pascal graph (one stratum of the composite graph) for n-dimensional vector, by multichannel relators for optimum network comparators and switches are necessary. For hardware implementation of the sorting relator network (composite graph from n of

80

stratums) is necessary amount of units more in of n times - of comparators and of switches accordingly.

The obtained network is unoptimum in control and, therefore, is redundant in hardware. In the circuit with optimum control implemented in circuitry of multichannel relators is required twice less of comparators - (at sorting of components of a n-dimensional vector). It is reached by recontrol of switches with the purpose of exception of repeated comparing. Thus the comparator controls switches locating earlier in different levels in stratums of the initial multilayer graph. It reduces and to optimization of load of comparators too. In the obtained structure each comparator controls by switches.

The operation of comparing of all array components of analog signals is carried out according to a principle "everyone with all". As the network is constructed on separate relators, the network is naturally structured along vertical (parallel) and horizontal channels of information processing. The changing of a status of switches (the setting of required structure of connections of switches again) in relator networks is carried out for one clock tick. Along horizontal channels the switches of relators are located sequentially.

Therefore, in a general case, with full comparing, time of processing at usage of a principle "everyone with all" is , where is an aggregate delay imported by a comparator and a switches on its controlling input, – delay imported by one switch at passing of a signal through this switch. In a extreme case in relator networks the all time of conversion can be diminished up to minimum, which is a time delay in one relator and is equal one clock tick. For a case of, and initial sorting network, and sorting network with optimum control, the time of processing is accepting an intermediate value .

References1. Knuth D.E. The art of computer programming. Vol.3 Sorting and searching, AWPC, 1973.- 848 p.2. Volgin L.I. Synthesis of devices for processing and conversion of the information in element base of

relators .- of Tallinn: Valgus, 1989.-180 p. (in Russian).3. Volgin L.I. Structural properties of the Pascal graph // Relator and continuously-logic networks and models:

Works of international scientific and technical conference "Neural, relator and continuously-logical networks and models".- 1998.- Vol.2.- p.13-17. (in Russian).

4. Climovsky A.B. The relator processor of ranking // Works of international scientific and technical conference "Methods and means of conversion and processing of the analog information".- 1999, - Vol.2.- p. 34-35. (in Russian).Volgin L.I., Climovsky A.B. Composite structures of processors of ranking on the basis of the Pascal graph // Works of international scientific and technical conference "Methods and means of conversion and processing of the analog information".- 1999, - Vol.2.- p. 26-27. (in Russian).

81

SESSION 5

COMPUTER-ASSISTED LEARNING

AND COMPUTER LINGUISTICS

Natalie Stash INTELLIGENT AGENTS FOR DISTANT LEARNING SYSTEMS

The paper discusses the way and privileges of using intelligent program agents (IPA) for developing distant learning systems (DLS).

IPA present a new approach in developing subsystems as parts of intelligent systems.

For developing the majority of modern distributed information systems in the Internet the architecture "client-server" is used. The most part of existing DLS advises students learning material only for passive examination or may possess test subsystem but its results do not have influence upon the structure of the learning material. For developing such systems service WWW can be used, besides, the most widespread is the use of expansion module on the basis of interface CGI or its subtypes: WinCGI, FastCGI, ISAPI NSAPI and so on. Combined with interfaces of access to database-management system expansion mechanisms of HTTP servers allow to fulfill tasks of keeping and processing any information about the student on the server. But this method is not good for developing adaptive DLS because complex processing of test results, building "intelligent" modules (working on the basis of knowledge base) loads server system greatly. Also data transferred from server to client contains much redundant information. The effectiveness of adaptive DLS can be achieved by transition part of computing from

82

server to client. With this aim intelligent program agents are used. The most part of existing program agents can be classified with the following scheme (intelligent systems):

IPA in adaptive DLS are stationary learning hybrid, functioning in the framework "client-server". IPA is able to receive all necessary information from the DLS server and then develop learning plan adapted to the concrete student on the basis of knowledge base. Privileges of adaptive DLS using IPA as compared with the systems based on expansion modules of HTTP server are the following:

Loading on the DLS server resources is not much. Necessary computational recourses taking into consideration one user are comparative with usual loading on the WWW server without DLS.

During learning process in the main learning materials are transferred through the net. IPA is loaded either once during the whole learning period or before each work session with the adaptive DLS server (in dependence on the chosen architecture of the system). Student model loading into the memory of intelligent agent - single transaction in the beginning of work session with adaptive DLS. If it is necessary IPA is able to address to DLS server for all necessary information, for example, for test results.

Combination of the first and second privileges results in high scaling of DLS. Loading on the server during adding new clients increases much slower as compared to the systems based on the expansion modules of HTTP server.

But while developing adaptive DLS using IPA it is necessary to solve several problems, which other systems do not have.

IPA can have number of properties defining its inner state. Actually student model is a subset of IPA states. It is necessary to keep agent state between work sessions with DLS.

Taking into consideration heterogeneous character of computational systems functioning in the Internet, IPA must be able to function on different platforms in various environments (operational systems). Besides, functioning in the structure of WWW browser IPA must be compatible with the main applied in the net browsers.

The system can be realized in such the way that IPA itself carries out all the operations with the learning materials - graphical inference, sound accompaniment and so on. In such the case it must be independent supplement of the operational system. But while developing such IPA it is necessary to solve the problem of displaying various forms of information (text, image, audio, video and so on) that makes process of IPA

83

realization rather durable and demanding for resources. At the same time existing browsers are able to display a great number of information forms. So the best way of IPA realization is the method when agent while collaborating with browser uses it for displaying all the learning materials and only navigates the student through the learning material in conformity with the rules.

The work is partially supported by Russian Foundation for Basic Research (grand 98-01-0081).

References1. Gavrilova T., Voinov A. (1995) Adaptive Interface Design and Scenario Control via User Modeling. In: Preprints of IFAC/IFIP/IFORS/IEA Simposium on Analysis, Design and evaluation of Man-Machine Systems, MMS'95. MIT, Cambridge, 535-540.2. Gavrilova T., Voinov A., Zudilova E. (1995) User Modeling Technology in intelligent system design and interaction. In: Proceedings of East-West International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction HCI'95, Moscow, 115-128. 3. Gavrilova T., Averbukh E., Voinov A. (1996) An Approach to Learning Software Based on Student Modeling. Lecture Notes in Computer Science N 1108: Third International Conference on Computer Aided Learning and Instruction in Science and Engineering. CALISCE'96, San-Sebastian, 448-450.4. Chernigovskaya T., Gavrilova T., Voinov A., Udaltsov S. (1998) Intelligent Development Tool for Adaptive Courseware on WWW. Proc. of 4th Int. Conf. On Comp. Aided Learning and Instruction in Sc. And Eng., 464-467.5. Kaas R. (1989) Student Modelling in Intelligent Tutoring systems - Implications for User Modeling. In: User Models in Dialog Systems. USA.

L.V.Kotova, N.A. Yarmosh TESTING IN COMPUTER-ASSISTED LEARNING SYSTEMS

The features of the authoring tools for tutoring software creation are considered in this paper. Nowadays the growth of interest to the authoring tools in the domain of Computer-assisted learning (CAL) is stipulated by a number of reasons, among which the acceleration of creation process of the system and an openness of the project giving a users the possibility to modify a computer-assisted learning system, the user experience in programming being minor.

The following figure illustrates the main advantages of CAL-system:

84

Such an authoring tools for creation of the CAL-system AOSProject is developed in the Institute of Engineering Cybernetics of the National Academy of Sciences of Belarus [1]. This system is universal and can be filled with a material on any discipline. The given software allows teachers to create a tutorial system and tests. The development of the new version of the CAL-system named AOSControl to check knowledge under the text and graphics answers is now carried on.

The assessment with use of the following text and graphics questions is realized in this system: selective answers, freely constructed answers, freely formulated answers, ordering of the answers.

The test requiring the selective answer consists of the problem text possibly with an illustration and texts or illustrations of answer versions. It is necessary to mark correct variants of the answers. This group ensures knowledge testing at a level of identification, distinction and classification. As for the freely constructed answer fragments of sentences or graphics objects is offered for learner. In this case, it is necessary to compile the answer with the help of these fragments. The form demanding freely formulated answer contains the text of problem and input area. Learner enters the answer text using the keyboard or letter keys located in the alphabetic order on the page. The tests of this group allow to check learner abilities to situations description from the given data domain. Author of learning course inputs the information about possible ways of the description for each situation or creates reliable tools of the automatic analysis of the entry text and addition of a knowledge base. The test requiring the ordering of answers consists of problem statement and texts or illustration of possible variant of the answers that are necessary for ordering on indicated criterions.

The unit of assessment forms a final learner's knowledge evaluation in numbers or percents taking into account following criterions: a correctness of task execution; complexity of the offered task (question weight); coefficient of importance of an investigated theme from which the task are offered; call to the help information; execution time of the task. The obtained evaluation is represented in the form "Testing results" and is fixed in the database about the learner.

References1. L.V.Kotova, S.F.Lipnitsky, A.A.Protskevich, M.S.Shibut, N.A. Yarmosh. Creation of computer textbooks by tools of the system AOSProject // In: Proc. of Conf. devoted 65 years BSEU. — 1998. —BSEU, Minsk, Belarus. — Pp.82-83. (In Russian).

P.I.Sosnin, D.P.Sosnin QUESTION STRATEGIES OF AUTOMATED TRAINING

The question-answer basis of tutoring is actively used in traditional educational strategies. At same time, the question component (frequently with normative obvious or latent answers) is formed and shown by the teacher. The pupil reacts to this component, generating appropriate answers which are estimated and used by the teacher so that he could influence the pupil. The teachers aim is to get feedback from the class. However, it is quite evident that the pupil doesnt take any interest in active work with questions, whereas the teacher remains aloof from estimating the pupils actions about generation of questions. This fact cant be satisfactory. The generation of questions is necessary for

85

any kind of activity. Such actions should be trained and the mastered experience should be under control.

The authors have investigated some opportunities of automated training, in which the essence (and causality) of the teachers and the trainees actions are connected with “questions”. The following actions form the basis of the investigations:

1. The question is a nature-artificial phenomenon that reveals itself in attempts of a person (or a group of people) to apply some (professional) experience E for reacting in a certain situation. The question represents a “mismatch ” between the potentially necessary experience and the experience, which is available. The mismatch is used for controlling activity.

2. Each question that any pupil has should be casual and be generated under natural conditions (when the experience is used by the trainee or when a typical professional task is fulfilled).

3. The trainee should be able to detect, identify and code such questions and also make operative “catalogues” with the system of “answers” that are required for doing the task.

4. The teacher compares the schoolboys “question-answer catalogue” with the “normative question-answer catalogue”, estimates the results of the comparison and uses the comparisons and the estimation for controlling the process of training. The teacher has made the “normative question-answer catalogue” for every typical professional task beforehand.

The results of the investigations influenced the choice of such specifications in question-answer processes in the acts of decision making and development of the question-answer processor WIQA that provides detection, registration and processing of controlled question-answer structures. The automation of training was looked upon as a very important appendix of question-answer technologies and a toolkit WIQA. First of all, it is very important to take into consideration the comparison and estimation of question-answer structures when talking about the use of technologies in the process of training.

the task like that was defined as a task of a multicriteria choice under conditions of uncertainty.

To compare the hierarchy of question-answer structures there was developed and investigated their question model, in which:

- an appropriate answer was joined to each of the questions and this formation got the status of the “confirming question”;

- every question is represented by a structured set of attributes that contribute to its detection and identification;

- there was determined a system of potential typical mismatches between question structures.

The method of hierarchy analysis is used to estimate the differences between the structures made by the pupil and his teacher. This method is adapted to the specification of question structures and to the system of typical mismatches.

86

A.B. Vinogradov, V.V. Shishkin TAKING INTO OPERATION OF THE ELECTRONIC EDUCATIONAL MANUALS AND MULTIMEDIA TRAINING PROGRAMS AT TECHNICAL UNIVERSITIES

The work on introduction of CBT technology in the educational process is carried out in Ulyanovsk State Technical University. The creation of a Centre of development of standard techniques of the electronic educational manuals (EEM) and multimedia training programs (MTP) was one of step in it. The main problems of a Center are to develop of technique of EEM and MTP creation, preparation of the experts among the teachers of university and creation of a conditions for universal CBT introduction.

The work is carried out in three stages. At the first stage are developed and introduced the techniques of transformation of traditional printed educational methodical materials into electronic with adding special EEM features. The educational methodical materials adapted to CBT will be treated at this stage.

At the second stage the premises for writing of new educational methodical materials specially for issuing in an electronic aspect are created. The basic performers at this stage will be the experts mastering successfully the CBT technique and tools at the first stage.

The third stage assumes introduction of MTP creation techniques. It is principal that MTP creation is the task for a group of the staff unlike of work above EEM creation. It is explained by complicated MTP structure ÌÎÏ and it's singularities. The MTP creation includes the following. Development of the script (about 80 % of all work), creation of a video and audio, preparation of a graphic material, imposition of a yield.

At technical university the most of studied subjects are a special type, that determines a high EEM and MTP saturation by a graphics and video.

V.A. Borisov, A.B. Vinogradov, O.J. Nikonova, V.V. Shishkin TECHNIQUE OF CREATION ELECTRONIC EDUCATIONAL MANUAL IN THE FORM OF HELP FILES

In connection with continuous increase of a load on the high school teachers the time «of alive dialogue» of each concrete student with the teacher is reduced. Therefore the role of independent preparation of the students increases. The self-preparation of the students on majority of engineering disciplines is possible only with the help of printed materials - book, text-books, periodic issues. The work with printed materials is very labour and time-consuming and does not provide feed-backs with the reader. At the same time it is known, that the dialogue in the studying process helps leanings a material. The electronic educational manual (EEM) as interactive multimedia tutors can combine visual representation of a material and dialogue with student. For today there is a set of tutors in general educational subjects: mathematics, physics, Russian and foreign languages, but authors don't know any tutor on narrow engineering disciplines.

The authors offer a technique of creation EEM as Windows help files. A choice of such EEM form is not accidental. Basic premises for such choice were:

87

the creation of help files is produced with the help of free-of-charge or conditionally free-of-charge spread programs; the EEM survey in the form of Windows help files does not require special software; it is possible to embed images, sound and video in EEM; because of the help file is hypertext structure there are wide possibilities for searching and survey of EEM; there is a possibility of organization of simple dialogues with the user by means of the hypertext.

At preparation of creation EEM technique the authors have stopped the choice on the program EasyHelp. As basic advantages of the given program it is possible to mark it tight integration with the most popular text editor Microsoft Word and wide gang of macros and possibilities for tuning properties of help files.

In the report technique of EEM creation the form of Windows help files with the help of the program EasyHelp are considered.

V.A. Borisov, N.O. Gracheva, D.G. Shabaev CREATION TECHNIQUE OF THE ELECTRONIC EDUCATIONAL MANUALS AS PDF-DOCUMENTS

The steady growth of a load on the teachers of high school leaves ever less than time for alive dialogue with the concrete student. Therefore, a role of independent preparation of the students increases. The work with the books and other printed materials requires of the students of persistence, assiduity, careful understanding of the read material, but can not ensure objective monitoring of a material learning.

The electronic educational manual (EEM) in the form of the PDF-document allows very precisely to transmit printed materials and additionally to organize "dialogue" with the student. EEM in such form are electronic "reprint" of printed issuing. Portable Document Format means that on any computer possessing the program of survey of such documents the document will look completely uniformly. So, for example, EEM can contain a series of questions on which the student should answer in accordance with EEM perusal and they can automatically be treated to save or even to transmit on a web.

There is a lot of tutors in various general educational subjects at the present, but tutors in special subjects practically do not exist. The given technique allows the teacher with the help of personal computer to create EEM in the subjects that undoubtedly will help the students to study itself these subjects more productively.

The authors offer a technique of creation EEM as PDF-documents. Basic premises for such choice are:

- Simplicity of EEM creation as the PDF-document;- Possibility to serve EEM from unauthorized access;- Possibility of embedding in EEM of images, sound and video fragments;- Possibility of EEM addition by the various interactive elements: hypertext,

buttons and fields for text due to wide variety of tools;

88

- Possibility of PDF-documents electronic libraries shaping with convenient functions of searching;

- Possibility of organization of «feed-back» with the user by means of built in procedures on the JavaScript language, submitting a wide field of activity for handling an entered information.

Adobe Acrobat was selected As tools of EEM creation in a PDF-format the programs. As basic advantages of the given software package it is possible to mark it the widest possibilities for work with PDF-documents.

In the report are considered creation techniques of EEM as the c PDF-document with the help of the program Adobe Acrobat.

A.O.Kolesnikov, V.N.Negoda USAGE OF SQL-DATABASES AS A BASIS FOR THE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM OF COMPUTER-BASED LEARNING

The data used during computer-based learning are badly structured. In this connection in the majority of the automated systems of training (CAL - computer-assisted learning) special languages of the scripts are used, where the educational material mixes up with operators of presentation of the data, processing of the answers of student, accumulation of statistics, handle of training progress. The idea of usage of a DBMS oriented on the SQL language in the automated learning systems is rather new. The analysis of such approach and the practical experiments on his implementation with reference to the task of construction telecommunication CAL (TCAL) allow to formulate the following list of possibilities achieved due to SQL-databases: All information resources of educational course are divided into parts and are located in the database. And, the separate parts can assign the defined sets of properties with the purpose of support of flexible mechanisms of process control of creation of various educational courses intersected on an educational material. That is, above the same database of the educational information many educational courses can be easily constructed. The splitting of material of educational courses on recording of a DB allows to build the scripts of training dynamically during the execution of educational course, basing on the registration of results of training and various mechanisms of random sampling in order to rise of unpredictability of questions in the tests of knowledge. Structuring of the educational information through imbedding it in the database allows with the help of a query language easily to build at the request of trained the diversified compositions of information resources according to keywords, name of themes and objects. The mechanisms, built-in in a DBMS, allow easily linking a DB of protocols of training to a DB of educational course in order to analyse its quality. The SQL language gives rich possibilities for such the analysis. The client - server model initially fixed in a basis of the SQL-server, allows to realize TCAL as the distributed information system, assigning control functions, storage, information processing on the different servers, thus reaching reasonable relation a response time and cost of used resources.

89

The concentration of the items of information about a course of training in one shared database allows to apply such motivation methods based on comparison of successes trained. Usage of a standard query language to the database allows the teachers having sufficient qualification to formulate searches to the database independently outside built-in in TCAL means of generation of the reports about a course of training. I.e. at backlog of development of the interface system components, the teacher can independent extract and to use the information from the database. At limited usage of stored procedures and triggers is provided good interoperability of the system of training. So during experiments the migration of the system of training from MS SQL server to Oracle was possible to fulfil for 1,5 hours. The combination of SQL-databases with the Internet/Intranet technology enables to use all resources of a data representation of Internet (hypertext, graphics, animation, audio, video, Java-applets, Java Scripts, VB Scripts) at focusing all functions of CAL administration at one place.

During research of construction TCAL the system was constructed, in which such functionality is integrated: creation of the automated educational courses, arranging of the scripts of training, authority of access and operation with student groups, training, testing of knowledge, support of educational logs and their usage by the teachers. The operation of all categories of the users (students, writers of educational courses, teachers, managers) is made extremely in the environment of a WEB-browser. Thus the methods of data representation in records of the SQL-database are hidden from the user. That is the writer of educational course works in the environment similar RAD.

V. N. Negoda ARCHITECTURE OF OBJECTS REPOSITORY OF EDUCATIONAL MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEMS MODELING SYSTEM

While creating of educational system of modeling of microprocessor systems (MPS) it is natural to aspire to an openness, i.e. opportunity to expand a palette of models of microprocessor device (MPD), which here and below are meant as microprocessors, microcontrollers, interface and other modules of expansion of MPS. The openness enables to attract a wide circle of the experts in updating the set of MPD models and creates conditions for use the model creation process as a kind of educational activity of the students.

For maintenance of an openness the educational system of modeling should have rather advanced repository of objects. The activity, which should be supported by such a repository, includes the following kinds of works:

Selection from repository of ready model of MPS structure as the prototype and inclusion of the MPS model in repository with an opportunity to establish the access rights to it;

Updating of model of MPS structure by addition or replacement of its components by selectiong them from repository;

Inclusion of MPD models in repository;

90

Inclusion of models of MPS parts or subsets of MSP operations in repository. The work at a parts models' level allows to share the development of complex MPS model between many students and to organize the development process as a consecutive increase of a subset of components;

Testing of MPD models with an opportunity to separate the personal tests of the student developing models from the control tests of the teacher;

Study of structure both functioning MPD and design decisions MPS. Thus the special descriptions MPD, tests of knowledge, models functioning as in a mode of demonstration, and in a mode of dialogue with the student are used.

Development of the programs for MP with use given repository of means of development (assemblers, debuggers) and opportunity of inclusion of program modules in repository with the purpose of use in the various projects.

Development of models of behaviour of external environment(objects of the control and management MPS) and their inclusion in repository.

Administration of databases repository with an opportunity to operate access to its components.

Thus, objects of the repository are: models of structures MPS, model MPD, model of parts and subsets of operations MPD, tests of models, description MPD and MPS, training scripts of demonstration of behaviour of models, tests of knowledge of the students, means of development, program for MP, script of behaviour of external environment, data about the users of repository components and their rights.

Repository works over a storehouse of objects, and structurally represents a composition including the manager, data for access control, description of objects. The manager supports operations of insert, removal, updating of the descriptions of repository objects and management of access to them with the purpose of updating and use in the projects, formation of the lists of objects for support of dialogue process of a choice by the user, dispatch of the messages about updating objects to the interested users. Thus the objects can be united in the lists to the following attributes:

The objects concerning a certain type MPD; such association provides support of study certain MPD, at which in process can be included all accessible data, model and script; besides such linkage enables to create the repository versions, specialized on various types MPD;

Objects concerning one project MPS; Objects concerning group of the projects, realized within the framework of

determined theme; Objects concerning work of the student; The objects developed by the certain author; Objects forming environment of development of the project MPS; Objects concerning one script of study of a material; The objects modified in a certain interval of time; The objects described by a certain degree of intensity of use.

To support the described usage of the repository, its objects first of all should gain such properties: the name, purpose, version, date of last updating, owner, rights of access, classification attributes (theme of an educational course, name of the project, to which concerns object and etc.), reference to the information description MPD, characteristics of intensity of use of the object.

91

R.N.Sattarov PECULIARITIES OF THE ECOLOGICAL TRAINING ON THE BASE OF A MULTIMEDIA ENCYCLOPEDIA

The educational institutions have a need in the constantly renewed stream of scientific- technical, marketing-related, financial, legal, political, ecological and cultural information. All this kind of information is intercommunicated in one or another extent.

The perspective informational policy of educational institution must provide a student maximum information, means for its collection, its processing and usage. For this purpose a structure of the informational provision of the learning ecological multimedia- encyclopedia was worked out. The given approach reflects a methodology of the modern scientific research, that is exactly - orientation to the integral sight of the studied object (discipline), consideration of the complicated intercommunications of the whole and the separate.

The process of a man-computer intercommunication pursues the following objectives: development of the independent thinking, scientific intuition, creative search, etc. The learning multimedia-encyclopedia has two scenarios:

Scientific- literary scenario. Scenario of inquiryThis scenario provides a transition from information to its higher form -

knowledges. The developed structure gives the opportunity to carry out analysis of the educational material consciousnessly, with the help of the main points and of the sense structure's links. By this the preliminary algorithmization of the educational material is achieved. The access to Internet is envisaged. During the process of education a student cultivates an ability to explain a modern condition of the discipline in a short and systematic way.

P.S.Pankov, B.J.Bayachorova INTERACTIVE VISUAL STUDYING OF MATHEMATICAL OBJECTS

Definition of any mathematical object yields many consequences (the object itself has many properties). The common logical way to derive these properties is very complex while interactive searching them with visual computer presentation of results is rapid and interesting for students, involves human geometrical imagination and may assist to discover new theoretical results. Such virtual environment may also use ideas of computer games.

As the main example, we consider topological spaces. Using a computer to perform four-dimensional (4D-) spaces was proposed for the first time by S. Ulam (1960) but without any concrete way of presentation. We introduce some definitions (A.A.Borubaev and P.S.Pankov, 1998). Let G be a topological space, S be a rectangle

92

(screen of display) and J be a set of (black on white screen) images of points of G (some closed subsets of S).

Definition 1. If for any g in G the union of all images of g is a neighborhood of g and does not contain the complement of any other (broader) neighborhood of g then J is said to be a natural presentation of G.

Definition 2. A computer program is said to be a kinematical presentation of a connected metric space G on the display if it gives the opportunity of continuous transition from the image of any point to one of any other point and the minimal time of such transition is equal to the distance between these points.

J.R. Weeks (1985) proposed such presentations for some 2D- and 3D- locally Euclidean (without singular points) topological spaces (Klein bottle etc.). Pankov P.S., Bayachorova B.J. (GraphiCon96) treated locally non-Euclidean (with singular points and lines) topological spaces including Riemann surfaces (RS), and, with A.V.Terehin (GraphiCon98) treated 4Dspaces.

Remark. Well-known presentations of RS as surfaces with self-crossings in Euclidean space do not fulfil Definition 1.

Y.V. Suslov PRIMARY-FLIGHT TRAINING COMPUTERISED SYSTEM

The report contains the results of investigation concerning the application of computerised systems during the primary flight training.

It is emphasised that at present there is no integral and universal theory of primary flight training computerised systems elaboration, but the existing theoretical principles embrace only some of the aspects of this problem and don’t take into con-sideration the vital aims of the primary flight training.

Some recommendations are suggests on primary flight training computerised systems elaboration which are based on the results of computer flight and ATC controller’s simulators development.

The author has worked out and substatiated the methodological principles of the primary flight training computerised systems application during the initial stage of fly-ing higher schools and flying schools students’ training.

The report contains the experimental data concerning the YAK-18T computer simulator application and other primary flight training computerised systems compo-nent required for the primary flight training.

The author draws special attention to the advantages of computerised systems:their positive effect on the flight safety and reduction of the primary flight training cost.

Kuzin N.J., Imamutdinov I.F. DEVELOPMENT OF THE ELECTRONIC MANUAL "DESIGN AND CALCULATION OF STEEL FARMS OF COVERINGS OF INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS" WITH USE OF WEB-TECHNOLOGIES

The modern information technologies allow considerably improving efficiency of training of the students. Use of electronic mail (E-mail), computer networks

93

Intranet/Internet, electronic text-books, manuals and directories provide the remote access to various sources of knowledge to the students. One of the main tasks in distance education is to create and maintain information base that contains a course material in different forms and at different presentation levels.

The goal of this research is to develop the electronic manual "Design and calculation of steel farms of coverings of industrial buildings" for the students of the specialization 290300 "Industrial and civil construction".

The manual covers topics on design and calculation of the metal farms most used in construction. The manual presents the theoretical framework, design and calculation techniques, examples of computing parameters of farms.

The electronic manual is implemented in the form of HTML-files with an advanced user interface. The development has been done with the modern information technologies such as DHTML, CSS, JavaScript, VBScript. The recommended browser for viewing the manual is Internet Explorer 4.0/5.0 on a personal computer running MS Windows 95/98/NT.

The electronic manual is developed in two versions: 1. The networked version in a HTML-format intended for use on a campus

intranet and on the Internet as an element of distance education.2. The local version implemented in the form of a EXE-file and intended for use

on any standalone machine running Internet Explorer 4.0/5.0. The transformation of the networked version to the EXE-file has been performed with the of the evaluation (free-of-charge) release of the HTML-compiler WebCompiler from the Oakley Data Services company.

Our approach of designing an electronic manual imposes the following advantages over a typical presentation of a course material on the Web in the from of HTML documents:

1. Advanced navigation on pages, figures and tables of the manual.2. Advanced navigation on sections of the manual with use of a dynamic menu.3. Operative explanatory references on the literature and SNIPs in a separate

window.4. The operative explanatory notes for the formulas and fragments of figures in a

separate window.5. Animation of the basic design and compute stages.All files of the manual have been manually optimized in order to minimize the

total size of the manual.

S.A.Sofronov, I.S.Rybkin, A.A.Chistyakov, E.R. Moshev THE TOOL OF CREATION OF CONCURRENT PROGRAMS MP1

It is known that parallel languages based on text representation of a program hide their parallel structure, and, thereof, such programs become cumbersome and less reliable. On the basis of text languages it is practically impossible to create friendly and effective tools for parallel programming, necessity for which one, certainly, exists. We have designed the MP1 system, being the visual environment for the creation of concurrent programs, based on the idea of sharing of the description of series calculations

94

and descriptions of particular resources of parallel programming (i.e. not text, but graphical-text representation of the program as the annotated graph). Such approach to representation of the program gives the user a number of advantages, in particular, essentially simplifies the debugging programs due to the uniform representation of a program on the stage of development, debugging and visualization of its execution.

MP1 is the adapted implementation of the MEANDER language for an operating system PARIX (intended for supercomputers Parsytec). MEANDER is an obvious parallel language for MIMD architectures operating message transition paradigm. As contrasted to the basic version of the MEANDER language, the main difference of MP1 is encompass byed usage of distributed memory paradigm, as it is demanded by the architecture of the computer Parsytec. Except for this difference, also at implementation the tool kit submitted to the user was extended. With the help of the summarized system the user can create the program, debug it and generate the text code for PARIX.

S.A.Sofronov, I.S.Rybkin, A.A.Chistyakov, E.R. Moshev DEVELOPMENT OF PROGRAMMING TECHNOLOGY, ENSURING THE KIT GUARANTEEING SOFTWARE QUALITIES

Problem of similar technology development is stipulated by the modern conditions on the enterprises with the staff of programmers. In spite of the progress in functional possibilities of modern tools for programmers, however, hitherto there is not closed an issue on the permit of ambiguity of way to the programs architecture.

The development of the technology allowed us to formulate concrete and unambiguous rules and principles according to which software, created even by unprofessional programmers, will possess predetermined quality kit.

Technology is intended for use with linguistic programming facilities, i.e. programming languages.

Our technology is based on the results of the theoretical analysis of work process, considered as an information system, it consists of objects, processes, events, procedures and other units.

In the developed technologies it is installed a number of requirements and rules, amongst which lock-and-key are the requirements for the construction of flat algorithm within service procedures, inverse event-orientation of service procedures and site kernel of processing the direct events.

Our technology ensures the following additional qualities: systematization, easyness of adjustment and packed realignments of algorithm, easyness of accompaniment and removing the additional functional possibilities, flexibility, comfort of linking of a code, easyness of the analysis of an algorithm.

Developing technology is presented in the manner of the kit of rules and principles, which must be used when making a software product.

A.F. Kolchin, U.E. Burtsev LANGUAGE FOR THE DOMAIN TASK FORMALIZATION

95

In order to represent the domain task formal model at the stage of specification of intelligent system there is a need for a language, which in our opinion, must have the following features:

1. The language must be formal one;2. The language must be independent of the implementation environment of

intelligent system;3. The language must support selected model of knowledge representation (model

of expertise);4. The language must be operational5. The language must support incomplete specification of some components of

domain task formal model.Feature 1 should provide task model reuse as well as automatic translation to the

language of implementation environment. Feature 2 should increase the efficiency of development of intelligent systems allowing to use the most suitable environment (procedural, declarative or special environment for application development). Feature 3 will be discussed later. Feature 4 is necessary for construction of automatic translators from domain task specification language to the language of implementation environment. This feature will also make possible for us to check the model of the task before the implementation stage of intelligent system development (rapid prototyping mode). As it is seen from the practice, feature 5 is very important for design tasks modelling. During the design process one often must do numerous calculations. These calculations ordinarily are in fact well formalized tasks, having mathematical solving methods. Therefore, at the level of conceptual model it is not sound to have detailed descriptions of these methods. Generaly speaking, feature 5 contradicts feature 4. Hence incomplete specification must be clearly defined and must have restricted area of usage.

Feature 3 deals with expertise model. We use expertise model, which consists of the following components:

1.Domain knowledge layer. Consists of terminology (concepts and relations), facts and general knowledge

2.Inference layer. Consists of elementary actions – inferences and defines data connections between inferences

3.Task layer. Defines the sequense of inference activations in the process of task solving.

Because the task layer comprises all the control over the sequense of actions it is sound to use a declarative language for knowledge representation at the inference layer. We use F-logic (frame logic) as a basis for domain knowledge layer description as well as for inference layer description. F-logic is a declarative formalisation of so-called object-oriented approach, wich is using now in programming languages and databases, and includes such notions as object, inheritance and deduction.

To represent inference layer we specify all elementary actions (inferences) and connect them to each other in respect of input/output data using a graph (which is in fact a data flow diagram used in programming).

For task layer representation we use conventional operators: sequense of actions, conditional operator, loops of different types.

96

E. E.Kudriashova, D. P.Panchenko, O. A.Sychev VISUAL GENERATING TEXT SYSTEM "API-BUILDER"

This work have for an object to create a visual generating text system API Builder oriented to work in API Windows.

Nowadays, there are many systems of visual programming, but all of them deal with object-oriented programming. Meanwhile, programming in application program interface (API) has some advantages (small file size, high performance and easy access to additional functions of Windows). The main defects of API programming are the necessity to set window coordinates digitally and to conform to the many patterns. But this is the imperfections of the compilers, not the programming technique. So, combination into one system the easiness for the programmer of visual technology with the efficiency of API Windows will allow to get the better features of these techniques, that was realized in API Builder.

There are six modes of working in API Builder: creating of a form; creating elements of the form; creating of a program text; editing of the program text; editing of the form shape (this mode allows you to create a non-rectangular forms) and creating icons, cursors and pictures for form elements. The automatized system can work with OLE objects, dynamic linked libraries and Windows clipboard.

It is necessary to mark the menu editing system of API Builder. It uses original Windows menu system contrary to majority of modern compilers (Borland C++ 5.02, Microsoft Visual C++ 5.0 etc), that use their own systems, similar to original. Many attempts to build-in the new part into the Windows menu system faile, as the work of the Windows menu system is not documented, but when creating API Builder we managed to solve the problem.

Because of the use of API Windows instead of MFC (or OWL), programs created by API Builder are more fast than the programs created by traditional object-oriented systems. This will allow our system to be a good alternative to the existed systems of visual programming.

V.Karyaev ASSEMBLER LANGUAGES INTERPRETER

The machine-oriented programming is the main form of practical students' activity at studying of different microprocessors functional organization. Traditionally such programming is based on the using of crossassemblers and program simulators. The semantic rupture between the assembler program and machine code is the main fault of such tools using. The assembler programs interpretation is effective way to avoid this rupture.

The expandable assembler programs interpreter realizing the set of assembler languages for different computer architectures was developed in Ulyanovsk State Technical University.

The interpretation is based on the using of internal representation language for assembler programs. With this purpose the program language Slang (the abbreviation of

97

"Stack Language") was developed. The Forth language is the main prototype of Slang. The interpreter's expandability is achieved by metadescription structure using,

allowing to tune the interpreter to concrete assembler language in accordance with given metadescriptions. The special extension of Slang language is used as a metadescription language. This extension allows to describe the computer model, the assembler language syntax and semantic.

So the interpretation processing with the 3 basic stages:1. The translation of metadescriptions. The computer model and assembler

language translator are results of this stage.2. The translation of assembler programs. The result of this process is reflected in

computer model memory image as a set of pointers to Slang-procedures, according to each machine instruction from assembler text sources.

3. The interpretation of translated assembler programs. Contains of step-by-step execution of Slang-procedures pointed by the words from the memory model.

The interpreter (experimental version) was written on the Java language. It is assumed to be accessible in Internet as a Java-applet in future.

The detailed description of technical resolutions underlying the interpreter are given in report. You may contact with the developers of interpreter by e-mail basil@ulstu.ru.

S.V. Galanin THE USE OF PREDICATE PATTERNS IN THE PROBLEM OF DETECTION OF QUESTIONS

The first step in the problem of detection, identification and coding of questions is the confirmation of the truth of facts contained in a text. The confirmation is usually performed as the comparison of facts with the accumulated samples. These facts should be written as subject-predicative forms (SPF). SPF organizes lexemes of some sentence on natural language like Prologue predicate.

The present version of text translation includes 2 following steps:1) revealing of the elementary facts and their coding as simple sentences;2) translating of each sentence into SPF.We propose the new version of translation for its effective automation due to the

SPF. The new method is based on the construction of the lexemes dependence tree. The rules for trees' construction are well known [2], and this experience permits us to develop an effective computer script for such work.

The novelty of the proposed version is in the revealing of language structures reflecting the facts of existence directly in the dependence trees. Patterns (or templates) help in automation of the search of such constructions and their translation into SPF.

While building the tree, each lexeme (the node) is interpreted as a question or as some speech unit and a sentence part.

Left half of the template is a bracket description of some part of the dependence tree ready for translation. Description of the SPF form and subtree nodes is contained in the right part of the pattern.

The rules of application of patterns for the dependence tree provide parsing of homogenous sentences and their members. Templates also allow more adequate

98

translation of some language constructions, e.g. “Let’s understand A as B”, “That is called C” and etc. Flexibility of the templates mechanism allows us to create templates directly during the parsing for the translation of some special constructions.

References1. Галанин С.В. Автоматизация процесса подготовки текстовк предикативной обработке// В сб.: Инофрмационные технологии,системы и приборы. Ульяновск: УлГТУ, 1998.2. Севбо И.П. Графическое представление синтаксических структури стилистическая диагностика. Киев: Наукова думка, 1981.3. Соснин П.И. Содержательно-эволюционный подход к искуственному интеллекту. Ульяновск: УлГТУ, 1995.

A.Pastuhov, A.Zaboleeva-Zotova USING NATURAL LANGUAGE CONSTRACTIONS IN THE PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES

Today, the main problem of the programming is problem of the quality of the code. Debugging takes a lot of time and money but still is not completely efficient. New programming languages, closer to the natural language, will help to reduce the number of bugs in the program. This way the programmer will have tools close to his normal way of thinking and since code will be close to the natural language text it will easier to read and understand it, so it will be easier not to make a mistake.

We are developing a new language that uses different natural language phenomena. We were trying to find necessary “tools” which will allow us to create program text close to the natural but avoid the complication of the system.

First of all every system which deals with natural language must have lexicon but it is impossible to create one universal lexicon for all of the programmers. On the other hand it will be to tough for a programmer to create a lexicon by himself since it is not an easy process. We decided to use construction-oriented lexicon rather than word-oriented. So the description of it is very close to the declarations in the normal programming language but one can use phrases and synonyms for the construction description. This way you need to concentrate on the programming architecture not on the certain words. But still it is possible for the system to get the general meaning (or just an area of usage) of the word.

The main task was to make the text of the methods look as close to the natural text as possible and as needed. From all of the natural language phenomena we chose only the most important contributing descriptive references, anaphors, coordination, synonyms, variable word forms and non-strict word succession.

The last two phenomena are important for the Russian language. It uses variable word forms so it is the morphological concordance that matters rather then word succession. So it is important for the text to meet these two requirements (variable word forms and non-strict word succession) to look natural. Non-strict word succession drives us to the non-strict token succession, so it is impossible to parse the sentence in “left-to-right” fashion.

We use term “descriptive reference” to describe object referencing by specifying its most important properties. Normally man does not give a name to the object. Name usually is not important, it is the type of the object and its most relevant “properties” that

99

matters. So this principle can be used in the programming languages too. In the program, especially when you work with array or list of objects, it is not the name or the index, but object’s properties will tell you information you need to know. So if you use descriptive reference you there is no need for the indexes and loops working with array. All you need is the description of the object you want to access. Using this principle you can even access several objects simultaneously. This tool is very useful and it helps to shorten the text and makes it easier to read and understand.

Anaphora is another phenomenon often used in the natural language to minimize its redundancy. It consists of an object (or objects) nomination (this part of construction is called antecedent) and anaphoric referencing (anaphor). That anaphoric referencing addresses to the object (or objects) in terms of the special expression, which describe it. There are three main types of anaphoric expression: this, same and other (see Figure 1.) and the same thing for the multiple objects. First expression addresses the same object that was nominated earlier. Second one means that you must access different object but with same properties as original one has. And the last one means you must find an object different from the first one. Of course anaphoric expression includes may also include some additional information for more specific object description. As the matter of fact it uses descriptive reference instrument for it, so it can be view just as another type of it (so that the type is not written explicitly but is derived from some previous information).

Figure 1. Anaphora examplesThere are two types of nomination in the natural language – explicit and implicit

(see Figure 2.) If the first case you have an explicit description of the object or the reference to an object in the text. This information can be easily obtained form the text analyses and is located before the anaphoric reference. In the other case there is no direct mentioning of an object and anaphoric reference can be applied only to the consequent of some previous information. With this type of the nomination it is harder to identify the original object (quasiantecedent). Concerning the programming languages these two types of nomination can be treated as object reference (by name, index or descriptive reference) in the first case and object reference inside the function call in the second case.

Figure 2. Explicit and implicit nomination.

But all this cannot be easily achieved without using of coordination. This is another piece of natural language, which was not widely used in formal languages. But it

100

Antecedent it Antecedent same Antecedent other

Object reference Anaphoric expression

Antecedent Anaphor

Function call Anaphoric expression

Quasiantecedent Anaphor

Object reference

plays a great role in our everyday speech. It helps to avoid unnecessary information duplication. Usually, when you want to call different methods of one object, or common methods of several objects, you have to specify the method or the object in every call. Operations like with…do can help to avoid repetitive object naming, but cannot do a thing in case of repetitive method calls. The real solution, which is widely used in natural language, is constituents coordination. Just like in natural language, you can specify common component only once and then name all other constituents. This is very useful in case of reference – descriptive or anaphoric. You can write descriptions using commas, conjuncts of all types (and, or, either…or) to produce full specification.

We are implementing all this features in our new programming language, based on natural Russian language. Of course this language is too complicated to be described by simple context-free grammar. We are applying 3-levels grammar for the full description. First level is for the natural language used in the system (in our case – Russian). Since we are not working with exact word meanings the semantic component of the grammar is rather small. We include only universal information concerning conjunction, numbers and so on. Third level is used for the formal programming language. The middle one is for universal phenomena like descriptive reference or conjunction and is used to translate these constructions into the sentences of simple formal operators. Island-driven algorithm is used for parsing. We tried to minimize usage of the first level, because it is the most uncertain part of the language description, that is why different tools, like statistical text analysis or user “behavior” analysis, were added.

This new language uses different natural language constructions to make the program text easier to read and to understand. It results in work speed-up and increasing quality, since it is easier to analyze and debug program. Natural language and programming language descriptions are isolated from each other and this system can be adopted to any natural language, without changing formal programming language constructions, and vice versa. So it becomes possible to create truly multilingual application development environment.

V. Iaroslavski CREATIVE SEARCH OF THE HOMOGENEOUS TEXTS

On the base of special course "Statistical methods in linguistics" studied on Mathematics and mechanics faculty of Saint-Petersburg State University the program to verify of homogeneous texts hypothesis was created by the author. This program was written in Pascal language (ver. 7.01) with the object-oriented library Turbo Vision which is for high effect implementation of program interface and advanced help system for users. Another version is written in Java language. Theoretical part of this verification is based on Xi-2 criterion [1]. The suggested hypothesis is that probabilities of appearanced same rhythmical words for the different prosaic texts are equal.

User can verify the hypothesis by the comparison of frequencies of rhythmical words or by suggested probabilities of it. The initial marked text should be written in a file of ASCII format. So, the input of program is a rhythmical text. The text is marked by the divider of words (symbol "|") and the symbol "<" which is used to set an accent. The foreign words are available. All results of the analysis are output in new files. Words

101

with identical rhythmical structure for convenient are written in the separate files with the information about its location in source text. Relative and absolute frequencies of rhythmical words and Xi-2 value are output too.

This program can be used by the students learned the special course "Statistical methods in linguistics" as a manual.

References1. Donald E. Knuth. The art of computer programming. Volume 2. Seminumeral Algorithms. — Addison-

Wesley, 1969.

A.Smolsky GLOTTOLOGICAL MODEL OF PHONEMEGRAPHIC LANGUAGE LEXICAL UNIT

Notion as a main category of epistemology reflects the fundamental role of this entity corresponding to some phenomenon or object of reality for storing, transferring and processing of information. In many natural languages the item "notio" is often identical to the item "lexeme" which is used for definition of lexical unit appearing as elementary part of vocabulary. Knowledge engineering with possibilities of notion interaction is an important direction in development of expert systems and computer-assisted instruction tools. It assumes the creation of appropriating algorithmic procedures and unified dictionaries of natural languages.

Construction of some language electronic dictionary considered as a part of common knowledge base rely on mathematical model of lexical unit (notion). Generally, two kinds of notion model are used in philology: linguistic and encyclopedic. Linguistic model considers phonetical, graphical, lexical, orthographical, morphological and derivative aspects of speech components. Encyclopedic model is added by video and audio features of lexical units. Functioning of advanced artificial intelligence systems must be based on simulation both grammar-linguistic aspects of language vocabulary and informational nature of words and ways of their utilization. In this case the notion model must include not only audiophonetical, videographical, etymological and another parts of linguistic or encyclopedic model, but also structural, objective, subjective, context-sensitive, introductory and some other characteristics of language constants.

The notion model that maps properties of lexical units mentioned above is called glottological model. It may be used in various inquiring, translating, teaching, testing, speaking, playing and some other kind of tools. On the base of this model may be created more complex models representing hierarchical system of all human knowledge. At present glottological model is used as a base of dictionaries and computer-aided procedures in CAI tool for play mode learning of foreign languages.

G.E.Kedrova, O.V.Dedova, E.L.Barhudarova, V.V.Potapov, E.B.Omeljanova RUSSIAN PHONETICS IN INTERNET: HYPERTEXTUAL MULTIMEDIA COURSE FOR DISTANCE EDUCATION

Abstract: This paper is about a hypertextual multimedia course in Russian phonetics. The course consists of several training modules (prepared by the authors) that are Russian vowel system, Russian consonant system, Russian intonation and Russian accentuation.

102

As is known Computational Linguistics is a very wide science which studies the language in different situations of its application, works on methods of developing language systems and language process and includes different directions. One of these directions is Applied Linguistics which develops methods of language teaching and especially those for new area of Distance, or Distributed, Education,. Distributed Learning can solve a lot of problems which education system is facing nowadays.

Teaching foreign languages distantly is possible and has big opportunities to grow fastly in the learning process. The main thing in distributed learning is not the technical tools which make the computer distance learning possible, but the development of methodic of distributed learning/teaching and effective organization of course materials.

However, automated teaching, especially computer linguistic didactics as a theoretical discipline, emerged much earlier; in Russia the first attempts to use modern computer technologies in language teaching (the overwhelming majority of the original works were devoted to the process of teaching Russian as a foreign language) were undertaken by the authors in the middle 80-s. Nevertheless, Russian language teaching sites still have many negative features[1]. From our point of view, the problem lacks prepared special teaching material as well as worked out methods of interactive strategies for postponed in time and /or distance education [2]. Moreover, there is no acceptable solution for the problem testing and automatic control of the process of acquiring knowledge and attainments.

The Interactive hypertextual multimedia course of Russian phonetics consists of several training modules, each of them is devoted to one of the following: Russian vowel system, Russian consonant system, Russian accentuation, intonation, and prosody. The introductory information module anticipates all the material concerning the general theory of speech production and speech perception. Each module has an auxiliary information part (glossary) in which you can find terms and basic concepts. All the modules of the course are linked to one another via cross-references and constitute one integral information complex. Basic concepts and statements presented in the course are supplemented by illustrations, sound examples, and exercises. The database that forms the basis of the course consists of: 1) detailed and exhausted description of the peculiarities of Russian sound system and accentuation; 2) animated cartoons of the articulation of Russian sounds that is based on X-ray photos of speech; 3) video recording of visible articulatory movements (first of all lips articulation); 4) sound files showing vowels and consonants as well as words in speech; 5) oscillographic pictures of sounds; 6) main stress patterns (for all parts of speech).

References1. Dedova O.V., Kedrova G.E. K voprosu o didakticheskom materiale i metodicheskoy podderzhke distantsionnogo obucheniya russkomu yazyku v Internet. In: AATSEEL. Annual Meeting. Abstracts of papers. Toronto, 1997.2. Dedova O.V., Kedrova G.E., Rudenko-Morgun O.I., Dunaeva L.A., Omelyanova E., Streltsova T. Kompyuter i yazykovoe obuchenie v Rossii. In: Mezhd. konf. Internet. Obshchestvo. Lichnost (IOL-99). S.-Petersburg, 1999.

E.P. Sosnina INTERACTIVE ACTIVITIES IN COMPUTER-ASSISTED LANGUAGE LEARNING

103

Abstract: The paper discusses the use of interactive activities in computer-assisted language learning (CALL), especially the use of World Wide Web as the main resourse for second language learning, and as the effective tool for the extension of the present possibilities of CALL. The main attention is payed on human-computer interaction. The roles of a teacher, a student and a computer are explored. The existed problems are considered.

Till now the question about human-computer interaction in CALL remains the "neglected" area of applied linguistics, and the reason for it is quiet vivid: the absence of the practical specialists in this field. The developer of CALL-systems and technologies should have at least the skills in 3 different and complex fields (Computer Science, Applied Linguistics and Psychology). And this is the basic problem in CALL being the source of other related problems (organizational, technical, psychological and etc.).

The current teaching paradigm is "communicative language teaching"[1], so the pressent CALL-systems are considered from two points of view - as tools or tutors providing communication and supporting communicative goals in language teaching and learning. It should be useful to define the roles of the teacher and a student in such complex environment according to their activity in this media.

The set of activities in CALL was rather limited a decade ago, but now we see the new effective forms of extension of computer classroom due to the WWW. Students and teachers are able to: "bring worldwide electronic resources-lesson plans, articles, books, maps, diagrams, photographs, film clips, sound bites, and even multimedia software- to the classroom instantaneously; create and compile their own educational content electronically, and share it with other students, teachers, and classes anywhere in the world" [2]. The activities presented and used in CALL now are very wide. We should mention only net-activities here, e.g. Internet search and use of authentic texts, Internet chats, electronic tests of different kind, Fofeign language-by e-mail, grammar safari (hunt), interactive mazes, hypertext reading and etc.

So, the main problem here we see in effective research, organization and adaptation of such work, and it should be mostly the task of the teacher. Our Laboratiry is developing the adaptable scenario for the implementation of the activities organized and accessible through the homepage of the tutor. The tutor should use the existed possibilities and potential of computer technology (multimedia, Internet, local networks), and nowdays this potential is very high. The student must be involved into the active research, collaboration and learning process, even being "limited" by the frames of computer software, hardware and ligware, and by the certain scenario given by the teacher. The active role of the student in CALL can increase his stimulus for research and learning the foreign languge.

The Computational Linguistics Lab of Ulyanovsk State Technical University works on the problem of human-computer interation in CALL and effective application of the existed methods and means for language studying in computer media using the modern technological developments in this field. This paper considers some of the mentioned problems and the structural organization of the tutor's homepage providing the exit to CALL-activities.

References1. M.-M.Kenning and M.J.Kenning. Computers and Language Learning: Current Theory and Practice. Ellis Horwood, 1991.2. Stephen Heimans. Internet and ESL. CALL Journal, 1999.

104

E.P. Sosnina, T.M. Onodalo ELECTRONIC FOREIGN LANGUAGE TESTING AND TRAINING COURSE FOR THE ENTRANCE TEST

The paper considers methods and means for the automation of Foreign Language Testing in the work of the Testing Centre for the school-leavers, and the development of the special electronic course for interactive training for the Entrance exam (Test) to the university. We compare it with the well-known electronic TOEFL course, at the same time noting the important differences. The paper also stresses the importance of such work and proves the expected effects.

The Entrance Test in foreign languages has the certain structure developed by the Testing Centre for the school-leavers organized by the Ministry of General and Professional Education of Russia. This structure is changing annually, but the conducted research let us to define the general structural units (sections) provided in the entrance tests. They are:

1. reading comprehension;2. grammar, vocabulary usage3. semantic close of a text

The reading section consists of the reading tasks and the list of semantic questions. The volume of reading is approximately 7,500 characters. Usually there are 2 original or slightly adapted texts (2,500 characters each), and a number of small original texts (general size is 2,500 characters). The following tasks have the «question-answer» structure, where you should choose the answer to the semantic question from the proposed alternatives.

The second section (grammar and vocabulary) is constructed due to the same «choice from the alternatives» principle. In the 3d section you should close the gaps in the small text according to the semantic context and your language experience.

Note that each answer to the question must be fixed in the special table form being the important part of the Entrance Test.

We propose to construct the electronic version of the Entrance Test which could be used as the base for the computer-assisted training course for the school-leavers. The structure and the size characteristics of the Test are kept without changing and used in the electronic format.

The Test has the HTML-presentation being the interconnected chain of HTML-files. The sections of the Test include the original texts and a set of the tasks based on the «choice» and «close» principles. The content of the Test model is formed by a tutor, and could be easily organized and adapted to the learners proficiency when it is used as the training model of the electronic course. The interactive character of testing helps the user to get the check of his answers directly after the end of each section, or the test itself. If the result is fair, the student could be transferred to the lower level, and the training testing is composed accordingly until he gets the sufficient results.

The course could be used not only in the «direct» education, but it could be also included into the distance-learning programs for remote education. The Computational Linguistics Lab and the Testing Centre of Ulyanovsk State Technical University are working at the problem of implementation the Test and its usage in computer-assisted training.

105

N.Y.Zaitseva, E.A.Teliatnikova ANALYSIS OF THE TERM FORMATION WAYS IN THE FRENCH LANGUAGE (WITHIN THE FRAMEWORK OF A SUBLANGUAGE OF THE TELECOMMUNICATION SOFTWARE MEANS)

The terminology of the computers software develops on the basis of the man-machine dialogue, which is an integral part of the man - computer interface. The enrichment of the lexical structure in the examined sublanguage develops by the following ways.

1. Semantic way. The investigated sublanguage is characterized by the great number of the lexical units formed as a result of the metaphor (Orphelin) and the transfer of a functional meaning (Panier).

2. Syntactic way. The investigated terminology has a tendency of the multicomponent terms creation. The most widespread models of term collocations are: a) N + Prep. + N (Champ de composition); b) N + Adj. (Message électronique). The new types of word collocations appear in term function: V + N (Fermer image), V + Adv. (Effacer tout). Such terminological combinations are focused on the dialogue with the user, they are characterized by easiness and accuracy of the perception.

3. Morphological way. A leading way of the new terms formation is the way with the help of such suffixes with: Greek and Latin elements (for example, -thèque: Lugithèque); suffixes of the active subject: -eur: Texteur; -trice: Monitrice. The use of these terms formation way gives new emotionally painted meanings: Applicule, Visionneuse.

4. The enrichment of the lexical structure is also enlarged owing to the borrowings from other terminological systems, for example, from the navigable terminology: Navigation. Common nouns, proper nouns and abbreviations are borrowed from other languages, in particular, from the English language: Boote, CD-ROM.

5. The development of the man-machine dialogue results in the usual definition of the term. The terminological notion can be expressed as by the text and also by icons. The iconic term is the denotative doublet of a term, but at the level of images. Such term has some advantages: it provides the large speed of perception, and also the overcoming of a language barrier.

The examined nomination tendencies show up new directions in the terminology development.

E. Tsybina ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF USING THESAURUSES

Due to the data search system there appeared ideographical dictionaries that can make the task of data search (especially documental) easier. Such dictionaries are called Data Search Thesauruses. A thesaurus doesnt contain a list of words only. Its a rather complicated device. Each DST is supposed to retrieve information in a specific subject area. In comparison with defining dictionaries that describe meanings of words and

106

notions, the thesaurus gives certain information about the language as a whole and the scientist is able to deduce word and notion meanings himself. The DST reflects the semantics of the language much better than terminological dictionaries. It also describes synonymy, homonymy and meta language semantics as a whole. If the language is rather difficult, the thesaurus helps to reduce polysemy.

Owing to a great deal of information, detection, exclusion and pertinance of terms necessiate the use of thesauruses. Thesauruses are also meant for detecting the meaning of the object under consideration, for synthesizing and analazing knowledge, for classifying it in a specific subject area, for decision making and extracting some heuristic prompts from them. The extention of knowledge about thesauruses gives a possibility to enlarge requests to the DST.

Like any object, property or relation the thesaurus has its own advantages and disadvantages. First of all, the thesaurus helps reduce polysemy in the natural language: here its quite possible to substitute one notion for another and it will cause no changes in the document relative to the data search. The thesaurus can also be a link that can organise the dialogue “human-computer” in the data search system.

Its quite evident that thesauruses are good at putting tasks of a specific subject area into practice. But, nevertheless, they are incapable of covering all the words of the natural language thats why it can be confirmed that the process of indexing can sometimes distort the contents of a document. Besides, the traditional thesaurus is rather static. Consequently, it doesnt reflect the dinamics of the language very well. The DS Language lacks the word control when entering the system. The working out of thesauruses is labour-intensive. So, it cant guarantee the high quality of data search.

The practice shows that the specialist fulfils all the prelimenary routine while working at the dictionary. During the coordinate indexing he uses certain rules that let him find out how the pertinance of a word depends on its position in a phrase. At the same time its obvious that the specialist has derived most of these rules from his practice work. Therefore, they remain implicit and the specialist cant formulate them. The explicity of these rules can become possible if we compare syntactical structures including these very words and the pertinance of these words. The pertinance can be defined by analyzing the specialists results, that is by comparing the cases when the specialist considers this or that word to be a key word. So, a number of key words for a certain document can be looked upon as a result of some psycholinguistic experiment. Analyzing this result one can formulate a list of rules that the specialist uses while recording the text of the document into the text of key words for this document. Since indexing is implicit, the usage of this rules is sure to be inconsequent. Hence, there are errors in indexing. Thats why its very urgent to find the way of formalizing the methodology of indexing.

So, the lexicography of thesauruses needs to be improved and this fact can help the specialist of a specific subject area solve certain tasks.

Purtov I., Tsybina E. THE DICTIONARY OF CONCORDANCES FOR THE APPLIED FIRST-ORDER PREDICATE LANGUAGE

107

The text of a technical task that the designer gets from the client, can contain some omissions and contradictions due to different reasons. Therefore, the performer can interpret this task in different ways. To take it into consideration, the performer should coordinate the text with the client. A special analysis of the text can become a means to detect all the omissions and contradictions. For instance, its formalization as the analysis with the translation into a suitable formal language. As an example of such means its recommended to use the translation of texts in the natural professional language to first-order descriptions.

The text of the task and all the demands included into it is a system of predicates. Some logical languages such as PROLOGUE correspond with these structures very well. Before translating the text in the natural language its necessary to detect the bearer of predicativity. Simple sentences are the main bearers. However, some turns of speech and other syntactical structures can take this part as well. In the research only predicativity on the level of sentences is used.

Not only Russian texts can be translated into the language of predicates. The English language is taken as the second one for translation because today it is the most widely spread language in international systems of data exchange. Besides, the quality of formalizatin can be better if we do the translation into 2 versions of Prologue-based description in both English and Russian languages.

For different natural languages there exist classifications of sentences according to semantical and structural properties. During the work there was made a table of typical schemes of Russian and English languages and their description in the language of predicates. A modern English classification was thoroughly studied where exists a division of sentences into complex and compound. The same goes for the Russian language. But in English ascentive sentences dont form a separate group as in Russian

There are 19 schemes of English complex sentences: 4 of them are compound and 15 - complex. There are also 2 constructions in the table which are neither compound nor complex but they are translated into Russian as complex.

The specialist translated the sentences of these types into Russian trying not to deviate from the meaning of the sentence and got the phrases that refer to 30 Russian schemes. In reality, in English grammar there are more types of English constructions. Such discrepancy is due to the fact that in Russian there exist more subtypes of sentences than in English. Such situations as, for example, when different relative subtypes are described in the Prologue language in different ways are also taken into consideration.

There are 9 ways of translation into the first-order language in the table that are reduced to 3 ones:

forming the rules of logical deduction addition to the database of the program forming of constructions that simulate predicates of the second orderThe last item is due to the fact that to describe some semantical types of sentences

of a natural language it is required to introduce relations higher than the ones of the first order.

A.A. Protskevich CALCULATION OF OPTIMAL PARAMETERS OF THE CODE DICTIONARY

108

The problem of effective representation and processing of the textual information in network information systems remains urgent, despite of significant achievements in this direction. Within the bounds of this problem the textual information compression, coding and transfer tasks oriented on use in distributed information environment are of particular importance. The textual information coding efficiency can be increased by integration of the information code block from a symbol up to a word. At a stage of analysis of a sentence, we receive a set of stems and morphological codes, which can be used to code the input text. The creation and application of the code dictionary of stems and morphemes for the morphological analysis and coding of the textual message is the basis for the given method.

Let's calculate potential compression factor of the textual message depending on code dictionary size under condition of unlimited size of the message dictionary. Then the compression depending on code dictionary size is determined as:

where k is a compression factor; nD is code dictionary size; p(i) is probabilities of a ith word occurrence, provided that words are sorted in decreasing order probabilities of occurrence determined by the generalized Zipf-Mandelbrot's law taking into account deviations in the low-frequency zone; hD(nD,i) and h(i) are costs in bits of the coded and not coded word, depending on particular language and the index construction method in the code dictionary; n(N) is code dictionary size on a excerption of size N; C and L is amount of symbols in the alphabet and average length of a word in a natural language. Using the fact of various frequencies of words in natural language, prefix codes can be applied for index construction in the code dictionary to improve the compression factor. The carried out calculations showed that with large nD the textual information coding efficiency increases with growth of the code dictionary size. For Russian the compression achieves 37% and 16% with usage the prefix coding for index construction in the code dictionary. Therefore, there is no sense to limit the code dictionary size.

I.A.Purtov MODELING OF SECOND ORDER RELATIONS WITH THE HELP OF THE LANGUAGE PROLOG

Considering knowledge representation which is present in texts of a certain requirements, specifications and QA-protocols, it’s necessary for us to introduce relations of a higher level than the predicate(subject, object) or the property(thing). It’s due to a more complicated semantic structure of real events described by sentences of a natural language.

Such time a spatial relations as “earlier”, “later”, “at the same time”, “closer”, “further”, “lower”, “higher” and so on are good examples of the constructions like that.

Prolog is a first-order language, that’s why its syntax doesn’t presuppose constructions corresponding to relations between relations, that is, second order predicates.

109

However, it’s quite possible to make such predicates with the help of means of the standard Prolog. While working at the problem the researcher has got typical constructions (a sequences of predicates) that imitate second order relations for different combinations of the names of subject, object and predicate relations. Among these relations there’s a common case when the names of subjects and objects of connecting predicates are different; the case when predicates have the same names of subjects and objects; and, lastly, the case of the relations between the same predicates.

A short Prolog-program can serve as a good example (see p.1). Here, the predicates pred1 and pred2 are some relations between certain subjects of the relations (subj1 and subj2) and objects (obj1 and obj2). The relation rel functioning as a second order predicate, connects first-order constructions. Of course, in reality it’s not a second order predicate because it doesn’t connect predicates themselves but it does their names. Besides, as mentioned above, the relation rel is the relation between symbol chains (‘symbol’). Nevertheless, the model like that is adequate enough because it fulfils the requirements of truth made towards second order relations, that is:

1) the relation is true, if: the name of predicates functioning as the arguments of relations exist

in the program; the order of arguments corresponds to the second order predicate

(rel), because without any additional rules Prolog-system finds the relation asymmetrical;

both predicates in a second order relation are true;2) in other cases the relation is considered to be false.

predicates pred1(symbol, symbol) pred2(symbol, symbol) rel(symbol, symbol) clauses pred1(subj1, obj1). pred2(subj2, obj2). rel(pred1, pred2) :- pred1(subj1, obj1), pred2(subj2, obj2).

p.1. Modeling of second order relations in the Prolog.

The example mentioned above is valid on condition that the predicates shouldn’t have the same names and arguments, that is, the relation exists between two different actions made by different subjects over different objects. It happens very often when a second order relation connects the events that have the same subject

110

and object. In this case it’s necessary to introduce pseudonyms – single-seat predicates that takes the same meaning as the starting predicate.

SESSION 6

OTHER APPLICATIONS OF INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS

Robert Löw, Jeanne Stynes, Ingo Stengel, Aidan McDonald DISTRIBUTED HIERARCHICAL DIRECTORY SERVICE FOR ENTERPRISE COMPUTING

Keywords: Information management, directory service, LDAP, X.500In large enterprises the efficient administration of employees information is very

difficult. It is very costly to keep and to look after such information. Keeping information at places, where they are used, promise simplification of care and higher actuality.

Indeed these information are needed not only locally but also in the whole trust. Several systems have been used to process employee information. It is the goal of this paper to give a view on the integration of information holding infrastructures to a single infrastructure / service.

All applications should be able, using standardised techniques, to handle employee information. After a detailed requirement analysis, considering the rising security problems, this paper will show the different approaches to solve this problem, with their specific advantages and disadvantages. It will discuss the central directory service approach versus the distributed directory service. After that we will point out the concept

111

of our approach, the distributed hierarchical directory service (DHDS). Using existing standards (LDAP / X.500) it will provide location transparency (an application does not need to know where the requested information is stored) and a flexible and expandable information infrastructure. The DHDS is a combination of the central and the distributed directory service. It integrates existing information infrastructures (e.g. the network information service (NIS)).

Using a prototypical implementation, the discussed solution is evaluated at the moment on its functionality in large financial enterprises.

B.G.Ibrahimov INTELLECTUAL TERMINAL COMPLEXES IN THE INFORMATION-COMPUTER COMMUNICATION NETWORKS

At present development of information-computer communication networks ICCN based on the new computer technologies, monomedia, multimedia, Frame Relay ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode) and ISDN issues of establishing Intellectual Terminal Complexes ITC for interactive exchange of speech and non-speech information obtains a large actuality. Transmission from one regime into the other one is automatically carried out during the work process with the help of RTP protocol working in the regime of multimedia, which was realized under the base of terminal element of management by applying expert system.

It is known [1,2] that ICCN is made under the base of ITC by using expert system for the collective use of sources of interactive exchange, division and processing of information. ITC - multifunctional and intellectual types of terminals. ICCN was build by the module device-program principle by applying hybrid expert systems providing high effect of system, interactive digital multimedia services. Investigating composition of the physical structure of ICCN consists of communications network, ITC and communication channels (CC). Algorithm of functioning ICCN is explained in [2] and it is represented in the form of open mass services system (MSS) for the investigation of probable-time characteristics.

In order to solve this problem in the given work issues of optimal functioning ITC in ICCN are revised.

It was defined that the scheme and model of MSS ICCN and its physical structure is describe by the following graphics:

T=(Tk, Nk), Tk={1,2,…,N}, Nk={Nij}, i, j=1,…,N, ij,where Tk - great number of nodes, which is ITC, Nk - border means CC.Under the base of this graphics, the analyze shows that optimal functioning of

ICCN under the base of ITC is characterized by the effective use of TC and CC which are optimized both by two parameters as an average time delay Tsz, and given economical expenses Qc, which is described as follows:

max max [Tsz, Qc] minHere with analyze and synthesis of ICCN shows that for the optimization of

structure and characteristics of system should follow the below-mentioned conditions: Ti

(x) min, in condition that Ti (x) < Tдоп, Qci (x) min, in condition that Qci (x)< Qдоп. In this case the whole function may be recorded in the following way:

112

T (x)=minmax Ti (x)/Tдоп, Qc (x)=minmax Qci (x)/ Qдоп,

where T (x) - an average time delay of system; Qc (x) - given economical expenses for ICCN; Tдоп - maximal allow meaning of an average time delay of system; Qдоп - maximal allow meaning of given economical expenses.

After it two main characteristics Ti (x) and Qci (x) are reviewed for the rational investigation of ITC in ICCN. Under the base of it they optimized characteristics in the form of function are recorded by the following way:

F (T, Qc)=minmax [Ti (x)/Tдоп, Qci (x)/ Qдоп]Now let’s review mathematical models for the formalized description of ICCN

under the base of ITC which characterizes information processing realized into data communication network with commutation of packets (CP) and there was fixed that MSS is M/G/1. Let us assume that ITC and (1, 2, …, N) Nk communications channels which are interpreted as MSS M/G/1 and M/M/1. Nodes of ITC implement the operations for the commutation of packets, collection-dispatch of packets, information processing, including their editing, buffering, election of routes and etc. Two streams of traffic enter into each node: external with intensity i from ITC connected to this node and internal with intensity j from other nodes of ICCN. Serving discipline is “FIFO”. There are turns to the communications channels. Delays are appearing during the transmission of traffic data. In this case, intensity of packets in ICCN is defined by the following expression:

Under the base of physical structure and model of functioning ITC in ICCN, an average time of delay in the network is summarized from the delays in the nodes of ITC and communications channels which are defined as follows:

where Nk - number CC, external from i-m of nodes; Tij (cc) - an average time delays of CC between i-m and j-m nodes; Ti (тс) - an average time delays of in the ITC i-m of nodes; ij - summarized intensity of packets between i-m and j-m of nodes communications.

So, the results of investigations and analyze show that optimal functioning of ITC in ICCN allows to promote the efficiency of electronic mail system X.400, FR services, services for the interactive exchange of video-information, interactive speech and processing of the documents under the base of multimedia services, interactive video service.

References 1. Kleinrock L. Computing Systems with Queues. Moscow. : Mir. 1979-pp. 600.2. Ibrahimov B.G. Effectiveness and noise Stability Terminal Complexes System Telecommunications.

Baku, “ELM” . 1998- pp. 256 .

A. A. Abaidulin PROBLEMS OF INCREASING EFFICIENCY OF TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS OPERATION IN EMERGENCY SITUATIONS

113

The analysis of emergency situations, both in Russia and abroad, has shown the necessity of creating conditions for coordinated interaction of various logistics services of Civil Defense (CD) with other ministerial and departmental authorities. In providing such conditions, the status and efficiency of CD control system operation in localization and liquidation of the consequences of emergency situations, the ability of this system to interact with its counterparts in other ministries, departments and services, are of special importance.

The analysis of control system status demonstrates that communication systems, computer-aided control and decision-making systems of various departments, in general, have weak interconnection, both organizationally and technically. This has a negative influence on the efficiency of implementation of functional target tasks by CD services. Therefore, there arises a necessity of creation and introduction of systems, complexes of computer-assisted control and communication, which would ensure solution of these problems.

Specifics of the tasks of CD services presuppose their deployment in regions devoid of any stationary telecommunication systems. This creates additional demand of mobility and efficiency of the organizational and technical structure of computer-aided control and communication systems. It is necessary to note that the above problems because of a number of circumstances can not be resolved quickly, and require integrated study.

The paper contains the results of research of the following problems: optimization of the structure of mobile integrated message-switching centers; design of the structure of mobile computer-aided control and decision-making system; design of interaction protocols of communication facilities and computer-aided control systems; software structure of the automated mobile message-switching centers is presented; results of research of increasing efficiency of decision making by computer-aided control systems and of implementation of these decisions; optimization of frequency spectrum selection for operation of various communication facilities and complexes has been conducted.

The paper demonstrates that the implementation of the tasks reviewed is possible on the existing control and communication hardware in case of introduction of the corresponding software and interfaces.

A. A. Abaidulin, Yu. I. Beresnev SIMULATION OF INFORMATION PROTECTION SYSTEMS IN DISTRIBUTED INFORMATION PROCESSING NETWORKS

Along with development of telecommunications technology and creation of distributed information processing networks (IPN) based on the above technology, the problems of information security become more and more urgent.

114

IPN information protection systems (IPS) are complex systems, having multi-level character, complexity of infological links, and a great number of indeterminancies existing in these systems [1].

In order to design IPS and research their operation, it is necessary to build models, which would correspond to existing IPN and describe the process of information protection with sufficient completeness. One of the most reasonable approaches to formalizing processes of IPS operation is to use Petri nets and their problem-oriented extensions. The models built on the basis of Petri nets apparatus as well as their implementation algorithms, are oriented on various classes of information processing networks. They allow to take into account topological features and specifics of information processing network verification methods.

The structure of Petri nets represents a bipartite multigraph and consists of a set of positions and transitions. The oriented arcs connect positions and transitions, where some arcs are directed from positions to transitions, and others - from transitions to positions. The set of positions can determine a set of system conditions, while transitions represent some actions and processes, taking place in the system. The oriented arcs determine input and output positions of this or that transition. Petri nets marking is used to determine the order of launching this or that transition. It can have different functional meaning, that is why the concept of polychromatic marking is introduced [2]. By means of marking it is possible to represent this or that resource of a system being simulated.

Thus, in terms of Petri nets it is possible to describe IPS operation in sufficient detail. The main purpose of IPS analysis, interpreted in terms of Petri nets, is to determine the presence or absence of various properties of a process being simulated.

Petri nets possess certain properties, including security, boundedness, keeping quality, activity, accessibility, coverability [2]. On the basis of the analysis of a simulation object as to conformity to the above-stated properties, it is possible to draw a conclusion on the necessity of reconfiguring a project or an existing system.

The Petri net methods set can be used both for designing IPS and for the analysis of an existing system.

The system constructed is simulated by a Petri net, and then the model is analyzed. Any difficulties encountered during the analysis indicate defects of the given system. In order to correct them, it is necessary to modify the project. Then the modified project is again simulated and analyzed. Simulation and analysis process is repeated until a positive result is reached.

In Fig. 1, a fragment of the description of a local area network (LAN) user authentification subsystem in terms of Petri nets is shown.

115

р1

р2 t2

t1 р4

р3

р5

Fig. 1.References1. L. M. Ukhlinov. Problems of Data Security in Information Processing Networks. // Open

Systems. -1995. – No. 3 (11). - Pages 12-14.2. D. L. Peterson. The Theory of Petri Nets and System Simulation.-Moscow: Mir, 1984, 264 pages

D.Yu.Muromtsev SYNTHESIS OF INTELLECTUAL ENERGY-SAVING REGULATORS BY THERMAL OBJECTS

Mathematics body of frames of knowledge base of expert system (ES) "Energy-saving control by means of dynamic objects" is considered. The frames allow to develop operatively algorithms of energy-saving regulators for apparatuses, installations in which processes of body heating and cooling play an important role. To intellectual energy-saving regulators we relate microprocessor controlling devices that solve a synthesis problem of optimum control realized by one positional strategy in real time. Expenses of energy, specific fuel consumption or combined functionals taking into account speed of response are taken as minimizing functionals.

The task of optimal control (TOC) is usually formulated as a task with a control restriction, fastened ends of change trajectory of phase coordinates vector and fixed time interval. The ES frame name is set by a cortege of 4 symbols < M, F, S, N > where M - object model, F - functional, S - strategy, N - problem peculiarities.

Practically all thermal objects are non-linear due to changing of properties and characteristics of heated bodies at temperature increase. Object models are presented in the form of segment-linear ordinary differential equations for operative solving TOC. An object model and a functional ascertain the from of a synthesizing function which determine the dependence of optimal control at the given moment of time on the current object phase coordinates value and remaining time. Results of full analysis of optimal control on the set of functioning states are used for determining the form of a synthesizing function and calculation of its parameters.

The analysis is carried out with the help of maximum principle and a method of synthesizing variables. Optimal control realization strategies differ in ways of taking into account changes of functioning states. These changes can occur at the random moments of time and they are caused by change technological regimes, a breakdown in the serviceability of technical means and etc. Editional restrictions, e.g., maximum speed restriction, temperature increase, interval task of model parameters and etc. relate to the peculiarities of TOC to be solved. Separate working modulus of ES are connected to Internet network.

R.T.Gumbatov PERSPECTIVES OF APPLICATION OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE SYSTEM FOR THE INDUSTRIAL WASTERWATER CLARIFICATION PROCESS CONTROL

116

As control objects, the industrial wasterwater clarification processes are described by varity, lack of possibility of direct or even indirect measurement of many technological parameters, difficulties & sometimes impossibility of establishing the adequate model, search of controlling influeces on the objects with using of models & methods, assuming integration of mixed differential equations with non-linear boundary conditions etc. In conditions of significant changes of contaminators quantitative & qualitative indices & variety of clarifying facilities working regime more efficient is to realize the control tasks on the basis of description of control objects work using qualitative information. As the latter using of information, generalizing clarifying facilities staff working experience concerning latter’s working regime & outcomes of scientific researches, carried out on these objects is proposed.

Last years creation of intelligence control system by such objects with use of fuzzy sets has the special actuality. Such systems are realized by means of creation the logic-linguistic description of object with use of linguistic variables, characterizing the objects position parameters, indignation & controlling influences. Linguistic variables are determined from appropriate universal sets, which contain not concrete values, & qualitative evaluation, for example, “very big”, “average”, “very small” etc. By means of generalizing of working & knowledge experience, gathered by the specialists - experts, the object control fuzzy algorithm is created. Appropriate programming software, worked out on system programming language Pascal, allows to realize the efficient control of technological complexes on biochemical clarification & neutralization of buffer wasterwater of chemical productions.

It’s perspective to realize such systems as it allows refusing from expensive measurement complex, which exploitation is is connected with large amount of expenses as well.

L.I. Volgin, A.B. Climovsky INTERACTIVE INTELLECTUALIZATION OF MEASURING DEVICES

In procedure of electrical measurements and measuring transformations of the information data, submitted by set (or by vector) of electrical signals, together with the main purpose of measurements (of measuring transformation) it is often necessary to fulfil a set of accompanying tasks: a rejection (suppression) and a selecting (allocating) in correspondence with given tag of one of several signals, also a sorting and a arranging of signals according to information attribute, grouping of set of signals, a arranging of a signals on transmitting channels pursuant to a given attribute, a address identification of one input channel, onto which a signal with a given attribute is sent, address recommutation of signals, weighted summation of signals etc.

It is accepted to name intelligent all this indicated measurements (measuring transformations) with accompanying operations and (or) algorithms of processing.

The reproduction of indicated operations and algorithms of processing by conventional means of computer facilities if necessary of functioning in a real time scale and (or) at parallel registration of result of measurement (transformation) often is not possible because of sequential algorithm of processing of signals by microprocessors.

117

The indicated defect may be eliminated at use of a commutative simulation principle, which is used in analog computers, where the given function or algorithm of processing are reproduced by the appropriate electrical circuit. The same principle is used and in natural neural networks.

The stated approach is illustrated on an example of accompanying operations of address-rank processing of electrical signals, which are submitted by set of voltages or by vector of variable (signals), at use of logic-algebraic apparatus of predicative algebra of choice [1].

Collection of address-rank operations was considered in article [2]. Hardware is realised in basis of relator components as modules, which are built in measuring devices (measuring-computer complexes, and measuring-informational systems).

On circuits C1 and C2 (fig) the examples of "intelligent" digital voltmeters - DV (of analog-digital converters - ADCs) are respectively represented. On the circuit C1 is presented a relator rank processor (PR), which fulfils a processing of analog signals pursuant to the formula (7) in [2]. The measurand is being any of signals, which is sent onto informative inputs both DV and PR (this signal for C1 is x,). Other signals in any order are moved onto inputs of comparator PR. An identifying voltage Y is sent onto a input D of demultiplexor (switching) channel.

On the circuit C2 is presented a analog relator address processor, which reproduces function of selection (allocation) of variable of given rank by a switching of channels of multiplexor M of a processor PA. On demultiplexor channel D a function of identification of address of wire (number of a source channel), onto which variable of given rank is sent, is reproduced. The connection of inputs of PA to the signal bus is executed in any order (property of invariancy of result of processing to rearrangement of variables).

Relator realisation of processors PR and PA was described in [3,4]. Other opportunities of expansion of "intelligence" of electric devices are concluded in use of a mathematical apparatus of continuous logic [5,6] and hybrid logic [7,8]. In particular, at use of algorithms of continuous logic the ADC with extremely achievable speed (ADC with peak convolution) was constructed etc.

The work is executed due to a grant "Development of the theoretical bases of both logic synthesis and circuitry of relator converters and processors for expansion of intelligent possibilities of analog measuring devices", which is financed by Department of Education.

References1. Volgin L.I. Complementary algebra and predicative algebra of choice .-Ulyanovsk: USTU, 1996.-68 p. (in

Russian)2. Volgin L.I. Structural properties of the Pascal column // Relator and continuous-logic systems and models:

Work ISTC "Neural, relator and continuous-logic systems and models".- 1998.- Vol.2.- p. 13-17. (in Russian).

118

3. Volgin L.I. Relator neural processors and commutation-logic converters of analog signals with coding by the number of channel .- Ulyanovsk: USTU, 1996.-76 p.

4. Volgin L.I. Relator-based processors for ranging and ordinal processing of analog signals // Journal of New Generation Computer Systems .- 1991.- Vol.4.

5. Levin V. 1. Multiplevalued logic in tasks of cybernetics. - M.:Radio and communication.- 176 p. (in Russian).6. Volgin L.I., Levin V.I. Continuous logic. The theory and applications .-Tallinn:Estonia AS, 1990.- 210 p. (in

Russian).7. Shimbirev P.N. Hybrid continuous-logic devices. -M.: Energoatomizdat, 1990.-174 p. (in Russian).8. Shimbirev P.N. The theory and principles of construction hybrid continuous-logic (soft) computing facilities

and from application in systems of processing of the information and management. -M.: MIET. 1997.- 37 p. (in Russian).

R.T.Gumbatov, A.N.Abiev, S.F.Azeri INTELLECTUAL SENSOR OF VARIABLE CURRENT

Recently in metrical technician bored are developped integrating sensors of technological parameters with extended functional possibilities. From standpoints of technology of fabrication integrating sensors present itself united whole analog electronic transformation facilities and numerical information handling facilities. Last circumstance has allowed the researchers to begin a sensor development (several distinguishing from traditional) with the certain mentality. In this aspect by authors is offerred sensor of alternating current, which distinguisher is a realization active itself diagnostics condition of sensor. Active itselfdiagnostics expects a determination of current condition of sensor, hereinafter, on the base of available rules, determination of need in introduction needed correction by means of the mechanism of inference. One of the problems decided in the sensor, expects a diagnostics of presence as a result the current measurement ( ) systematic forming inaccuracy and inaccuracy nonlinear features, but in the event of their presence in the current result, realization of their adjustment.

Mathematical base of deciding a specified problem is the following: Assume,as a result the current measurement received result in the type of point with coordinates (

). Hereinafter on the second stage is chosen step (value is installed beforehand at need by the sensor on the measure of usages) and is realized test measurement in two points- ( ) and ( ).

The following stage active itself diagnostics expects a function study around the point ( ).

Last stage an itselfdiagnostics is concluded in the introduction to necessary events a correction in the received result.

Supposed intellectual sensor can bear fruit for the constant voltage measurement (current), square-law value of voltage (current), acting value of voltage (current) in single-phase and three-phase circuits.

A.I. Chebarev, R.V.Heydarov RESONANT SENSORS And DEVICES FOR PERCEPTION, RECOGNITION And TOUCH Of IMAGES OF ELECTRICAL CONDUCTION PRODUCTS

119

The development of ”intellectual” systems of the automated manufactures is closely connected to creation and perfection of sensor devices for perception , touch and recognition of images at performance of operations of sorting and account of various details, transported on horizontal open flat-belt conveyors by the piece or parties .

For perception of the external information are usually used contact (electromechanical and acoustic) and contactless (optical and electromagnetic) sensors, and for touch of robots - the tactile sensors, which basis are made by a layer of conducting rubber covering prehensile body of the robot /1/. All these sensors, differing various circuitry realization , except optical, in essence react to presence current-carrying of products of a various configuration and overall dimensions.

Therefore in such industries, as instrument-making and machine-building, it is expedient to use contactless electromagnetic sensors, which would have the unified electrical circuit of formation of an information signal (FIS) .

Specified it is possible to ensure with use of the phenomenon of skin-effect caused by change of brought in active - jet resistance in electrical conduction metal environment and in “alive” biofabric of the man /2,3/, if as the circuit (FIS) to apply a resonant sensor controls simultaneously generating high-frequency fluctuations and which are finding out change of an electromagnetic field on brought resistance. As a sensitive element of a sensor the LC-contour is used, the good quality Q of which changes at the expense of penetration of vertical currents into a metal specifying element (SE) or in a biofabric of a finger of the man, but in resonant sensor controls of perception (SCP) and touch (SCT) is shown differently. In SCP the change of good quality is perceived by the coil of the inductance which has been reeled - up on the round ferrite core of a small diameter, and is provided at spatial approach(approximation) metal SE to an end face of the coil, i.e. eddy-current sensor control of perception (ECSP) is contactless with resolution equal half of diameter of ferrite /2/. In SCT the change of good quality is fixed by a touch by a finger of the man to a point of connection of inductance and capacity of a contour, i.e. the tactile sensor of touch (TST) is contacting and is characterized by rather high resolution /3/.

Thus in both cases the LC-contour is included in the circuits FIS, realized or on contours of shock excitation, or on self-excited oscillators working in a mode of failure of fluctuations, and forming discrete target signals /2,3/ as at approach SE to the coil in ECSP, and at tactile in TST .

Using ECSP and TST , the coordinators for recognition of images of products as information rulers and fields are developed, the generalized block diagram of configuration of the equipment robotechnical system for automation of operations on open conveyors is offered, and as is proved expediency of using eddy-current ruler for recognition of images of flat metal mobile products.

References1. For Perception and recognition of images .-M.: Mechanical engineering, 1989, -272 p. 2. Nabiev I.A., Chebarev A.I. Research of change of good quality of an oscillatory contour at approach of

metal to an end face of the coil of inductance // Izv. HIGH SCHOOLS USSR - Petroleum and gas, 1966, N 5. -P. 93-97.

3. Chebarev A.I., Amiradjanov A. Research of change of parameters of an oscillatory contour at influence of the man - operator // the Scientists of a Slip AzINEFTEHIM . Baku, 1976, N 7. - P. 101 -106.

120

S.F. Jafarov ELECTROMAGNETIC VIBRATION EXCITER’S FORCED OSCILLATIONS STABILITY EXPERT ESTIMATION

In our days an interest to programming of the expert systems is very high and it is even out of the boards of the academic researches. The expert system really helps to solve the actual practical problems in the different fields. One of such problems is an estimation of electromagnetic vibration exciter’s (EVE) forced mechanical oscillations stability. The EVE is a non-linear converter of electrical energy to mechanical energy. It is enough a perturbation a transient process. Therefore it is necessary to research a stability of the mechanical oscillations. The practical methods of EVE’s forced periodical oscillations stability research can be received by the construction of the non-linear system’s stationary models in the victinity of the periodical oscillations. However, it is determined that this way has some disadvantages: there is very complicated connection between the electrical, magnetic and mechanical parameters of EVE, it’s very difficult to determine them.

Moreover, the indeterminate forms, such as “hysteresis” and “saturation” carry out the essential problems for an estimation of the EVE’s forced oscillations stability fields. Therefore it is important to carry out the expert rules for the solving of above showed problem. A specification for the EVE’s forced oscillations stability determination should consist of the data about the EVE’s electromechanical parameters: frequency of the mains supply- <50 Hz (a), 50 Hz (a- ); voltage of the mains supply - U<220 V (b), U>220 V (b-); usage duration- c; mechanical oscillations amplitude- A<10 mm (d), A>10 mm (b-), Etc.

In this case the finished estimation of the EVE’s forced oscillation stability can be received from the solving of the following inequalities: CC +CS <0 and CCCS>0, here CC,.CS= f(a, b, c…)

The rules of the expert estimation production are:P1: If abde, then the EVE’s forced oscillations are stable;P2: If a- b- d-, then the EVE’s forced oscillations have some fields of non- stabilit and etc.

Depending on set of the initial data the search vector chooses this or that working regime.

A.N.Abiev, N.R.Allahverdijeva, S.F.Azeri INTELLECTUAL CONVERTER PARAMETERS OF ELECTRIC MOTORS IN PRODUCTION

Converter Factors of electrical parameters of electric motors in their mass production have strict requirements. This is stipulated that that time, conducted for the electrical parameter measurement, is sharply limited by the velocity of transporter, and at the same time it is required the high accuracy of transformation because the flaw final product depends on the control data. But the last is connected with the determined financial losses.

121

Three-phase power comsumed by the motor, as well as phasic currents, belong to the number of converted electrical parameters of electric motors. Becides, it is necessary to estimate the values of voltage in the network in order to reveal a deflection of the value from the given one and to enter the necessary correction to the measured values of power and current. Rather disadvantageous conditions (frequent switches, unplugging the loads from power sources ), strict temperature and accuracy requirement provide the usage of the converters with extended functional possibilities, so-called "intellectual" converters.

In the given report there are considered intellectual converters of electrical parameters of the electric motors, sharply distinguishing from traditional in their functional possibilities.

Intellectual converter allows execution in the realtime mode following nontraditional measurement-computing procedures: adapting time in averaging of the results to change a supplying network; mutual dependency of amount of intra-periodical discrete steps on spectral saturation signals in supplying motors circuits; optimization of amount of counting for time of averaging on the base of knowledge for presence of supreme harmonica at a current moment of measurements; active self-diagnostics of conditions of converter and entering of the necessary correction into the factors in the realtime mode.

S.V. Zhernakov THE INTEGRATED KNOWLEDGE-BASED DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM OF GAS TURBINE ENGINE PARAMETERS

The use of integrated knowledge-based information technologies, such as hybrid expert system, is the perspective way to increase an efficiency of gas turbine engine diagnosis.

The mobility of an expert system is defined by the knowledge base mobility and its ability to renew from different information sources (databases, expert knowledge bases, etc.) as well inference procedures. Due to knowledge specification, concepts in the knowledge base can be divided into exact and non-exact, complete and uncompleted, static and dynamic, single-valued и multiple-valued, etc. Besides, the expert knowledge usually is imprecise and has a subjective character. Inaccuracy and ambiguity of knowledge cause expert system to deal with several alternative areas.

The fuzzy logic could be applied for technical control and diagnostic hybrid system processing at least in three basic ways:1. a fuzziness processing, i.e. the precondition has fuzzy variable, and inference engine

has the mean of data extraction;2. a fuzzy relations matrix which defines a set of factors and set of preconditions. The

matrix contains fuzzy relations, the measure of which is represented by material number from [0,1]. To define the reasons of a condition, the transformation of the matrix and factors is used, then, the received system of equations is solved by the min-max method.

3. a fuzzy logic inference algorithm. The given approach is the most frequently used at construction fuzzy knowledge bases.

122

The use of hybrid expert system for gas turbine engine parameter diagnosis problem expands the capabilities of such sophisticated systems, increases its flexibility and mobility, provides more amounts of data to be processed within the same computing resources and increases validity and accuracy of calculated results.

Parametric diagnostic algorithm is based on the comparison between certain engine mathematical model and reference non-defective engine model that implies an inspection of state variables to be within acceptable thresholds. Falling outside the thresholds indicates a failure in the certain engine unit. In hybrid expert system, the reference gas turbine engine model is stored in knowledge base and is corrected as expert system gains an experience. The real pattern is formed in database connecting with the reference model through user queries. The gas turbine engine parameter diagnostic system development under hybrid expert system is performed considering all specialties of expert system environment and model adaptation.

The hybrid expert system consists of the following functional units: - database storing reference and factual data to be processed; comparison results; conceptual, infologic and physical gas turbine engine models;- knowledge base: static (all concepts are stored as expert knowledge (productions), formulas, facts, relationship, tables) and dynamic knowledge bases (as combined neural net models in the form of reference dynamic processes that considers partial or complete indeterminacy of diagnostic parameters);- logic inference engine;- adapting unit;- description unit;- scheduler;- solver.

The internal form of expert knowledge representation is an inference tree that is especially useful at beginning stages of problem solving, for example, for the reference gas turbine engine mathematical model adaptation.

V.A. Mustafaev, D.F. Mamedov, T.A. Tagieva Automation of the structure forming of discreet system net model

One of the essential questions of the system theory makes an appearance a work out methods of dynamically research of complex system, functioning in fuzzy condition . The basics indications, what to complicate this question are followings: there are multitude elements of complex structure, complex of functioning and

interaction between elements; actions of individuals elements are asynchronies, and theirs interaction are present as

hard logical condition; actions of individuals elements are autonomy and theirs hard of place in the system; actions of elements are characterize fuzzy and probability.

Therefore theirs difficulty claims cretin a new simulation method in fuzzy condition. One of the new simulation method makes an appearance application the stochastic net Petry. A model of discreet system is present in view of stochastic net Petry. After definition of multitude positions and branch, source and target functions to form the

123

model structure.The probalility marcers distribution vector of source and target positions defines in the next stage. For performance each branch, the number of probability vector elements, different of zero is equally or more the number of branch, connecting by means of a arc. After definition stimulating branch, to compute the markers of targets positions. It is forming the Gram of probability vector matrices of source and target positions. Farther it is computing the vector of diagonalling convolution. This vector defines by means elements sum, that symmetric diagonal elements of the Gram matrix vector. It is checking the followings attributes of vector diagonalling convolution: commutative; associative; normal.

After performance theirs attributes, to define a minimal element of the vector. That process repeats for all branches, what to connect source positions with a arc. In this connection to define maximum element of minimal vectors and let to perform the branches, becoming of the same value.

A.N. Afanasiev, Sibiryov V.V., Kornienko V.V. AUTOMATION OF MANAGING IN EDUCATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS

This work is set of tools for automation and simplification work of heads of educational organizations in field of collecting, storing and analyzing information about teachers, students and organization.

This automation help to solve next tasks: save time in collecting, storing and processing administrative information; rising of work effectivity; preparing of statistical diagrams; checking for a set of important values and parameters; rise up technical culture of director state.

In works with system was reached: satisfaction of informational user’s needs; work with large data arrays of teacher and pupil list; build of comfortable screen forms for non-trained users; limitations of access to databases.

Databases of system contains information about teacher and students in found of their personal files, stored in organization. This information completely full and mostly using in filters of reports.

From databases system can get next reports: sorted and filtered lists of teacher and students; preparing of yearly reports in ОШ-1 form; statistical diagrams and graphics for analyzing; preparing timetable of studies.

This system is released in Delphi 4 environment. Database’s tables format is Paradox. Statistical information for each years is storing in archive and can be used in rollback. Some of yearly information is storing in readable form for future analyzing of yearly changes and tendencies. Contact e-mail: krino@ulstu.ru

M. A. Knyazeva, V. D. Guzhavin SUBSYSTEM OF ASSESSMENT OF TIME COMPLEXITY OF PROGRAMS IN INSTRUMENTAL MODELING SYSTEM OF PROGRAM OPTIMIZATION

At the base department of Institute of Automation and Control Processes Instrumental Modeling Expert System of Program Optimization (I_MESOP) is

124

developing. I_MESOP is intended for formalization of knowledge related to systems of optimizing transformations and conducting experiments with them.

Subsystem of Assessment of Time Complexity of Programs (SATCP) was developed to use both with I_MESOP and separately. The input of SATCP contains program in Model of Structured Programs – form(MSP-form), custom parameters and input values of interpretive program. Custom parameters describe the time complexity of basic operations, such as a addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, saving a value to the memory, loading a value from memory, function call and so on. The output of Subsystem of Assessment of Time Complexity of Programs consist of an output of interpretive program and a tree of this program, tree contains a time complexity values for it’s each node.

Since it’s impossible to obtain this result without the program execution, Subsystem of Assessment must be an interpreter of programs in MSP-form, which calculate the time complexity of the interpretive piece of program code. The result of assessment, of course, must fit the requirements for metrics.

Kuznetsov L.A., Pogodaev A. K., Ovchinnikov V. V. OPTIMIZATION OF QUERIES FOR A RELATIONAL DBMS

The relational expression optimization algorithm is explained in work [1]. In it each step of optimization is based on known equivalent transformations of relational expressions, which application is described verbally. As is known, the verbal exposition of algorithm is surplus and ambiguous. The verbal algorithm is required to be transformed to a more formal aspect for it realizations within the framework of the computing system. Therefore represents practical interest completely to formalize this algorithm for automation of procedures of optimization. In an outcome the formalization of algorithm not only eliminates marked restrictions but also considerably reduces expeditures of labour.

In the report the relational expression formalized model is stated. The developed predicates of a relational expression correctness are represented within the framework of the entered model. The operations of relational expression equivalent transformations on basis of the created model are developed. The formalized algorithm of relational expression optimization is described, the examples of its application are achieved.

In an outcome in work the theory is obtained, which objects are the relational expressions and formal ways of their transformation. The further development of the theory will allow to investigate new possibilities of optimization algorithm improving to remove restrictions of verbal representation and to supply a algorithm realization possibility on the computer.

References1. Ульман Дж. Основы систем баз данных. Пер. с англ. – М.: Финансы и статистика, 1983 – 334с.

S. A. Ageyev, K. K. Vasiliev OPTIMIZATION OF THE METHOD OF ADAPTIVE DECORRELATION OF RANDOM SEQUENCES

125

Many problems in which digital signal processing on the background of noise is used, have the simplest solutions when interference has the nature of white noise. If interference has time-space correlation properties different from the properties of white noise, pre-decorrelation of input observations is frequently used. The method of a whitening filter was suggested in the papers by V. A. Kotelnikov. Other approaches to the solution of this problem are based on using an inverted correlation matrix of observations. However, the known methods presuppose stationary nature of observations, and involve considerable computational costs. At the same time, in many applications such as radar and sonar, image processing, composite objects management, etc., there arises a problem of creation of relatively simple and effective real-time procedures of adaptive decorrelation of non-steady processes.

In this paper, this problem is solved on the basis of pseudo-gradient adaptation methods. As an application of the results obtained, the task of signal detection on the background of noise with an unknown correlation function is considered.

The research conducted has shown that the suggested adaptive decorrelation and detection algorithms have the efficiency, comparable with the potentially reachable one, and can be implemented in real time on the existing component base. The results obtained correspond to the conclusions shown in [1], where it is stated that the procedure of signal detection on the background of weakly correlated interference can be implemented without taking into account correlation links of interference.

References1. V. I. Tikhonov, N. K. Kulman. Non-Linear Filtration and Quasi-Coherent Signal Reception,

Moscow, “Sovetskoye Radio” Publishers, 1975, 704 pages.

B. Huseynov, Kh. Babazadeh OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS OF MOBILE CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS

Fast development of mobile communications during last years brought all companies involved in this sphere of telecommunications to a problem of the most optimum mobile network construction. In this scope several problems arose before us.

Subscriber of a usual fixed telephone communication has to reach a network element wheras mobile subscriber is followed by the network. So in a given area we need to put network elements which are connected to a switching centre and all mobile subscribers in the area. These elements will be further reffered as base stations.

Base station disposition implicates the following:Link to switching centreEffect area (coverage)Channel capacityEach item supposes certain expenditures and thus requires solving an optimization

problem. In the paper only base station capacity problems are considered. Items 1 and 3 are tasks not only for mobile networks but can be associated with any other network. However combining with item 2 we get exactly mobile communication task.

The general task was divided into subtasks and solved gradually. Initial steps were setting and solving of the following problems.

Let us be given n stations A i , i{1,…,n}. Let each station be provided ki

channels, i{1,…,n} ki{p1,…,pq}.

126

Channel will be called free at the given moment of time if it is not associated at this moment with any subscriber. Otherwise it is busy.

Definition 1: Load L of a channel during period of time t is ratio of the time t1

during that the channel was busy to the whole time tDefinition 2: Load of channels during time iswhere ti – busy time of i-th channel.Definition 3: Load of a station during time t is the load of all channels at the

station.L is load during time T*)of station A i , i{1,…,n}. li is average load of one channel

of the station A i, that is li =Li /ki , i{1,…,n}.Definition 4: If all channels of the station A I are busy when a subscriber requests

a channel then we will say that subscriber was rejected.Let Ri be number of rejects on a station A i , i{1,…,n}ri is average number of rejects on one channel of a station A i that is ri =Ri /ki ,

i{1,…,n}.Task 1: K=ki channels should be distributed between A i stations so that

li lj min , i{1,…,n}.Task 2: m additional channels are given. K+ m channels should be distributed

between A i stations so that li = lj , i,j{1,…,n}.Task 3: Now let also coordinates (xi, yi ) of A i station be given. A station should

be added and the channels should be redistributed so that li = lj , i,j{1,…,n}.Common channel number is considered K+ m. Define coordinates (xn+1, yn+1 ) of

the station A n+1

Remark: it is necessary for all tasks that li max , ri min .

B. Huseynov, Kh. Babazadeh ABOUT ONE PROBLEM OF OPTIMAL CHANNEL DISTRIBUTION

In the paper the following task was studied.Channel number ki N , i{1,…,n} of stations A i , xi N is given, is channel

request number on A i, ri N is reject number on A i

Distribute K=ki channels between A i so that ri rj min, ri minA program solving the problem in case when time and dynamics are not

considered was worked out and is presented. Furthermore it was tried to expand it onto case which includes time consideration. Here period of time T was divided to s time intervals T =j

xi j) is defined as channel request number on A i during interval j, rij) as reject number on A i during interval j, bi j) as busy channel number on A i at the beginning of j

xi = xi j) - total channel request number on A i

ri = ri j) - total reject number on A i

x i = xi j)+ bi j) total channel request number on A i during interval j

i =max{ xi j)| j=1,…,s}i = max{ ri j) | j=1,…,s}

*) further in definitions of all basic and derivative concepts quantities are considered during T

127

Note that if a channel was busy just a part of interval j and then was released in this case we consider the channel busy during all interval j

Remark: In reality data which is known are xi , ri , ki but xi j), rij), bi j) are not given. Instead of this average channel busy time i is given for each station and load li

of each station during time T. So it is nesessary to find relation between the data we use and the data given in reality.

M. K. Hasanov, N. E. Huseynov, M. A. Mammadov, J. M. Rasulov CHANNELS CONTROL SETTING IN TRANSFERRING SYSTEMS

It’s well known that for transferring, receiving and reprocession of different kind of increasing information in the network link, link setting – photon technology, which is one of the modern technologies, is used.

The photon technology is already applied to the different spheres of network link, link lines, settings of receiving and transferring, switch equipment and other settings.

In such settings for the photon flux control (optical rays) – direction choosing, switching, subscribes dispatching, channels transferring, different methods and elements are used. One of these elements are piezoelectromechanotron – optic conductors.

In the current work piezoelectromechanotron – optic channels control, analysis of other setting advantages and the method of investigation were shown. Basing on the method of work of piezoelectromechanotron – optic channel control, which was founded by us, piezoeffect and optic laws, the optimal variant of optical link channel control was chosen. On the basis of dynamic analogy methods and equivalent circuit, the mathematical model of piezoelectromechanotron – optic setting was assigned and installed. Besides it, the phsycomechanical characteristics of piezoelectromechanotron – optic settings were installed and the analysis of difference between the held experiment and the above-mentioned characteristics was done.

This newest setting may be widely used in the optical link system, computing systems and optical channels control system.

M.A.Kokurina, Y.S.Fedosenko, A.V.Sheyanov ON BICRITERIAL OPTIMIZATION ALGORITHMS FOR INTERACTIVE MODELS OF PLANNING THE SERVICING OF OBJECTS FLOWS

Some problems in operative control of transport-technological processes in adequate mathematical production lead to extremal models of scheduling theory.

As example we can state empty tonnage dispatching for large-scale cargo processing device in regions of mass riverbed mining non-ore building materials on the rivers Kama, Belaya and upper Volga.

It is important that in the number of cases estimation of quality of management requires to model two criterions, taking into account accordingly such economic factors as working expenses and loss of potential profits. These criteria are independent and have linear form.

128

This report is devoted to consideration computing problems arising and to discussing the possible approaches to their solving.

1. Given flow Z = {z(1), z(2), …, z(n)} of objects to be serviced by processor P (single-stage processing). The objects servicing order is defined by schedule R nominated by decision-maker (DM). Processor can not service more one object simultaneously; service of each object is realized without interruptions.

The Object z(i) is characterized by integer parameters: – duration of service; – moment of arrival for servicing; ; , – linear

coefficients of binary penalty Ш(R) = {ш1(R), ш2(R)} per time unit (servicing or waiting).

If on schedule R servicing the object z(i) is terminated at moment t+(R, i), then penalty Ш(R) components are equal to ш1(R) = a(i)(t+(R, i) - t(i)), ш2(R) = b(i)(t-(R, i) - t(i)) respectively.

Basing on the general philosophy of bicriterial problems stating, there is possible several approaches to minimization of penalty Ш(R), among them are following.

1. Building in criterion plane {ш1(R), ш2(R)} full totality of efficient points with the possibility of syntheses corresponding Pareto-optimal schedule for any efficient point.

2. Reducing of bicriterial problem to unicriterial one with different variants of decision synthesis.

In case 1. solution can be received as a result of applying recurrence correlations, built on base of bicriterial analogue of dynamic programming principle, or by generalized to bicriterial case branch and bound method .

In case 2. there are such approaches: a) dedication of main criterion and solving problem of its minimization provided that values of other criterions do not exceed threshold values; b) lexicographic ordering of the criterions; second criterion minimization is possible only after solving of extremal problem on first criterion; c) realization procedures of consequent concessions as modification of method of lexicographic sequencing; g) convolution of vector criterion.

With all stated approaches computational difficulty of solving algorithms is exponential on n, because it is known that problem of optimum schedule synthesis is NP-hard even in unicriterial case.

The report presents results of analysis of representative collection of numeric experiments on solving stated extremal problem. The solution process uses an interactive technology as primary mode. Also we should notice that for number of transport applications considered model could lead to multycriterial generalizations.

Valiev V.M. STOCHASTIC SIMULATION AND OPTIMIZE RISK DECISION MAKING OF RESOURCES OF HYDROCARBON DEVELOPMENT

In work it is created a mathematical model with regard for stochastic nature of the process with enables us to determine main indicators of resources of hydrocarbon development depending on the volume of information obtained when caring out geological and geophysical work in the region. Among the indicators are such as:

129

probability of discovering deposits of different class; probability of discovering given number of deposits; probability of discovering at least some given number of deposits; mathematical expectations of number of deposits discovering, etc.

As the geophysical and reconnaissance and prospect process requires a great amount of investment being connected with risk of drilling iy is necessary to provide of efficiency needed level at given risk level when predicting them. In this case the method for an estimation and management of risk for Oil and Gas enterprise is offered. The strategy of risk with reference to interests Oil and Gas enterprise is expressed the concept of utility theory and given a formula to determine risk-adjusted value using the risk-aversions function.

The offered model and method by management of risk is the basic means of definitions and analysis till the attitude to risk in various economic situation in development hydrocarbons of resources and all help to optimaze risk decision making.

Yu.A. Gadzjiev BINARY RANK SCHEME FOR DEPENDED SOURCES

Let be a discrete sequence of bits, where . Let also be probability dependents the value of bit from previous one bits of stream in such mean, that conditional probability

of some value of - th stream bit much exceed the probability

. Marked this describe as condition (1).

Now I suggest the approach to adaptive dynamic encoding bit streams as follow. Take a - dimensional binary array , which size is and every index from indexes is binary variable . Then initialize the array some a determined value - for example that be null. Then on every step of the algorithm, by the next bit of stream getting, compare one with the element of array and by dependent of the result this operation doing either

a) writing in output stream binary null if one is same;orb) change the value that element on opposite value and then writing in output

stream binary unit.Notice that describe above encoding scheme is synchronous decoding. By this

decoder do it simple writing to the output stream the value by every getting null value or inverse value by each unit, changed in this case also same element of array.

From condition (1) follow, that by described above coding in output stream beginning a certain moment become prefer number null bits in comparison to unit. By this, through all coding sequenced is alternating chain null-unit bits, thus for compressing must be applied coding of lens alternating bits series with arbitrarily chosen binary code, for which length of -th codeword is monotonic increasing function of the natural value of .

130

In the test version of implementation described above scheme for program of coding the computer files been applied code of C(0) the parametrical codeword class

(see Yu.A. Gadzjiev “About redundancy of coding in parametrical adaptive ranking scheme” in Trans. of DGTU, 1998, pp. 23-26). For this implementation was became the level of compression in means 80% by coding compact exe-files MSC7.0 compiler and nearly 40-60% by coding text or dbf-files. Since its own simply and apply oriented on bits streams this scheme foremost applied to digital channel of data transmitted for different hardware of technical control systems.

L. A. Kuznetsov, M. G. Zhuravlyova THE IDENTIFICATION OF THE CONNECTION BETWEEN RANDOM VALUES HAVING ANY DISTRIBUTION OF PROBABILITIES

The important task of the analysis of industrial systems is the estimation of connection between input and output values, allocation of the most significant input values (factors), which influence on output values (the functions of response). In the majority of existing techniques of the analysis it is supposed, that the values have normal distribution. However density function of the empirical data frequently does not correspond to such supposition. In this case coefficient of correlation can give incorrect results, therefore it is expedient to use other characteristics, attempt to develop which is undertaken in work.

In a basis of research the empirical data are used. Their processing is labour-consuming process requiring many of calculations. Therefore there was an idea to research an opportunity of reception the results by comparing the histograms of input and output random values not carrying out the further calculations. In the present work was executed the analysis of an opportunity of use the conditional probabilities between various groups of random values and criterion of quantity of the information for an estimation of narrowness of connection and choice most significant factors.

As a result of researches was received, that really immediately on samples it is possible to determine most closely connected with function of the response the input factors without the supposition about a normality density functions of researched values. For it in work the special coefficients of identification the connection on conditional probabilities and criterion of quantity of the information are entered and calculated. Their comparison with existing characteristics is given. The examples illustrating efficiency of the approach are resulted.

Kuznetsov L.A., Voronin A.S. INFORMATION MODEL FOR ANALYSIS OF CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN EMPIRICAL SETS

The paper deals with a problem which can be stated as follow: assume that Xn is a set of input variables and Ym is a set of output variables. A certain subset Y+ is specified

131

in set Y. It is necessary to determine such subset X+ on X, which would be the best the corespondent to subset Y+ in a sense.

Subsets X+ and Y+ are the areas of a certain form, specified in the space of input and output variables. They can be given as:

1) rectangular areas: yi'<yi<yi", i=1…m, xi'<xi<xi", i=1…n2) multidimensional elliptic areas (ellipsoids).The case when X+ and Y+ have the rectangular form was already been dealt with

in the literature on the subject[1]. This work is concerned with a case when X+ and(or) Y+

is shaped like a multidimensional elliptic area. A method of identification of correspondence is proposed using criterion of amount of mutual information as the base. An algorithm of identification is given.

The experiments have demonstrate that the value of the amount of information for the elliptical areas is approximately 10-30 % more than for rectangular area with the same data. Consequently, it is possible to make a conclusion that the use of methods of identification correspondence with elliptic areas can be justified in situations in which the duration of the identification process is not a critical value and high-performance computers are used for identification.

References1. Kuznetsov L.A. Identification of Subsets Correspondence of Two Spaces/ Proc. Inter. AMSE

Confer. “Information & Systems method for Engineering Problems”, Dec 28-30,1993, Malta/AMSE Press, V.2, pp.3-9.

Gurbanova L.I. ABOUT ONE ALGORITHM of the AUTOMATIC ANALYSIS of an ARITHMETIC FORMULA

In this article the algorithm of generation of the arithmetic formulas on the basis of the offered formula is suggested. The arithmetic formula is considered as connection of one parameter with other different parameters through arithmetic operations.

The special oriented cyclic graphs for preservation of the information about the simple arithmetic formulas are offered. Every such of the graphs allows generating all formulas, which may be obtained from an initial formula. Algorithm of formation of the graph for the formulas being a superposition of the considered simple formulas also is offered. The vertices of such graph are described as oriented cyclic subgraph, which has three vertices.

In the article it is offered use of the doubly linked circular lists, which elements are linked circular lists of three nodes, for computer realization above described graphs. Such representation of the formulas allows generating all formulas, which may be obtained from initial formula, or to define the formula for calculation of necessary parameter.

The offered representation of the formulas further allows using the universal program for calculation of the formulas. Such program generates any necessary formula for definition of necessary parameter on the basis of the given arithmetic formula.

There is a computer realization of the offered algorithm.

132

V.V.Prokhorov, D.V.Smirnov, A.N.Starikov COMPUTING OF MATHEMATICAL FUNCTIONS ON THE BASIS OF COMPUTATIONAL PROXY SERVERS INTERNET

It is useful for many reseaches and industry to use resources of powerful mainframes. It is fruitful to apply interactive and remote access to powerful computing servers hosted on the Internet. Wide spreading approaches, such as based on telnet, are oriented on usage of mainframe by computer specialists and not suppose wide access of common user to computational resources.

There is proposed a general model of remote computing on the Internet in [1]. This model is based on the concept of computational proxy servers concept and visual object-oriented interfaces with natural metaphors. The aid of the model is making easy access to powerful computational resources for everybody. According to this model, web interface could be used to interact with computing proxy servers, which applies the supercomputer resources. This human-computer interaction allows to use computing resources without any knowledge of operating system.

Many mathematical functions require powerful resources, and it is fruitful to use computational proxy servers for for their computing. It is developed the software, which allow to incoporate a wide set of mathematical functions to computational proxy servers. The software provides effective computing, simplicity and comfort in use with the help of web interface.

Set of functions, realized on current proxy server base, includes more one hundred functions from various branches of mathematics, for example, linear algebra, differential equations, image processing.

This research is funded by the Russian Foundation of Basic Research (code 99-01-00468).

References1. Prokhorov V.V. Technology of computing resources use on the Internet on the base of computational

proxy servers// Algoritms and software of parallel calculations. Yekaterinburg: UB RAS, 1998. P. 256-267.

V.S.Kniazkov ALGEBRAIC FUNDAMENTALSES OF MASSIVE COMPUTATIONS IN ITERATED - BIT PROCESSOR SPACES

At a solution of many modern tasks the high-speed processing of data represented by multivariate bit maps is required. Research of mathematical base and methods of a solution of such tasks on the SIMD of a computer and systems has shown, that at constructing algorithms the special algebraic systems and structures, which are to the homomorphic classic Boolean algebra, and with other, take into account singularities of computations in multivariate processor spaces. For formal exposition, analysis and synthesis of algorithms for such processor spaces the application of a special algebraic system - S-algebra is expedient.

The carrier S-algebra is the set of Boolean matrixes ordered in computing space. As the metric of space the metric of the Moore is used.

133

The signature of S-algebra is made metric by independent operations of inversion, logical addition and multiplying and metric dependent operations of item permutation of units.

Definition 1. S-operation of the oriented shift Q N (A) the operation of mass permutation of units of a set A = { aij ; i=1,2,...,n , j=1,2,...,m, = 1 , 2 ,..., k } in metric space on N of positions without a modification of their values by the rule:

aij = a pqP ( a i j ) , if 1 p n , 1 q m , differently 0.

N - coefficient of permutation, defined on sets {n} and {m} depending on modality of the operation of shift.

Definition 2. S-operation of inversion the operation of mass replacement of values of units of a set A on their additions without a modification of a location in metric space: : С = A ,

A = { ai j ; i = 1,...,n , j = 1,..., m } , ai j = a 1 i j ,a 2i ja 3

i j .....a ki j .

Definition 3. S-operation of the disjunction the operation of mass logical addition of single units of two sets A = {a i j; i = 1,2..., n; j = 1,2..., m} and B = {b i j; i = 1,2..., n; j = 1,2..., m}, definite on the metric d1: C = A v B,

C = { c i j ; i= 1,2,...,n ; j = 1,2,...,m} , c i j = a i j v b i j = c1 i j ,c2 i j ,...,..ck-1 i j .Definition 4.. S-conjunction operation the operation of mass logical multiplying

of single units of two sets A = {a i j; i = 1,2..., n; j = 1,2..., m} and B = {b i j; i = 1,2..., n; j = 1,2..., m}, :

C = A B, C = { c i j ; i = 1,2,...,n ; j = 1,2,...,m } , c i j = a i j b i j = c1 i j ,c2 i

j ,...,..ck i j .Definition 5. S-function of disjunctive testing Tv (A) the operation a computation

of a Boolean function from (n x m) variables on a set A = { a i j ; i= 1,2,...,n ; j = 1,2,...,m} :

Tv ( A ) = a111 v a2

11 v ....v akmn = V ( a k

i j ) .Definition 6. S-function of conjunctive testing T& (A) the operation a

computation of a Boolean function from (n x m) variables on a set A= { a i j ; i = 1,2,...,n ; j = 1,2,...,m} :

T ( A ) = a111 a2

11 ... akmn = ( a k

i j).Definition 7. The set A is named as logical S-unit , If T ( A )=1, and logical

S- in zero , if TV ( A ) = 0.Definition 8. The set A is named as logical S-function, if its each unit a a i j

is a Boolean function f ( x 1, x 2 ,...,x g ), which one possess the value of logical zero or logical unit on a gang of logical variables x 1, x 2 ,...,x g .

In the report it is exhibited, that the laws of S-algebra are distinct from the classic laws of the Boolean Algebra because of singular properties of operations of space permutation. However in that specific case, at an information of a potency of units of the carrier to 1 and usage of operations of space permutation of an order zero S - the algebra is to isomorphous classic algebra of a Blister.

134

E. Smirnova ALGEBRA OF LIMITED PETRI TS-NET IN SIMULATION TASKS OF INTERACTIVE INFORMATION SYSTEMS WITH HYPERTEXT STRUCTURE

Hypertext systems have emerged as a new class of complex information management systems recently. These systems allow to create, annotate, link together, and share information from a variety of media such as text, graphics, audio, video, animation, and programs. Ideology of hypertexts mains interactive interface of human and information system. Usually, user can select own of restricted set of actions that depends from current state and transfers it in one of the next state. This property of hypertext (named as information structure dynamics) simplifies to organize the information retrieval by context linking, but it is not formalized. Absence of formalization mechanism improves complexity of such system creation. Development of mathematical hypertext engine can help to solve many problem related with building and maintenance of interactive infosystems having dynamical nonrelation structure and oriented on context retrieval.

Original conceptual model of hypertext [1] providing development of mathematical simulation mechanism which is similar relation algebra was created:

Hypertext A is combination of sets , where V – set of information elements; B – set of branches; S – set of active elements kits; F and H – representations

.Set V is hypertext information space consisting of different type elements sets:

, : . Kit of simultaneous active elements is named as scenarios . Current scenarios generates concrete user reaction expressing one of equal probabilistic branches (for the given set ). Permitting subset of branches from whole set cuts function F. At last, each branch by the aid representation H determines own subset of kit of active elements meant as scenarios .

Proposed concept model supposes natural realization based on theory of Petri net with some restrictions. This restrictions allow to solve problem of reachability in limited Petri net. As results limited Petri TS-nets was defined as subclass of limited Petri net. Investigation of special properties of limited Petri TS-nets allow to represent them as subclass of classical Petri net and provides to use them as adequate simulation mechanism of hipertext information structure. Definition kit of operations on class limited Petri TS-nets with decision of information space completeness due to additional operations finishes process of constructing of formal hypertext simulation mechanism. Character language of limited Petri TS-nets was created for realizaton of described conception in form of algorithms and programs.

References1. G.M. Emelyanov, E.I. Smirnova Logical Model Of Hypertext Image Database //Pattern Recognition

and Image Analysis.-1999.-Vol.9, № 3.

N.R.Allahverdiyeva, A.M.Mehdiyeva CORRECTING FILTRATION OF METRICAL SIGNALS

135

On the modern stage paramount value is conducted optimization of processes of exchange (getting, transformations, collection, issues, processing and presentations) metrical information in information-measurement systems (IMS) for raising accuracy of results of measurements, checking, diagnosticses and object identifications to automations with provision for available technical-econmic restrictions.

At optimization IMS usually on the first plan is brought forth problem to minimization an inaccuracy of measurements. Decision of this problem is vastly complicated under numerical measurements of unceasing and changing during values. However exactly such output signals characteristic of the big class of the sources information. The Second obstacle to optimization IMS is a deficit a priori information for characteristics, measured values, disturbing factors, intermediate and end results of deciding the main functions and problems, as well as submachines an metrical and computing subsystems. At the syntheses optimum IMS, working in the dynamic mode, problem of negotiation a priori uncertainty else more is aggravated. Considering that high accuratical dynamic measurements become mass, given problem actual for the further development information-mertrical technology (technicians) as a whole.

Correcting filtration of rezults of measurements have goodly value for creation more effective communicatory metrical systems.

In practice this problem solves in two directions:-a shaping and entering a correction in the result steady-state (nearly statical)

measurements;- correcting filtration of results of dynamic measurements.Significant results in the direction of raising accuracy of steady-state

measurements received in functioning (working) the many researchers. However, using these results to dynamic measurements possible under essential restrictions on the frequency spectrum of signals.

Majority of computing algorithms of secondary processing, analysis and presentation of results an user has a single-line nature, so they sensitive to noises, being present in all input metrical data. This circumstance speaks of that that correcting filtration it is necessary and in step of numerical analog value measurements, and in step of the preprocessing of metrical data.

In work by us made syntheses optimum high-frequency and low-frequency correcting filters for raising accuracy of metrical tract for the broad class assessed on the input signal of noises with provision for the deficit a priori information of comparatively the most useful signal.

We have also made the syntheses of optimum algorithms of processing metrical data with noise with provision for filterring characteristics of used processing operators.

Budazhapova B.B. STRATEGY OF DETERMINATION THE PATH OF MOVING A MOBILE TRANSPORT ROBOT BY MEANS OF THE GRAPH OF ADJACENT AREAS AND LEE’S WAVE ALGORITHM

136

The strategy of path planning for robot moving is described. In the article by means of graph and Lee’s wave algorithm. Source working space is devided on four rectangles, sizes of which are equal to half of length of corresponding sides. Fission is produced consecutively left to right.

When deviding on rectangles the algorithm is checked is obstacle belongs to some of them. If in this hutch inheres an obstacle or even part of obstacles, this hutch is splitted on four hatches again. Limit of deviding, when size of hutch will is like size of hutch of standard wave algorithm. As soon as hatches including obstacles were determined, all these hutches are rejected and stay only free for moving hutches. On this free hutches all possible variants of achievement from the start point S to finish – point F are defined. All of them will be presented by several single-line area lists. Created list of free for moving hutches, is created moreover each hutch has information on its relationships with borderring hutches, which presents an earl of adjacency - name its more exactly "earl of adjacency of areas". On this area lists wave is started.

From all tinned ways one way as optimal way for robot moving is selected. This choice must satisfacts to one of the next criterions:

a) Minimum lengths of way.b) Minimum time of passings from point S to point F.When combining these two methods for the determination of path of a mobile

robot moving main defect of graph theory is avoided. Only that graph used which robot gets goal and graph which do not gets goal in the list are not included. This allows greatly to reduce an amount of considered variants.

Shedeeva S.D. MODELING OF THE ADAPTABLE PROCESS IN MAKE CONSTRUCTION FROM THE POLYMERIC COMPOSITE MATERIALS(PCM)

The continuous reeling of a ribbon from the composite materials on the shaped surface of the technological frame is the most wide-spread and perspective method of make construction from PCM.

The system of automation programs in process of reeling on the numerical programs control machine that make for the home manufacture calculated from the make of the circle form details give sizable errors. Therefore arise control problem of the composite ribbon movement and it adaptation to the variable forms of the complex technical surfaces of construction.

So wishing improve construction quality and decrease it weight, no miss that fact, what surface characteristics and, however, an orientation, a deformation, the intense state of ropes change both along line of reeling and by width of a ribbon. These changes considered, may qualify such envelope characteristics as a thickness, a strength, a density of ribbon packing, their lie downing to the surface and to choose the rational ribbon width for the concrete surface. Solution of this problem demand a working the adaptable model that the most full consider all the reel features of the complex surfaces. It let to increase production of this technological process, to improve the quality of construction.

To construct a model necessary to make an experiment, to find the functional dependence, to determine a fault of dimension and size of the finding fault. At present solution of a problem of the mathematical project and calculation for the reeling line of

137

the composite ribbon on the frame surface, for the forming envelope of the reeling size and for a form of the technological ending obtain an emphasis.

References 1. B.M.Kein. Theory of a control. - L.1976.

Antonova E.I., Sapotskiy C.M. THE EXTENDED INTERFACE IN THE SYSTEM OF INTELLIGENT SUPPORT OF INSPECTION PATIENTS

The doctor's activities automation problem till now remains unsolved. The important part of this problem is inspection patients. In 1992 System of Intelligent Support of Inspection Patients for the various experts were created in the expert systems department of IACP FEBRAS. The experienced using of this system has shown that the interface in the existing version does not complement to all requirements, showed to such systems.

Mobility of knowledge, used in professional activity is characteristic for the domain of Medicine, therefore the basic requirement to the previous version of system was fast ability of modification. Lacks of the previous version have allowed to determine a new problem. It's the development of dialogue in System of Intelligent Support of Inspection Patients, having in mind the user's needs and the requirements to ability of modification.

Principles, that allowed to take into account peculiarities of developed systems during designing, have been applied at development of dialogue in the specified system.

Designing extended dialogue poured out in a number of researches, which allowed to understand, what's necessary to include in the interface of system for the user to could work with the machine, with most effectiveness, simplicity, convenience and clearness, while solving the applied problems.

Executing the specified researches on system's users showed that the users differ as well on medical specialization, as on the experience in use of computers. The user distinctions have received reflection in developed system's options.

In the extended version of the interface such peculiarities of subject domain, as: the dictionary - set of the medical terms, documentation - accepted formats of the documents (medical forms) and symbols - standard medical diagrams (given by objective researches) were concerned. Means of supporting the ability of modification of the dictionary (description of the circuit of submitted knowledge as of connected library), were offered to be represented as hypertext. The blank forms of the test documents become referenced as the tables. A graphic file and set of graphic primitives, connected with them represent the diagrams. Such organization of external data allows to connect those parts of dialogue from the outside, which undergo greatest changes at updating a nucleus of expert system. Besides the spelling hypertext is not such complex task.

V.B. Silin PECULIARITIES OF SPECTRAL ANALYSIS OF NON-STATIONARY TACHOGRAM IN CARDIOLOGY

138

Nowadays, spectral analysis is one of the perspective trends of mathematics analysis of heart work. However, researchers face some problem. First of all it depends on the fact that tachogram are non-stationary, which is itself a serious obstacle for spectral methods.

This circumstance is discussed in the following article.As an object of research we consider a sequence of intervals between

heartbeats, where - a beat number in a row of beats. Choosing the formal model of the process for tachogram representing we considered all the proposals that had been discussed in literature. One of them is eventual with the use of delta-functions spectral presentation. The presentation of a tachogram as a sequence with unequal intervals is also among them. And the last one is an approximate presentation of the same sequence with equal intervals on the basis of preliminary interpolation of initial process with unequal intervals.

Summing it up in this work we used 2 versions of models according to the presentation of circulation system as a two-loop regulation system:

- an additive model, for witch and , where - an interval mean , - trend variation (a low – frequency component) and - a quick component variation;

- a multiplicative model, for which , where and correspondingly, relative trend and quick component variations. In the process of models are equal under the condition that certain accurateness is maintained.

The separation of general variation to their components – trend variation and quick variation must correspond certain requirements:

1) statistics independence and ;2) minimum level of ;3) symmetry of variation distribution;4) frequency of specter and separation must be equal to 0.04 Hz.The separation is carried out with the assistance of slide filtration of the full

tachogram by adapted finite impulse response filter , where - weighting coefficients, - number of coefficient, for which ; - filter size, and

- integer ; - filter parameter, (for integers is the degree of fitting

polynomial degree). The sequence is formed in the process of filtration . Then follows the sequence . The separation of the sequence to sequences

and is an adaptive iteration numeral procedure with an argument . Then all the sequences , and will be objects of direct spectral transformation.

Standard methods of correlation theory lay in the basic of spectral estimation calculation. It is connected with the fact that autocorrelation functions got while calculation of spectral estimation realization let certain quantity and conclusions about the researched process be formed.

Combined autocorrelation and spectral functions analysis let us research the stationary of tachogram. In particular, according to the forms of the functions it is possible to choose such an interval of observation, that tachogram can be regarded as almost stationary. That is necessary for very application of spectral methods. Let’s stress

139

that in many cases the length of tachogram permissible for such a processing is not 100-150 counts more.

Autocorrelation and spectral functions comparison also permit to speak about nonlinear phenomenon in a tachogram.

Summing up the results of the previous procedures application we may conclude the following:

1. Slow component of a tachogram – trend, remarkable for its sharp non-stationary, which distort the spectral analysis tachogram results. However, it is necessary to get an autocorrelation function of a trend.

2. Quick component can be highly stationary.3. The removal of a trend from the initial tachogram gives possibility to edit

tachograms to remove various artifacts. It also makes possible to apply spectral procedures to the quick component.

4. Trend calculation makes it possible to quantitatively evaluate various outward influences on the cardiorythm.

Sofronov S.A., Moshev E.R., Ryabchikov N.M. THE SYSTEM OF PREDICTION OF RESIDUAL LIFE TIME FOR TECHNOLOGICAL PIPE-LINES

On large industrial plants with a large number of different pipe-lines there is a problem of a uniform control behind their state and well-timed replacement. The operating now system of scheduled repairs is ineffective, and its any alternative requires processing an enormous information quantity, and also technique of processing. We design the automized system, which will allow the user to inspect practically unlimited number of pipe-lines for necessity of holding of their repair. As base firm for implantation of the program we will use "Permnefteorgsintes". The nameplate data of each of inspected objects (length, diameter, performance parameters), and also data of regular inspections of width of walls of each of them are stored in the system. Through a original technique, designed on faculty of Process & Equipment, the program on the basis of data of thickness measuring evaluates with given probability residual life time of operation of the given object. In this process the system should exhibit flexibility and sometimes to utillize nonstandard methods of calculation, since in a reality of entered datas it happens unsufficiently for probability estimation or these data are apparently uncertain. On the basis of the obtained probable values of an output of objects out of operation program makes the most effective graph of repairs. Except for this main function in the system are included also set supplementary (operation with technical repair documentation, printing of the reports, review of delineations, etc.), that the mechanics converts it into the powerful tool.

Chistyakov A.A., Moshev E.R., Ryabchikov N.M INTEGRAL SOLUTIONS ON AUTOMATION OF FORECASTING OF RESIDUAL RESOURCE (SAFE LIFE) OF TECHNOLOGICAL VEHICLES AND DOCUMENT CIRCULATION OF TECHNICAL DIVISIONS(SUBDIVISIONS)

140

In conditions of rigid economy of resources, industrial establishments go over from a scheduled -periodic repairs of the technological park regime to repairs based on consideration of a current state of park with the purpose of vehicles being completely worn out. Within the framework of this direction we work out a comprehensive program of automation of residual resources prediction, and according to these data, keeping of the electronic passports of technological equipment and optimization, making operations connected with repairs and substitution of the equipment. Such adoption of a system, together with the solution of classical problems of automated document circulation makes the management of three main resources of a modern enterprise, which are time, human and material ones, optimal at a level of repair and mechanical subdivisions. Actually, despite of the program operates on the principles of rigid algorithms, it will be a decision support system for the managers of an average section on scheduling subdivisions’ activity. The horizon of planning of the system, being logical depended on primary data, will extend with increasing of a number of calculated vehicles, and at a definite stage it will be possible to speak about coming off on a level of strategic planning.

The analogs of the similar complex system of technological calculations and optimization of planning repairs, which be localized with appreciation of standards and techniques of GOST, do not exist in the market. Spectrum of the problems solved by the system potentially is very wide, that makes the given product being out of frameworks of the classical concept of АWP. The calculations of strength and residual resource, based on design parameters and data of measuring the thickness, are the kernel of the system, or the basis for further planning and optimization. The techniques of calculations worked out by us are in accordance with the requirements of GOST. They have passed approbation on the local calculations for the majority of vehicles’ types.

T.M.Mansurov PROCEDURE OF SOLUTION OF COMPLICATED PROBLEMS ON FREE-DIMENSIONAL HOMOGENEOUS COMPUTATIONAL STRUCTURES AND MEDIA

The purpose of development of computer engineering is the achievement of super high productivity, reliability and guarantee of realization of algorithms of solution of the complicated problems.

The required productivity is provided by maximum paralleling of algorithms of solution of problems and optimal representation of these algorithms in the free-dimensional homogeneous computational structures and media (CSM).

That's why, mathematical formulation and procedure of solution of problems on free-dimensional CSM are suggested in this work.

Spatially suppose that CSM is located on the first octant of Cartesian of coordinates XYZ. Let's take the poles O1(i=1, n) of algorithms Pi(i=1, n) of peak of the left bottom and angles of their bases.

Then a mathematical formulation of a problem will include:1) condition of the representation of algorithms P1(i, n) in the given part of

three-dimensional CSM:fi(xi, yi, zi) 0, i = 1, n,

141

2) condition of mutual non-intersection of algorithms P1(i, n) to be represented:

fij(xi, yi, zi, xj, yj, zj) 0, i = 1, n; j = 1, n3) effectiveness function of representation:

where - operation, R - conjunction.Thus the given problrm is brought to searchMin k(z): zG0

Where g0 is defined by systems of inequalities (1) and (2).In view of the above given, it is neceserry to limit by not searching of min k(z):

zG0, but by it's such value which is sufficient close to optimal one.The solution of the given problem will apparently include the following

procedures:- search of local extremum;- exhaustive search of the local extremum to be found.

To increase the speed of finding the local extremum becomes possible by the successive isolated representation method which can be represented by the following interactive formula:

Ki = Ki-1V1min zij G0(zij + hij) (4)The successive - isolated representation method to be defined by the formula (4)

when applied to this problem is implemented by the following algorithm.1. Numbers from 1 to n are assigned to all algorithms Pj(i = 1, n) to be

represented in accordance with the natural series of numbers.2. It is somehow chosen the number sequence A00, each number of which

corresponds to the number of a definite algorithm.3. According to the sequence A00, we perform the optimal representation of

algorithms Pij (i = 1, n) on the bases of Q0 which is implemented by the following interative formulae:

K1i = k1i-1V1 minxijq0(xij + aij), (5)Where i = 1, k; k10 = 0. It is obvious that this formulae is analogus to (4). If k<n

in the formulae (5), then t = k+1 in the formulae (4).Thus, the suggested procedure enables to represent optimally the three-

dimenisional algorithms of solution of complicated problems into three-dimenisional CSM and better organize the functions process of computional structures and media.

Smolkin V. P. RELIABILITY ANALYSIS OF FOREIGN PERSONAL COMPUTERS

The key figure of the equipment safety is reliability. For unrepairable equipment parts and repairable parts till their first failure, reliability is defined by three parameters:

-survival probability-average time of no-failure operation-failure rate.

142

Besides, the property of repairable equipment parts, which defines the duration of their work between failures is specified by:

-mean-time-between failures-failure flow parameter.Numerical value of each of the parameters for any equipment is its reliability

characteristic. The reliability characteristic analysis, based on theoretical premises offers a complex problem, since it requires affect accounting of numerous factors, conditioned by material properties, structural features, external action intensity. etc. As an example, one can note six factors, which affect a computer operation and each of these factors is able to damage it:

-extremal temperatures,-dust,-noise interference,-mains supply break down,-corrosion,-magnetic fields, and also subjective operational factors.Therefore, the reliability characteristics, even for simple computer components are

obtained on the empirical data basis. With this, it is insufficient to test only one computer for getting the reliability characteristics, since even the same computers have different reliability because of the spread in parameters and different quality of their elements and materials. Although, nowadays there is no any method for reliable determination of the computer reliability characteristics beforehand, one can obtain their probability values, if one has some information on test results or numerous computer operation. A body of mathematics for reliability calculation in this case must be the probability theory and mathematical statistics.

One can perform the reliability calculation at different life cycle stages:-while designing, on the basis of the reliability analysis for every equipment

component,-while carrying out tests of definite equipment quantity, presented for tests,-on the basis of the equipment operation analysis. The reliability calculation of the

foreign personal computers needs to be done only on the basis of the personal computer operation analysis, since:

1. The reliability of the foreign personal computer components is unknown and there are no any data in the national or foreign literature. It is very likely, that this information is a commercial secret of companies, engaged in accessory parts production.

2. There are no information regarding test performance of the foreign personal computers, though certain articles appear in the national press.

Therefore, the reliability calculation of the foreign personal computers is made on the basis of their operation analysis

Gliznutsin V.E., Gliznutsina E.S., Prjahina N.V. THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM OF CURRENT RATINGOF MANAGERIAL TASKS

143

Contemporary corporate automated managerial systems of enterprise give an opportunity to collect, to store and to transform accounting information to the mode suitable for making managerial decisions. The final decisions are made by man , so the systems work in the interactive way. The increase of efficiency of management may be achieved at expense of current correction of managers’ knowlege about significance and mutual influence of different decisions. The significance is considered according to the aims of the enterprise and is formulated by the financial indicators [1].

The automated system of current rating of managerial tasks is worked out. The system has the following entries:

1) the vector of modules of the organizational structure of enterprise; 2) the matrix of mutual impacts of financial indicators ÌÂÂ with the dimension

(mxm), where m is the number of financial indicators modelling the aims of this module. This matrix is imported from the system of automated accounting;

3) the fuzzy matrix of tasks ÌAA with the dimension (nxn), where n is the number of managerial tasks solved by this module. This matrix presents incidences of the multitude of managerial tasks by themselves. The elements of this matrix are entered by the manager of a certain level;

4) the fuzzy matrix of tasks ÌAB with the dimension (nxm). It presents the incidences of the multitude of managerial tasks by the multitude of financial indicators of this module. The elements of this matrix are also entered by the manager of a certain level.

The methodology of detection of lost influences is realized in the suggested system. The maxmin multiplication with the incidences of the third degree is constructed according to this methodology [2]:

ÌÀÂ’= ÌÀÀ ÌÀÂ ÌÂÂ (1)

The matrix ÌÀÂ’ displays more precise incidences of the multitude of managerial tasks on the multitude of financial indicators of this module and therefore on the aims of the enterprise. The procedure of calculation of the ratio of managerial tasks is realized on the base of the matrix ÌÀÂ’.

The automated system of current rating of managerial tasks has the following exits:1) the matrix ÌÀÂ’ allowing the manager to see deviations of his knowledge

from the real state and to understand the causes of these deviations; 2) the vector of managerial tasks with elements which are odered according

to their ratio.The system has been tested on the data of a certain enterprise which produces and

realizes its producs.The directories of modules of the organizational structure, their managerial tasks and financial indicators have been completed in the process of setting.

For example, as to the modules «Shop» the following tasks have been determined:1) the equipment; 2) the receiving and preparing of goods for realization; 3)

the service of buyers; 4) the monitoring of goods and cash; 5) the collecting of marketing information.

Besides, the following financial indicators have been determined : 1) the taxes; 2) the sales; 3) the carring value of the equipment; 4) the purchase price of goods; 5) the markup on goods.

144

As a result, certain problems of business activity of the enterprise have been solved. Thus, the tools to increase the efficiency of enterprise with the help of the current rating of managerial tasks on the base of accounting information are worked out.

References 1. Хан Д. Планирование и контроль: концепция контроллинга: Пер. с нем. - М.: Финансы и статистика, 1997. - 800с.: ил.2. Кофман А., Хил Алуха Х. Модели для исследований скрытых воздействий: Пер. с исп. – Мн.: Выш.шк., 1993. – 160 с.

Blyudina L.C., Blyudina U.A. QUALITATIVE METHODS IN SOCIOLOGY: THE PROBLEM OF DATA TREATMENT

Every science has its own history - its own beginning and own specifics of development. Quantitative methods have dominated in Russian sociology for a long time. These methods sought to collect and analyze statistics and resulted in the rapid development of survey methods which were accompanied by various suitable computer programmes. Huge changes have occurred in the last decade within Russian sociology, including a shift of emphasis towards qualitative methods: unstructured interviews; participant observation; biographical methods; life-histories; etc. Traditional computer methods for data treatment are irrelevant for qualitative methods of data gathering in the social sciences. Therefore the development of adequate models and methods of sociological data treatment is very important at the present time.

From 1996 to 1998 the Scientific Research Centre ‘REGION’ participated in a joint Russian-British research project entitled ‘Images of the West amongst Russian youth’. This research focused upon the actual reception and interpretation of images of the West, and on general portraits of the West, Western countries and Western cultures amongst Russian young people. Besides a standardized survey, the researchers used the following methods of data-gathering: discourse analysis of various media; participant observation; qualitative interviews (both individual and group). The total amount of transcribed texts constituted approximately 3,000 pages.

During the project the problem arose of creating a complex system of data storage and treatment as the data existed, not in the form of statistics, but in the form of text. An adequate method of data treatment was found by using the ACCESS computer package for Windows 95.

The implementation of this package allowed: the full use of the related data base for data treatment and the forming of conclusions; and the integration of data from Einmaleins Excel and other data bases. Standard OLE is able to embed or link, text data, spreadsheet data and video and pictures, from the Windows application into tables.

The language procedure ‘Visual Basic’ has been used for programming in ACCESS, with the addition of object-solutions and elements of SQL. Three main data base files were created for data storage and treatment:

- Respondent - including information about the respondents.- Interview - including information about the results of the interviews.- Questions - including information about the answers to questions.

145

The use of five additional tables allowed the researchers to increase the speed of data entry, decrease the percentage of mistakes, and the volume of main memory. The system of Menus and screen forms made the interface convenient for the user. The search for answers and questions allowed the researchers to obtain all the necessary information in a accessible form. Due to the created system of qualitative data treatment all the material collected during the three years of the research project can be grouped in a convenient form, that allows constant access to this information for further theoretical analysis.

Context depending HELPS and control over the data-entry increased the reliability of the working of this programme. The reference uniqueness and complexity are also supported by the system.

Thanks to the created programme system the changes occurring in contemporary Russian society can be easily understood, described and explained by Russian sociologists.

Khalilov A.I., Agaeva A.A. ON SOCIALLY ORIENTED COMPONENT OF THE MUNICIPAL INFORMATION SYSTEM

We consider an approach to the realization of one of the components of the municipal information system oriented to the servicing the information requirements of the citizens, residing, working or staying within the given municipality. During the design and implementation of such a component many factors are taken into account:

- An individual, his way of life, behavior, mentality, well being, interaction with the rest of society is influenced by many factors of environment among which one of the most important is the ability to reliably and timely receive the needed information;

- Such information by virtue of its diversity can be acquired from a wide number of sources, many data bases and local (corporate, departmental) information systems;

- The necessity to provide concrete information coming from multiple disperced sources envisages that municipal information system is based on up-to-date means of communication and telecommunication;

- The information that the citizens need depends considerably on decisions made on different levels of management. The process itself of making a decision, the system of its preparation have to do not only with factual statistical information but also to considerable extent with the knowledge, expert assessment. Thus the information system in question contains as technical components systems of decision making, expert systems, systems of artificial intellect and other means;

- Intercommunication between the user (citizen) and the system involves the presence of intelligent interface between the user and the front-end device of the system (which could be called infomate). I.e. socially oriented component stores and accumulates knowledge and manipulates with them on each step of the dialog.

Based on the above an approach is proposed to design and implement the municipal information system including its socially oriented component founded on:

- Structure-base technology;- Principles of multiplicativeness, user-friendliness, intellectuality;- Frame technology of the presentation of knowledge and its manipulation.

146

Filimonov V.A. «EKRAN»-TECHNOLOGY FOR RUSSIAN-CHINESE NEGOTIATIONS The structure of project «Ekran-In'-mu» [1, 2] for support of Russian-Chinese negotiations (accepted for 2-nd Exibition «Russian technologies», Harbin, China, 1997) presented at fig. 1.

Fig. 1. shows the structure of technology for support Russian-Chinese negotiationsImportant part of the project is formalization of 36 Chinese classical ruses by AI tools.

References1. Filimonov V.A. «EKRAN»-Technology for Collective of Experts. «Vestnik of Omsk university».- 1996.-N 2.- P. 20 - 22.2. Filimonov V.A. «EKRAN»-Technology for Experts and Politicians.- Proc. INFORADIO’96.- Novosibirsk: Institute of Mathematics SB RAS, 1998, P. 53 - 59.- (In Russian).

A.A. Rafanovich, A.A.Smagin THE PROBLEM OF AUTOMATIC DECISION OF A CLASS OF MATHEMATICAL TASKS

The article considers one of the possible approaches to the development of systems for the automatic decision of mathematical problems writtren on the natural language.

The considered approach of automation is based on the methods of expert systems, as well as on using a theory of conceptual graphs offered by J. Sowa.

There are described all main stages of automatic decision of a textual problem, however the basic attention we paid to the most complex of them, i.e. reduction of conceptual model of a task to its mathematical model.

If the model M is understood as a set of conceptual structures, then the steps of deciding a problem in general way can be present as follows:

1. MS=Mn Mn-1… M0

2. MS=Mn Mn-1… Mk=MA Mk-1… M0

Notation: MS - initial model of the task

147

MA - a model of any standard mathematical situation, final task model. M0 - model with the zero difficulty

The step of the given transformation chain is the one-period usage of an information operator, accordingly n represents the amount of using the operators required for the reduction of the initial task model to the one of zero difficulty, which could be interpreted also as the difficulty of decision of the problem.

Making a theory of automatic decision of problems enables to define a metrics on the space of problems based on determination of problem difficulty, that in turn allows to formalize a definition of a problem class. In the report some of the possible approaches to the difficulty of mathematical problems measurement based on the modified theory of difficulty of J. Traub are considered (Difficulty of the problem is defined as a difficulty of optimum algorithm). Also some features and main concepts of programming the intellectual systems by means of new designed problem-oriented language CONST are considered.

SESSION 7

STUDENTS’ SESSION

А.О.Kolesnikov, Z.Kuehn TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION OF PHOTOGALLERIES IN THE ENVIRONMENT OF INTERNET ON THE BASIS OF A DBMS ORACLE

The creation of photogalleries in the environment the Internet on the first sight is the trivial task of development of a set of HTML-files coupled among themselves definitely and containing necessary illustrations and the textual information. However in a case, when the photogallery contains very much plenty of photos and the same photos appear in several sets, the task of shaping and modification of appropriate Web-pages essentially becomes complicated. To reduce complexity of such operation it is possible at the expense of a storage of photos in a data base. Thus there is a possibility of support of the advanced requests of the users providing as search, and shaping special sets, fitting to the defined tags.

The development of a means of creation photogalleries in the environment the Internet on the basis of a DBMS Oracle is carried out now within the framework of the joint project fulfilled by forces of the technicians UlSTU and high technical school of city Darmstadt. Contents of photogallery should reflect all areas of cooperating of two educational institutions. The tables of data bases provide a storage of photos, their classification tags and descriptions used in various sets.

148

The performers of the project geographically are remote. For support of their operation above a common data base two methods are used:

Transfer of variations on an electron mail and embedding of these variations in a data base manually; Data modification through the special server application and package of the dialogue forms of Web-page of the environment of development of photogalleries operating through CGI.

The defined part of operations on creation of photogallery is fulfilled in a mode to direct operation from a DBMS Oracle through telnet. In the brought below table all fundamental operations fulfilled at creation photogallery, and interfaces, used at it are listed:

Function Operation with Oracle through

telnet

Interaction through CGI

Usage of an electron mail

Creation of a package of the

tables+ - -

Handle of access rights of the users + - +

Upgrade of a data base - + +

Debugging of the software + - +

Other operations - - +

G.A. Artemiev, N.O. Gracheva, R. Kamolov MULTIMEDIA TEST OF INTELLECTUAL POSSIBILITIES OF THE MAN

The tests of various types such as the tests for enter in HIGH SCHOOLS, tests of offsets and examinations, and also interactive lectures, training programs and many other tests and programs. are wide spread in many countries of the world now. For example, IQ test, permitting to estimate a level of intelligence, is used in many countries at enter in various educational institutions and even in some establishments. Such test has been created in a Centre of multimedia engineering development and is prepared for issuing.

The test includes an enter picture, main menu, help, tests immediately, analysis of the answers and demonstrating of the right solutions. At passage from one units to another, for example, from the menu to the tests, the audio and video fragments play. The help represents guiding on use the program with the sound explanations and demonstrating of basic operations. The help is called from the basic menu, which also ensures calls of the tests and exit from the program. After the analysis of the answers and count of outcomes, the user has the possibility to look through the right answers on problems of the test with the explanations. Also program is supplemented by two logic games.

149

At development of the test the authors used the following software: 3D Studio MAX, Gold Wave and multimedia package Tool Book.

ToolBook is a gang of constructions of the software, which can be used for development of applications for Windows. The applications ToolBook have all properties of applications for Windows - graphic user interface, programming controlled interruptions, ability to work with other applications Windows.

ToolBook allows to work practically with all types of graphic files, to reproduce a video and audio fragments, to create animation and graphic plants of any type of complexity. As ToolBook can use all functions Windows and to insert objects (OLE). The use of the programming language OpenScript facilitates work for the people knowing the English language considerably. ToolBook-II allows to create the programs for work in computer nets and Internet.

Due to such wide variety of tools, ToolBook allows to create the testing programs on a high level, using animation and sound support.

N. Milyaev OBJECT-ORIENTED APPROACH TO TECHNICAL OBJECTS DESCRIPTION

Nowadays computer-aided technical writers (CATW) is a perspective, quickly developed branch of the software industry. Our CATW is destined for creation of technical documentation (such as manuals) based upon the object-oriented way of the technical device description.

The basic principle of this approach consists in following: technical object is described as a aggregate of its objects-constituents. For example, the TV set could be described through its buttons, levers, other controls. Afterwards manipulations which could be made upon every control are described. Also you should to describe results which these manipulations lead to and some conditions to be performed. For example, you can press the button until it clicks, and then the TV set will turn on. Preciseness of such description may vary, depending of complexity of the device to be described.

This could seemed to complex. However, we should noticed that devices of one type are usually consist of similar elements. Thus, once described such elements and putting it to repository, we can create afterwards a vide range of similar devices based upon such unified elements descriptions. We should only to correct some relations between these elements and their properties.

The given description then to be translated into the complete manual, simultaneously the structure of the text forming, grammatical agreement and numeration will be performed automatically.

The given approach, except the simplicity and quickness of manual creation, promises the following benefits: easy obtaining of multilingual manuals or manuals with different rubricating either by interface controls or by context of manipulation.

150

V.I. Smirnov, V.I. Abakumov, V.V. Zharkov, M.G. Ilyin MULTI-FUNCTIONAL VIRTUAL DEVICE

The virtual device is intended for reformation of the signals of inductive and whirlwind sensor types as well as for input of measurement results into a personal computer. The new scheme of the first transformer can shorten the time of one measurement. The characteristics of software feature are given.

Under the virtual device we understand a device, which electronic part is constructively placed inside a personal computer, but control is realised with the help of the keyboard or "mouse". The base of such devices is a special plate for collection of data. Adaptation of device to decision of concrete problem is produced with the help of corresponding software. Many virtual devices are used as multi-functional oscilloscopes, analysers of spectrum, generators of signals of the special form, wide-range radio.

Our device is intended for the decision of problems peculiar to inductive and whirlwind sensors (1). Constructively it is executed in the manner of the special plug-in card for PC and its special feature is an original primary converter scheme allowing to improve main metrological features of sensors. The plate is the completed device which uses the principle Plug & Play. The convenient graphic interface easily allows to set up the device for the decision of specific problems, to supervise process of measurements and to correct it as required. Software allows to decide the following problems:

- Parameter measurement of vibrations, rotating frequencies and values of real beating the objects of rotor-type. There is a procedure to numerical filtrations (windows Hanning, Hamming, Blackmann and other). Program is intended basically for the tasks of vibro-diagnostic of different sort of mechanisms and machines.

- Numerical multi-functional oscilloscoping. Program is intended for the measurement of parameters of quickly-flowing mechanical processes, for instance, striking influences. There is a procedure of wait mode, allowing to begin a process of measurements at a necessary moment of the time. There is a possibility of program changing a gain factor of signal, frequencies of request the sensors, amounts of simultaneously used measurement channels.

- Measurement of geometric sizes of objects by means of inductive sensors of osculation. Program is intended for operative checking of sizes of objects of the uncomplicated form on the test of output them for limits of tolerances.

- Measurement of dynamic viscosity of fluid and herd-like materials.Determination of viscosity is produced on the base of registrations by means of

inductive sensors of fading the turning fluctuations in the control ambience.- Measurement of moisture of materials on the base of weight method, concludes

in registrations of time dependency of mass of test under infrared drying. Four inductive force- measurement converters is use for the extension of dynamic range of measurements.

References1.The inductive proximity sensor: Industry’s workhorse/ Eaton William// I and CS/-1989,-№9,c51-53.

151

V.V. Kornienko METHODIC OF DEVELOPMENT AND USING OF EDUCATIONAL COURSES OF DISTANCE EDUCATION

Next stages of development and inculcation of educational courses of distance education (DE) is suggesting:

1. Choising of common methodical model of DE;2. Choising3. of mathematical model of course presentation;4. Developing of functional tools of system based on local area network

(developing of informational materials, studying aims, tests);5. Adaptation system for global networking.

Next methodical models of DE are distinguished:Model of distributed class – interactive telecommunication technologies is

distributing course which count on for class or student’s group, allocated in different places. Learning is include synchronic communication – students and tutors must be in depended place in depended time. Usually students are studying at home or on workplace.

Model of independent training – there are is not necessary for students to be in depended place in depended time. Students have all necessary materials of studying. Students and tutors are interacting over electronic communication tools. There are no studies in classes, students are interacting with tutor and with other students sometime. Students gets information for education over printed materials, computer disks or video. They can learn it anywhere and anytime.

Model of open education + class – includes using printed materials and other methods which allows to learn a course with suitable speed in combination with interactive telecommunications for organizing conversation of students inside remote group. Content of course is distributing over printed materials, computer discs or video. Students can learn it anywhere and anytime, in group or personal. Materials is using more than one semester and different for each teacher. Periodically students and tutors are meeting for works in group, consultation, passing laboratory works, modeling and other application research.

By character of presentation of material we can select:Linear scheme of presentation – it is characterizing by continuously presentation

of study items with speed of learning by student.Parallel net scheme of presentation – it is presentation in form of parallel net

graph model. It allow to build formal description of pass condition between graph’s items independently for each graph’s transition. Use of this scheme is allow to make very flex model of studying of material.

It is important in this technology to produce of informational resources and interface system tools. Preliminary this system will be release in local area network. For developing of local model of DE, correctly tools of professional environment of remote education which invariant for studying course in MS Windows systems is dedicated this work.

For global models of DE can be used three ways of network connection: off-line, on-line and IP (internet Protocol). For a local networks is not necessary to talk about way

152

of connection – workstation either it turned on or turned off. All able services in global models (e-mail, FTP, WWW, IRC –services) can be fully release in local models.

In present time is developing “Navigator of knowledge” in Institute of DE in join with CT department of UlSTU. This system allows:

- training on base of electronic methodical materials;- making questionnaire, test, self- and control works of students;- control for activity and successful training if students;- append new courses and other materials in database.In base of system is using model of independent training as methodical model.

Producing of learning material as parallel net scheme allow to build formal description of pass condition between graph’s items. Independent defining of this rules for each graph’s transmission can allow to build flex studying model from strictly regimentation to independent training.

In base of technical realizing of system is client-server technology if Internet/intranet networking. This property allow to use this system in networks from local class network to global networking.

A. V. Safonov AUTOMATED LEARNING COURSE “INTERFACES OF THE COMPUTER”

The section “Interfaces of Computer” is included into various disciplines of educational plans. Basic difficulty at study of this unit is that this section contains a lot of information (for example tables of condition, timing diagrams), which requires dynamical representation. And also the majority of an information on this theme in the books is obsolete or is inaccessible. The information exists in Internet, but it is problematic to find it is not systematized.

In educational course the following parts are represented: the interfaces – common information, work of the interface, the timing diagrams of work.

The automated educational course is oriented on deriving: theoretical know of a device and work of interfaces, skills to analyze processes, skill of development of tools of interfaces, use of interfaces, skills of reading of the timing diagrams.

As information resources there are used: manuals of corporation of the developers of interfaces placed in Internet, information resources, which represent a various engineering information on interfaces, additional information from manuals (books) on interfaces.

V. Kornyshev THE SYSTEM OF WEB-PUBLISHING CURRICULI

When means of Intranet University management are created, there occurs a problem of arranging the information resources to be available under various circumstances. The report is about the solving the problem for electronic curriculum.

153

The electronic curriculum should reflect the educational activity of university clerks, teachers, and departments. Such activity is rather various, and so are the formats for the curriculum Intranet publications. The system of curriculum WEB publications allows to pay attention to all the informational needs of the departments, dean’s offices, teachers, students, entrants. To keep the information of a curriculum, a MSSQL Server 6.5 database is used. CGI-scripts are used to generate dynamic HTML documents. The basic languages are PERL, JavaScript. A subsystem of access authorization is built in the system, that allows to control the rights of reading and modification. The system also gives the possibility of saving basic curriculum backups. It is possible to change the curriculum and save different versions, saving the original version as it was.

Now the system passed the step of the technical design and is under implementation. The DB editor and the interface are ready. This project is a part of an Informatization programme of Ulyanovsk State Technical University.

Lazarev D. AUTOMATED TOOLS FOR THE CREATION OF LEARNING SYSTEMS

The automated Learning system (ALS) is an automatic system, in which the part of functions of the teacher incurs a computer. To me the task posed to design the universal software package for tutoring and testing of the students. The program should work with the tests in any subject and on any themes in this subject.

The student may do the following operations: to read the theory, to be tutored, to respond on the test, to select a subject, to look the help and to quit from a system. The teacher can: to select, to change or to delete subjects and themes, to install the review, to install response time on the test, to install criteria of ratings, to install a path for output

statistics and to install size of the test od persent. Also he can change or entered files with the theory, files with tutoring and files with the tests.

All this can be made not going out from the main program. The program should inspect errors, which can arise at input of files with the theory, by tutoring or tests and to output to the user the message with the indication such as an error, and filename, where this error is. The system permanently additions with the new tests in various subjectsand themes. The realized a possibility to additions all lists of subjects and theme, that controlling with a system not going out from it. Also it is possible to delete some subjects. In that all files will not be erased from the disk. With them the connection will be only torn. If necessary, you can be restored connection.

A.V.Maksimov INTERACTIVE SYSTEM OF ANALYSIS OF KNOWLEDGE

System is intended for organisations of testing by means of using a computer. In its functions enters an administering a database of conducting testing, automatic exposing the evaluations on available results of testing, scheduling the reports on mistakes tested. System allows developing new tests on free discipline.

154

System can function both in «one-user» mode, and in «multi-user». Multi-user mode is made on the base a «File-Server» technology. At the system operation in the multi-user mode, one copy of program is installed on «File-Server», and all computers in local network, specially adjusted for working with the system, can with she interacts.

System consists of three programs - a «Place of Developer», «Place of User» and «Place of Teacher».

«Places of Developer» gives a chance create tests with the free amount of questions and variants of answers, each question and variant of answer can be connected with the graphic file. In the making test teachers can accompany each variant of answer to the question by their own marks-recommendations. These marks can be intended as for the most teachers, using given system, so and for the test person. Marks-recommendations, carried in a time of test development, will be then enclosed in the report on results of testing. Analysis of knowledge is produced by the way to generations of two types of reports:

Report for the teacher. For each wrong variant of answer of testing person, teacher, for instance, can get an error description, and recommendations that needed to undertake to tested people did not make such type errors.

Report for the test person. Report can, for instance, contain explanations for the test person, why given variant of answer to the question is wrong, and what subjects from the textbook to him needed to repeat for the assimilation of material.

A report on results of testing generates a «Place of Teacher».«Place of Teacher» allows to expose evaluations for testing on the free scale,

which has chosen a teacher; to control a process of exposing the evaluations, by means of the choice of condition of correctness of answer to the question of test ("Only correct variants of answers"; "Correct variants of answers + 1 error"; "Correct variants of answers more than wrong"); to give statistical information on the process of testing; to adjust parameters of «Place of User» for organisations of following testing.

«Place of User» serves for organisations of testing.In the system included powerful hypertext help. User, working with the system,

can always address to the file hypertext help and get detailed reference information, on any one of components any one of three programs. System constantly traces, what component of program, has a focus, and when user presses on the key "F1" gives reference information on this component exactly. Functioning of hypertext help greatly corresponds to a real working a system.

D. Negoda INTERACTIVE TELECOMMUNICATION SIMULATOR OF I8086 MICROPROCESSOR

The training simulator of i8086 microprocessor is a telecommunication application with an interactive debugger, implemented as a Java-applet. The simulator gives to a student the all means for experimenting upon microprocessor model: step-by-step application debugging, viewing and editing the values of registers, flags and memory, and disassembling. Internet technology provides here some more advantages besides common locally installation an running of applications. First, the installation of a next

155

new application version is not needed to a back-end user. Second, it’s a great importance for educational purposes that the simulator is integrated with the WEB, which makes various Internet resources accessible.

The simulator is builded as a component, which can be build-in into a microprocessor system’s simulating component model. In the addition, there is a possibility to implement some programmatic functions, associated with CALL and INT microprocessor’s commands, immediately in Java programming language. It allows to easily simulate external periphery and interoperation with it.

O. Ratanova TUTORING IN CONTROLLERS OF INTERRUPTIONS IN TELECOMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT

In this educational course the interruptions controller included to the structure of the microprocessor package of chips of a type i8086 is studied. This course is realized on languages HTML, JAVA for operation in Internet.

The purpose of such course is to give to a user the following knowledge and skills:1) knowledge of the architecture of the controller, formats of command words and

algorithms of operation;2) knowledge of the standard circuit solutions connected with to usage of the

controller in microprocessor tools;3) skill in adjustment the controller to those or other mode of operations and to

build them into microprocessor tools according to the various tasks. The script of study of sections of the course provides the following aspects of

activity of the student:1) studing of information materials, it is given as a hypertext manual with units of

GIF-animation;2) review of demonstration of operation of the controller, it is given as Java-

applet;3) execution of exercises (tests of knowledge), it is Java-applet too;4) programming of interactive model of the controller.Interactive model realizes the main functions of the controller of interruptions,

partially realizes functions of the processor in operating with the controller, enables the user to make all adjustments of the controller. The requests about interruptions from peripheral devices are set by the user in the dialog mode. The applet works in a step-by-step mode with visualization of processes happening with the registers of the controller and data bus, on which there is data exchange between the microprocessor and controller.

A. Grigoryev THE RESEARCH OF MECHANISMS AND APPROACHES FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF SIMULATORS OF MICROCONTROLLERS AND REALIZATION OF THE SIMULATOR FOR INTEL8051 MICROCONTROLLER

156

There is a lot of office equipment, industrial equipment controlled by microprocessors. Therefore, educational schedules of many specializations of high schools contain disciplines on microprocessor engineering. The simulators have greater functionality, than systems on the real microprocessor, that is very important at training. Moreover, their usage economically is more favourable, because usually University has a lot of personal computers.

Purpose of this project is study of mechanisms and approaches for developing simulators of microcontrollers oriented for usage in telecommunication environment and realization of the simulator for Intel8051 microcontroller on Java technology. Such variant of implementation gives us the following advantages: if we make it shared on the WEB-server, we receive a possibility of usage of the simulator in any laboratory, where there is a connection to the network; this system of simulation will be developing, therefore the variant with allocation on the WEB-server removes the necessity of upgrade of versions; we receive the product, which does not depend on the platform and on the installed operating system; usage of the hypertext HTML format together with Java will allow faster and more effectively to create the necessary documentation for the simulator, definition for laboratory operations and other useful help information.

This project is in a development stage. Reached results concern the wording of base principles of modeling of microcontrollers on Java technology, internal structure of the simulator and the interface with the user.

L.M.Valkin, A.S.Grigoryev, V.S.Skvortsov UNIVERSITY MAIL SERVER ACCOUNTING AND STATISTICS SYSTEM

Today electronic mail financing in educational establishments is often performed on cooperative basis, i.e. gaining departments funding. Electronic mail abonents contingent is varying that covers up different factors of inefficient e-mail service usage. So the task of developing mail accounting and statistics system is rather actual.

The Centre of Telecommunications of Ulyanovsk State Technical University has developed its own accounting system for university mail server. This system allows storing information of mail messages that users receive and send; this information includes: date and time of message arrival/departure, its size, domains that sender and recipient of the message belong to. Sendmail mailer patched by V.Barmin <bwm@undp.org> performing logging of mail processing additionally to its original features is used as the first subsystem of accounting and statistics system. Another subsystem is an utility being run daily that processes mailer daemon's log file and updates local users statistics database. The statistics database holds information on each e-mail user and also summary data on whole mail flow.

Web interface is used to present statistics info in analizable form, including features to interactively choose display mode (statistics on specified user or on all mail messages; statistics on specified time period or on last week/month/year). The information is presented with hystogram showing quantity and size of received and sent mail messages.

157

B. Sozin TELECOMMUNICATION METHA-ASSEMBLER AND ITS ADJUSTMENT

The creating of metha-assembler is one of mostly important task during engineering of microprocessors systems development tools, which are distribute-design oriented. Metha-assembler, which development is discussed in this report, has such functional possibilities and characteristics as:

open architecture – it is possible to freely add new and to edit existent descriptions of assemblers without main program recompiling;

universality of assemblers description language – it is possible to describe any assembler, maximally saving source semantic of assembler text.

comfort for microprocessors developer – it is easy-to-learn language, fast editing of descriptions, existent Integral Development Environment.

network nature of system – assembler is intended for use into telecommunication microprocessors systems CAD, which are functioning into Internet/Intranet environment.

Metha-assembler realised on Java language. It may be adjusted by two ways: creating of ASCII-files of descriptions in special language, or using of special application, which are developed in Borland C++ Builder v1.0 environment. This IDE interacts with user by dial in terms of assembler language constructions – operation mnemocode, addressing method mnemocode, etc.

Belorossov M.A., Stroganov C.S. COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT AND DISPATCHING TOWN AND DISTRICT ELECTRIC NETWORKS

This work is denoted automations of production processes in electro-supplying organizations. As a rule in usages electro-supplying organizations inhere extensive developped electrical networks and in the process of usages appear serious problems of documentation conduct, account, dispatching and etc. Decision of this problem is concluded in automations of working places of traffic manager, engineers PTS and others.

The programme package was realized, which includes a graphic editor and electrical element interpreter to network. Scope of using a programme package for deciding the engineering problems electro-supplying organizations is dispatching and production-technical enterprise services, which use electrical networks of different purpose, and designing dispatch panels organizations.

Package is intended for machine (electronic) mnemo circuit documentation of network, account of contributing change, data keeping and presentation of each unit of equipment, of each network object and each consumer, for calculations of loading, reception capacity, losses, optimum spots of cut and other. (Production-technical services).

Package is intended for displaying of normal and current condition of network (breakers - are enclosed/unplugged, knives of earth - are assessed/not assessed, lines and objects - feeded /not feeded), for quick viewing a mnemo circuit and necessary object searching, for modeling of variants of damaging area (object) passing-by, for

158

registrations of refusals, preparation dayly reports, granting reference data about all objects and consumers and other. (Dispatch Services).

Package is intended for the network mnemo circuit development when designing a dispatch panel, for getting the assembly drawings, bordereaus to completing and dispatch panel inscriptions printing. (Designing and making dispatch panels organization).

Makarov P.S. THE TOOL OF AN ESTIMATION OF PRACTICAL REASONINGS IN TRAINING SYSTEMS

The purposes of creation the tool are:1. To define, that the Learner is set by the necessary questions and in the

necessary time;2. To define, that the Learner is not set by unnecessary questions;3. To define, that the Learner gives on the question the correct answer;4. To estimate actions of the Learner:

a) Automatically, with the help of one of methods of an automatic estimation (estimate);b) Manually, with the help of the experts-people;

5. To estimate quality иссследуемого of a method of an estimation of knowledge.

The automated estimation is made with the help of comparison of predicative images a question-answer (QA) of structure of the Learner and standard of base of knowledge on the given subject domain. In the standard to base of knowledge the predicative images divided into classes of synonyms are contained. The classes contain images of the correct statements, alternative correct statements, uncorrect statements, alternative uncorrect statements and forbidden statements. Each predicative image is estimated on the certain set of parameters. This estimation is summarized with a general estimation of QA-structure of the Learner. This QA-structure the experts estimate. All data are brought in a database, on the basis of which is judged quality of an estimation by this method.

M. Egunov THE METHOD OF THE SEMANTIC ANALYSIS OF LANGUAGES FOR THE DESCRIPTION OF THE PARALLEL ALGORITHMS

The microprograms in language of parallel logic schemes of algorithms are dificult reading and do not provide direct output on hardware realization of algorithms as tables of transitions and outputs of microprogram automatic devices. The translator for language descriptions of parallel algorithms is the translator from language of parallel logic schemes of algorithms (PLSA) to language of parallel network schemes of algorithms (PNSA), realized in environment Delphi 4. Input information of translator is linear form of PLSA. The syntactic control of input descriptions checks on RSG-grammar PLSA. Output information of translator is tabulared form PNSA providing direct output on hardware realization of algorithms as tables of transitions and outputs of

159

associative microprogram automatic devices. The structure of developed translator includes linguistic processor, processor of translation and semantic processor. The semantic control is provided by apparatus of extended networks Petri. Analysis of critical properties predicative network Petr detect defective configurations of parallel algorithms: deadlock, lag and nonsynonymous. Interesting results was getting in field of correctness of parallel alrorithms in this work.References:1. Control of the information in systems of automated designing / А.N.Afanasyev, О.G.Кокаеv and other. Saratov: publisher Saratov. university, 1986. - 136 p.2. Associative micro-programming / А.N.Afanasyev, О.G.Кокаеv. - Saratov: publlisher Satatov. university, 1991. - 116 p.

M. A.Gavrikov VISUALIZATION OF WINDOW INTERFACES IN "CONDOR" SYSTEM

The systems, containing knowledge, accumulated by some collective of people or by one person, are often dynamically changing. For example, the experience of the software developer, accumulated during his practice, is of the large significance.

Thus, there is the necessity of knowledge and experience presentation in such kind, which being sufficiently flexibile would optimally suit the storage of developing knowledge.

The example of the similar system could be the system of construction and visualisation of window interfaces - the Condor system.

The window interface is intended for logical linkage of different information units in one unit. The window interface represents a sequence of interconnected windows.

Such mechanism, as the dynamic creation of window in the environment of the system, was realized in this system. The internal structure of window is completely formed during work with program. It is realized with the help of dynamic menu call, where strucrure of a window will be sets with help of choice of accroding commands, and by the manipulation of window element prototypes.

This version of Condor system is realized on programming language Borland C++ 5.0 fore Windows 95, which allowed to use many of opportunities of this operating system and to create convenient user interface at creation of software.

Kononenko A.I. SEMANTIC CONNECTED TEXTS SEARCHING WITH AN EVALUATION OF RELEVANCE

The researches of the text information representation in the natural - professional language were carried out. The representation allows to make an operation of comparison of similar texts with each other, depending on their semantic contents.

Such kind of text matching is used in automated retrieval systems. The text at processing is represented as the frequent dictionary of words’s stems, excluding the stop words, i.e. the words not having a semantic importance. The retrieval system should make review of all search images, each of which represents the corresponding document, and compare them to the search instruction formed of the query text under the same laws

160

and algorithms as search image of the document. While comparing the retrieval system calculates a coefficient of relevance (similarity) of the query to the document and thus has a capability of compilation of a list of the references to the documents ranked on a degree of relevance to the query. This list is query answer and represented to the user as an outcome of search.

For implementation of the retrieval system the algorithm of texts representation and comparing was developed. It rests on the correlation analysis, and also on the informational lingware (lists of stop words and morphemes of Russian). The program module realizing texts comparing and also the testing program were developed on the base of given algorithm. The testing program - retrieval system helped to research the qualitative side of the algorithm: time of search, noise and silence parameters at query answer.

The algorithm has shown a good outcome concerning triple of parameters speed - noise - silence: at text processing speed of 90 kbt/ss (Pentium-100) from each 8-th of the documents one will be lost only, on condition that on each relevant document one will be come noise.

Mulin A.S., Smirnov M.A. ATTEMPT OF USAGE OF THE CLIENT - SERVER TECHNOLOGY IN QUESTION-ANSWER PROCESSES

The version of the multi-user question-answer processor WIQA is realized. At implementation the scheme of allocation of functions between server and client

parts "the thin" server - "thick" client (for support of possibilities of single-user operation), also called as the two-layer client - server application is selected. For organization of the network protocol the Berkly sockets implementation for the set of operating systems Windows 9x/NT on the basis sets of protocols TCP/IP is used, that gives broad possibilities in operation of the system.

The principle « of the remote handle of the server » is applied. The server part of the application is realized with usage of possibilities of multithreading and synchronization of the application programming interface Win32. In it the streams adequate for operation of the interface with the user and for operation of the network interface with a client part of the application are divided. There is a user identification system on the part of the server on workstations.

Data remain deposited on-line on the server side. The administration of data access is realized on variant of pessimistic prediction, that is the occupied part of data temporarily is closed for changes on the part of other workstations up to it of release. For an uniqueness of displayed data the "upgrade service", tracking for changes of data in the system is realized. The principle of operation consists in following: application server watches changes of data, stored in it, and informs them to the clients, "interested" in changed data. In case of rise of fail situations the backup copying of used data is used.

For lowering the costs of resources of system data, used in calculations, are cached in memory of a workstation, also data compression, transmitted on the network is stipulated. During this version beta testing is defined, that quantity of maintained workstations basically is not limited, but hardly depends on the characteristics of the network platform from the set of operating system Windows 9x/NT. So at usage as the

161

server platform of computer Celeron 450/ 64 Mb RAM / 4.3 Gb HDD under handle Windows 98 or Windows 98 Second Edition is provided operation from 30 up to 45 workstations depending from a kind of operation, thus in the system the course of operation above 10 projects is simultaneously recorded.

V.O.Dulov EDITOR OF CONCEPTS AND LANGUAGE DATA STORED IN DATA BASE OF THE SYSTEM LINA

To improve the quality of engineering specifications it's appropriate to conduct a special processing of texts understanding them as "a primary meaning information" about reality. The version of predicative processing was taken for such processing.

The methods of predicative processing are investigated rather well and there's an experience in creating tools that are meant for predication.

A number of version of a tool LINA was worked out. In time these versions ceased to meet the demands of users and there appeared a necessity of making a new (a third under the account) version of LINA. The new version is written for the operational system Microsoft Windows 95/98/NT 4.0.

The offered envelope represents a toolkit meant for the formalization of statements of problems in SAP (System of Automatic Projecting) with the application of methods and means of making first order descriptions.

To reduce routine work, the new version has a mechanism of an automated analysis, that is, the selected sentence is analyzed according to one of the typical schemes.

In the process of this analysis the language data (the information about initial forms of words, grammar indication etc.) is recorded into the data base of LINA. To modify and correct this information the editor of language data LINA has been created. It has the following function possibilities: survey and editing of all data base. The work with data base is fulfilled in 2 modes: tables that represent information in a more visual traditional style and forms. The forms is a successive set of entries into the table or a number of tables, the variation of filter of the links of the table of main and dependents words according to the data: part of speech, member of a sentence installed separately for the main or the dependent word or, jointly, that is, there is a filtration of data base together with all possible combinations on the data: part of speech, member of a sentence, main or dependent word.

The program is designed as a multiwindow appendix. The main window has the main menu that allows the user to change the parameters of the set up of the appendix, to edit reference tables of grammar indications, parts of speech and members of the sentence. The main advantage of the appendix is a typical interface of access to data base.

For working it's enough to go the appropriate form and to start the survey, addition or editing of entries. There's a navigator in each window that lets move data base, add, delete and cancel editing.

After the analyses of the text the obtained predicates are recorded into data base forming a system of concepts represented as a semantic web. Each entry in data base

162

corresponds to a certain quantum of knowledge with appropriate applications and attributes. There was offered the following structure of data base to store this information. The main thing is a concept that has the following attributes: rang, contents, expression and application. The attribute of the application is taken into a separate essence as it has a number of basic attributes: condition and model. Besides, each of these attributes is composite since it combines such attributes as contents and expression.

Such model of data lets represent the information about data base in more adequate way.

The editor of concepts has a possibility of surveying, editing, addition of separate quanta of knowledge and applications. The system of search allows to find this or that concept with a certain set of properties. Each property is displayed on the screen in an appropriate field which gives an opportunity to represent the information about the concept visually.

The appendix were worked out for Windows that's why the interfaces are easy to understand as well as all the interfaces of appendices worked out for the operational system Windows 95/98/ NT 4.0.

Denisova V. FUEL INJECTION SURPASS ANGLE DEFINITION SYSTEM

The invention concerns such field of research as technique of diagnostics system.Early known devices provide manual handling of measuring process, and they are

not time-consuming and demand special knowledge for accomplishing parameter measuring. The given development increases economic effect of fuel outlay and improve technical diagnostic quality of locomotive diesel. The new conception of a pressure sensor construction that is included into diagnostic equipment and improving of proper equipment are the general idea of the system.

Unlike other similar pressure sensors the represented one is constructed on basis of thensometric effect, and it is mounted on the high pressure pipe. The sensor forms a part of fuel injection moment definition system that, besides, includes an amplifier, a transformation circuit, DAC, digital indication system, a formator of surpass angle sample. A formator consists of Low Breaking Point sensor, crankshaft rotation angle sensor and a ramp generator.

The way of functioning is the following. The signal from the pressure sensor gets through the amplifier to the indication system unit. At the same time the signals get from Low Breaking Point sensor and from the crankshaft rotation angle sensor to the impulse counter. Low Breaking Point sensor signal break down the counter, the rotation angle sensor signal is summarized. The automatic formator of angle sample parallel to the counter joins in system for setting on the required rotation angle. As far as the counter reaches the given number setting at the formator of angle sample the coincidence circuit forms the impulse that will lock the circuit and turn on DAC chip simultaneously, so that as a result the pressure proportional to the given crankshaft rotation angle is shown at the indicator screen.

The represented invention provides the high quality of parameter measuring without losses in time and sensitivity characteristics. This device is also a system of

163

indestructible control, and it is capable to provide the automatic handling and control of locomotive fuel system.

References:1. Федотов Г.Б., Левин Г.И. Топливные системы тепловозных двигателей: ремонт, испытания,

совершенствование. - Москва «Транспорт», 1983.2. Агейкин Д.И. Датчики контроля и регулирования. – Москва, «Машиностроение», 1965.3. Левшина Е.С., Новицкий П.В. Электрические измерения физических величин. - Ленинград,

«Энергоатомиздат», 1983.4. Лебедев О.Н. и др. Двигатели внутреннего сгорания. – Москва, «Транспорт», 1990.5. Сизых В.А. Судовая автоматика и аппаратура контроля. – Москва, «Транспорт», 1986.

Additional Theses in Russian

Д.А.Мовсесян ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ ТЕХНОЛОГИИ ДИНАМИЧЕСКИХ WEB-СТРАНИЦ ДЛЯ ОРГАНИЗАЦИИ АНОНИМНОГО ТЕСТИРОВАНИЯ В ДИСТАНЦИОННОМ ОБУЧЕНИИ

Àíàëèçèðóåòñÿ ñîâðåìåííîå ñîñòîÿíèå òåõíîëîãîé äèñòàíöèîííîãî îáó÷åíèÿ è ïåðåñïåêòèâû ïðèìåíåíèÿ â íåì òåõíîëîãèé Internet â Àðìåíèè, Ïðåäëàãàåòñÿ èñïîëüçîâàòü òåõíîëîãèþ ôîðìèðîâàíèÿ ãèïåðòåêñòîâûõ ñòðàíèö â ñèñòåìå WWW äëÿ îðãàíèçàöèè ãèáêîé ñèñòåìû â äèàëîãîâîì ðåæèìå ïðåäîñòàâëÿþùåé ó÷åáíûé ìàòåðèàë è ïðîâîäÿùåé àíîíèìíîå òåñòèðîâàíèå. Ðàññìàòðèâàåòñÿ ìåòîä õðàíåíèÿ èíôîðìàöèè î ñðåäå àíîíèìíîãî ïîëüçîâàòåëÿ, ïðèìåíÿåìûé â ñèñòåìàõ ýëåêòðîííîé êîììåðöèè, à òàêæå ñïîñîá èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ êîìïüþòåðíîé òåëåôîíèè â äèñòàíöèîííîì îáó÷åíèè.

164

 íàñòîÿùåå âðåìÿ âñå áîëüøåå çíà÷åíèå ïîëó÷àåò îðãàíèçàöèÿ îáó÷åíèÿ ñòóäåíòîâ áåç îòðûâà îò ïðîèçâîäñòâà ïðè ïîìîùè, òàê íàçûâàåìîãî, äèñòàíöèîííîãî îáó÷åíèÿ. Ïðè ýòîì â îòëè÷èå îò òðàäèöèîííûõ òåõíîëîãèé çàî÷íîãî îáó÷åíèÿ, â êîòîðûõ èñïîëüçóåòñÿ ìåòîä ðàñïðîñòðàíåíèÿ ó÷åáíûõ ìàòåðèàëîâ è êîíòðîëüíûõ çàäàíèé ïî ïî÷òå, âñå øèðå ïðèìåíÿþòñÿ ñîâðåìåííûå êîììóíèêàöèîííûå òåõíîëîãèè, â êîòîðûõ èñïîëüçóþòñÿ ñðåäñòâà àóäèî- è âèäåî- ñâÿçè. Ðàññìàòðèâàÿ íûíåøíþþ ñèòóàöèþ ñ äèñòàíöèîííûì îáó÷åíèåì â Àðìåíèè, ìîæíî âûäåëèòü ñëåäóþùåå:

Âî-ïåðâûõ, ïåðåâîä ýêîíîìèêè ðåñïóáëèêè ê ðûíî÷íûì îòíîøåíèÿì òðåáóåò ïîäãîòîâêè áîëüøîãî ÷èñëà ñïåöèàëèñòîâ íîâûê ïðîôåññèé - ñïåöèàëèñòîâ ïî ìåíåäæìåíòó, ìàðêåòèíãó, áèçíåñó, ðåêëàìå, áóõãàëòåðîâ, âëàäåþùèõ íîâûìè ôèíàíñîâûìè òåõíîëîãèÿìè, äèëåðîâ, áðîêåðîâ è ò.ä. Êðîìå òîãî íåîáõîäèìî â ñæàòûå ñðîêè ïðîâîäèòü êóðñû ïîâûøåíèÿ êâàëèôèêàöèè ñïåöèàëèñòîâ, îáó÷åíèÿ èíîñòðàííûì ÿçûêàì è ñîâðåìåííûì êîìïüþòåðíûì è êîììóíèêàöèîííûì òåõíîëîãèÿì. Ñåãîäíÿøíÿÿ ýêîíîìè÷åñêàÿ ñèòóàöèÿ äèêòóåò íåîáõîäèìîñòü ïðîâîäèòü ïîäîáíóþ ïîäãîòîâêó áåç îòðûâà îò ïðîèçâîäñòâà. Ñ ýòîé òî÷êè çðåíèÿ äèñòàíöèîííîå îáó÷åíèå â Àðìåíèè èìååò î÷åíü õîðîøèå ïåðñïåêòèâû.

Âî-âòîðûõ, íà ñåãîäíÿøíèé äåíü, ìíîãèå îáó÷àþùèå öåíòðû è çàèíòåðåñîâàííûå îðãàíèçàöèè â Àðìåíèè íå ìîãóò ñåáå ïîçâîëèòü èñïîëüçîâàòü äîðîãîñòîÿùåå îáîðóäîâàíèå äëÿ îðãàíèçàöèè äèñòàíöèîííîãî îáó÷åíèÿ ñ èñïîëüçîâàíèåì, íàïðèìåð, ñîâðåìåííûõ âèäåî-ñðåäñòâ ïîñêîëüêó ýòî òðåáóåò çíà÷èòåëüíûõ âëîæåíèé â àïïàðàòóðó è ñêîðîñòíûå òåëåêîììóíèêàöèè. Ïðè ýòîì ìíîãèå èç ýòèõ îðãàíèçàöèé àêòèâíî óâåëè÷èâàþò ñâîè êîìïüþòåðíûå è ñåòåâûå âîçìîæíîñòè, ïîäêëþ÷àÿñü ê ñåòè Internet.

 ïðîöåññå ïðèìåíåíèÿ òåõíîëîãèé Internet â Àðìåíèè íåîáõîäèìî ó÷èòûâàòü íèçêóþ ïðîïóñêíóþ ñïîñîáíîñòü áîëüøèíñòâà ëèíèé òåëåôîííûõ êîììóíèêàöèé. Íàìè ïðåäëàãàåòñÿ èñïîëüçîâàòü ìåõàíèçìû ôîðìèðîâàíèÿ äèíàìè÷åñêèõ ñòðàíèö ñåðâåðîâ WWW, èñïîëüçóþøèõ ÁÄ äëÿ îðãàíèçàöèè äèñòàíöèîííîãî îáó÷åíèÿ è ïðîâåäåíèÿ òåñòèðîâàíèÿ. Êðîìå òîãî ïðåäëàãàåòñÿ ìåõàíèçì ðåàëèçàöèè ñèñòåìû äèñòàíöèîííîãî îáó÷åíèÿ ñ èñïîëüçîâàíèåì âîçìîæíîñòåé òåëåôîííûõ êîìïüþòåðíûõ ïëàò äëÿ îðãàíèçàöèè âçàèìîäåéñòâèÿ ñî ñòóäåíòàìè ïî òåëåôîíó.

Ê ìåõàíèçìàì ôîðìèðîâàíèÿ äèíàìè÷åñêèõ Web ñòðàíèö âîçìîæíûå äëÿ èñïîëüçîâàíèÿ â äèñòàíöèîííîì îáó÷åíèè ìîãóò áûòü îòíåñåíû ìåòîäû CGI è ISAPI íà ñòîðîíå ñåðâåðà, à òàêæå èíòåðïðåòèðóåìûå ÿçûêè JavaScript èëè VBScript è îáúåêòû Java è ActiveX [1] íà ñòîðîíå êëèåíòà.  ñîâðåìåííûõ êîììåð÷åñêèõ îðàíèçàöèÿõ áîëüøîé ïîïóëÿðíîñòüþ ïîëüçóåòñÿ òåõíîëãèÿ Microsoft ASP - ðàñøèðåíèå ISAPI [2]. Äàííàÿ òåõíîëîãèÿ ðåàëèçîâàíà íà Web ñåðâåðàõ Microsoft IIS, Peer Web server è Personal Web server Option Pack, ðàáîòàþùèõ íà ïëàòôîðìàõ Windows 95/98 è Windows NT. Äàííàÿ òåõíîëîãèÿ ïîçâîëÿåò ïðè ñîçäàíèè ïðèëîæåíèé, ðàáîòàþùèõ ñ èñïîëüçîâàíèåì áèáëèîòåê DLL ISAPI Microsoft IIS èñïîëüçîâàòü îáúåêòû ADO - Active Data Object, êîòîðûå ìîãóò ðàáîòàòü ñ èñòî÷íèêàìè äàííûõ çàðåãèñòðèðèâàííûìè â ñèñòåìå, íàïðèìåð ODBC. Êðîìå îáúåêòîâ ïî äîñòóïó ê äàííûì íàñòîÿùàÿ ñèñòåìà ïîçâîëÿåò èñïîëüçîâàòü îáúåêòû äðóãèõ Microsoft ñîâìåñòèìûõ îáúåêòîâ, íàïðèìåð îáúåêòû ñèñòåìû Microsoft Index Server, ïîçâîëÿþùåé ïðîâîäèòü ïîèñê ïî Web ñåðâåðó.

Ïðè ñîçäàíèè ñèñòåìû äèñòàíöèîííîãî îáó÷åíèÿ áåç ðåãèñòðàöèè áîëüøîå çíà÷åíèå èìååò ìåõàíèçì Cookies, ïîçâîëÿþùèé áðàóçåðó êëèåíòà õðàíèòü èíôîðìàöèþ î ñîñòîÿíèè (êîíòåêñòå) åãî îêðóæåíèÿ íà Web-ñåðâåðå.

Ñèñòåìà äèñòàíöèîííîãî îáó÷åíèÿ ñîñòîèò èç ÁÄ ó÷åáíûõ ìàòåðèàëîâ, ïîëüçîâàòåëåé è ïîäñèñòåìû àíîíèìíîãî òåñòèðîâàíèÿ âîïðîñû êîòîðîé ñâÿçàíû ñ ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèìè òåìàìè èç ó÷åáíûõ ìàòåðèàëîâ.

165

Ïîäñèñòåìó àíîíèìíîãî òåñòèðîâàíèÿ, èñïîëüçóåòñÿ â îáó÷àþùåé ñèñòåìå, ïîñòðîåííîé íà îñíîâå Web, ñ èñïîëüçîâàíèåì ìåõàíèçìîâ õðàíåíèÿ ïîëüçîâàòåëüñêîãî êîíòåêñòà. Äàííàÿ ìåòîäèêà èìååò áîëüøîå çíà÷åíèå, ïîñêîëüêó ìîæåò ïðèìåíÿòüñÿ â ñèñòåìàõ ýëåêòðîííîé êîììåðöèè.

 êà÷åñòâå èñòî÷íèêà äàííûõ WWW èñïîëüçóåòñÿ ÑÓÁÄ ñ áàçîé äàííûõ âîïðîñîâ è îòâåòîâ. Êðîìå ýòîãî èìååòñÿ òàáëèöà ïîëüçîâàòåëåé, â êîòîðîé õðàíÿòñÿ èäåíòèôèêàòîðû ïîñåòèòåëåé è äàòà èõ ïîñåùåíèÿ ñåðâåðà, à òàêæå æóðíàë èõ îòâåòîâ. Åñëè íîâûé ïîñåòèòåëü çàõîäèò íà Web-ñòðàíèöó àíîíèìíîãî òåñòîðîâàíèÿ, òî ïðîâåðÿåòñÿ êîíòåêñò (cookie) åãî áðàóçåðà íà íàëè÷èå êëþ÷åâîãî ñëîâà ïîäñèñòåìû òåñòèðîâàíèÿ. Ïðè íàëè÷èå òàêîâîãî èç êîíòåêñòà ñ÷èòûâàåòñÿ åãî ïîðÿäêîâûé íîìåð è ïî äàííîìó íîìåðó ïðåäîñòàâëÿþòñÿ îòâåòû ïîëüçîâàòåëÿ, êîòîðûå îí çàïîëíèë ïðè ïðîøëîì ïîñåùåíèè. Åñëè æå íà áðàóçåðå ïîëüçîâàòåëÿ íå èìååòñÿ êëþ÷åâîãî ñëîâà ïîäñèñòåìû òåñòèðîâàíèÿ, òî åìó âûäåëÿåòñÿ óíèêàëüíûé èäåíòèôèêàòîð è íà åãî áðàóçåð óñòàíàâëèâàåòñÿ òàêîå êëþ÷åâîå ñëîâî.

166

Ïî õîäó òåñòèðîâàíèÿ ïîëüçîâàòåëü çàïîëíÿåò ñîîòâåòñòâóþùóþ ôîðìó íà ñâîåì áðàóçåðå, âíîñÿ ñîîòâåñòâóþùèå èçìåíåíèÿ â òàáëèöó æóðíàëà îòâåòîâ. Ïîñëå îòâåòà íà âñå âîïðîñû ïîäñèñòåìà îöåíèâàåò ïîëüçîâàòåëÿ ó÷èòûâàÿ âåñîâûå êîýôôèöèåíòû âîïðîñîâ. Ïîñëå ïðîâåäåíèÿ òåñòèðîâàíèÿ, ïîëüçîâàòåëü ïðè æåëàíèè ìîæåò çàðåãèñòðèðîâàòüñÿ.

167

Èñïîëüçîâàíèå ïîäîáíîé ñèñòåìû äîñòàòî÷íî ýôôåêòîâíî, ïîñêîëüêó îíà ïîçâîëÿåò ïî ðåçóëüòàòàì òåñòèðîâàíèÿ îïðåäåëèòü òîò ó÷åáíûé ìàòåðèàë, êîòîðûé ìîæåò áûòü ïðåäîñòàâëåí ïîëüçîâàòåëþ, àâòîìàòè÷åñêè îáíîâëÿòü è óñëîæíÿòü ñîîòâåòñòâóþùèå çàäàíèÿ, îñíîâûâàÿñü íà ðåçóëüòàòàõ òåñòèðîâàíèÿ. Ñ äðóãîé ñòîðîíû, ïî ìíåíèþ àâòîðà, îòñóòñòâèå íåîáõîäèìîñòè îáÿçàòåëüíîé ðåãèñòðàöèè â ñèñòåìå ïîñëóæèò ïîëîæèòåëüíûì ôàêòîðîì, êîòîðûé íà íà÷àëüíîì ýòàïå ïðèâëå÷åò ìíîãèõ ïîëüçîâàòåëåé ê ýòîé ñèñòåìå. Åñòåñòâåííî, íà êàêîì-òî ýòaïå îáó÷åíèÿ áóäåò ïðîâåäåíà ðåãèñòðàöèÿ ïîëüçîâàòåëÿ äëÿ ïðîâåäåíèÿ îáðàòíîé ñâÿçè ñ íèì, ëèáî äëÿ êîììåð÷åñêèõ öåëåé. Ëèòåðàòóðà

1. Ä. Ìîâñåñÿí. "Èññëåäîâàíèå è ðåàëèçàöèÿ íåêîòîðûõ ìåòîäîâ îáúåäèíåíèÿ ãèïåðòåêñòîâûõ ñèñòåì âû÷èñëèòåëüíûõ ñåòåé è ðåëÿöèîííûõ áàç äàííûõ" Ìàòåìàòè÷åñêèå âîïðîñû êèáåðíåòèêè è âû÷èñëèòåëüíîé òåõíèêè. Âûï.18,Åðåâàí,1997

2. ASP Roadmap "Microsoft Corporation" 1998

168

Нагоев З. В. МОДЕЛЬ ПРОЦЕССОВ ИНТЕРИОРИЗАЦИИ - ОСНОВА МОДЕЛИ СЕМАНТИКИ ЯЗЫКА

Интериоризация - осмысление внешнего мира через построение его внутренней модели в сознании, перенесение действий из внешнего окружающего мира во внутреннее представление. Предлагается использовать модель интериоризации как механизм отображения восприятия в некоторые внутренние

i

AUTHORS' LIST

-№NameAddressSession 11Levin V.I.Penza Technological institute, Penza, Russia.

levin@vmis.pti.ac.ru

2Kumungiev K.V. , Melnik A.A.Ulyanovsk State University, melnik@sv.uven.ru3Kuznetsov L. A., Batischev

R.V.Lipetsk state technical university.

kuznetsov@stu.lipetsk.su4Mechonoschin V.S.Ulyanovsk, Russia5Poluektov Alexey S.Balti'ski State Technical

university "Voenmeh"

apolu@mail.ru6Krasko Olga V.Institute of Engineering Cybernetics, National Academy of Sciences of Belarus.

krasko@newman.bas-net.by7Evseeva Olga N.Ulyanovsk State Technical university, Russia.

169

представления в системе понимания речи для создания модели семантики естественного языка. Подобную модель предлагается строить при помощи специальной структуры данных - виртуального пространства (ВП). Виртуальное пространство (ВП) - это модель части пространства реального мира, функции которой приблизительно соответствуют функциям сознания человека в момент осмысления информации, полученной от органов чувств (сенсорных органов), а также информации, полученной в результате коммуникации в виде речевого сообщенияi. Потенциал семантических построений, заложенный в ВП, в своей основе имеет следующую интерпретацию. Трехмерный массив точек есть структура, описывающая трехмерное пространство. Точки ВП, располагаясь с равными шагами по координатным осям, образуют параллелепипед. Расстояния между точками меньше или равны минимальному порогу чувствительности

olga@ulstu.ru8Gerd Doeben-Henisch, Silke Hoeppner, Brendan MurphyInstitute for New Media

Frankfurt, Germany.

University of Applied Sciences Darmstadt, Germany, Silke@Hoeppner.com9Taratoukhine Victor

Bechkoum KamalUlyanovsk, Russia.

De Montfort University, UK.

Kbechkoum@dmu.ac.uk10Welwarsky MatthiasFachhochschule Darmstadt

Darmstadt, Germany11Stengel Ingo,

McDonald AidanUniversity of Applied Sciences Darmstadt, Germany.

Department of Mathematics and Computing, Cork Institute of Technology, Cork, Ireland, i.stengel@fbi.fh-

darmstadt.de12Pyatkovskiy O.I.Altayski State Technical university, Barnaul, Russia, poi@agtu.secna.ru13Jaaghi

HalilState Politechnical Institute,

Odessa, Ukraine, diver@diver.odessa.net14Veryha Y.Belarussian State Polytechnical Academy, Minsk, Belarus,

y_ver@usa.net15Valeyev S.S., Vasilyev V.I., Kozyrev S.V.Ufa State Aviation Technical University,

valeyev@ufap.ugatu.ac.ru16Muradkhanova L.G.Baku, Azerbaijan, contact@khazar.org17Gliznutsin V. E.,

Gliznutsina E. S.Lipetsk State Technical University, Russia, sci@acetec.lipetsk.su18Shanchenko N.I.Ulyanovsk

State Technical University, shanchen@ulstu.ru19Glukhikh I.N.Ulyanovsk, Russia20Sosnin Peter I.Ulyanovsk

State Technical University, sosnin@ulstu.ru21Shibut M.S., Yarmosh N.AMinsk, Belarus,

shi@newman.basnet.minsk.by22Aslanov Musurza MustafaInstitute of Physics, Baku, Azerbaijan,

ayaz@bayramov.baku.az23Mayilov R.A, Safarov R.S.Azerbaijan State Oil Academy,

oilacademy@artel.net.az24Gurbanov F.M., Masimov E.D.Baku, Azerbaijan, mramin@adanet.azSession

21Zolotovsky V.E.State Radiotechnical university, Taganrog , assa@egf.tsure.ru 2Silin V.B., Malygin

V.V.Moscow Aviation Institute (Technical university), Russia, lowander@mail.ru3Suskin V. V.Ryazan State

Radiotechnical Academy, 4Kolchin A.F.MGTU "STANKIN", kolchin@astelit.ru5Kalabanovsky A., Pohilko

A.F.Ulyanovsk State Technical University, kic@mv.ru6Petkevich A.V., Yarmosh N.A.Minsk, Belarus,

shi@newman.basnet.minsk.by7Sosnin Peter I., Sosnina E.P.Ulyanovsk State Technical University,

sosnin@ulstu.ru8Semyonov V.G.Ulyanovsk State Technical University, sosnin@ulstu.ru9Sosnin Peter I.,

Verbichenko D.S.Ulyanovsk State Technical University, sosnin@ulstu.ru10Lvovitch I.J., Razinkin K.A.,

Zaslavskij E.L.Voronej State technical university, Russia, razinkin@ns.mgs.ac.ru11Tom Igor E., Novoselova N.

A.Institute of Engineering Cybernetics, National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, tom@newman.bas-

net.by12Ismailov I.M., Ismailova E. M.,

170

человека по расстоянию, т. е. по определению, ничто не может располагаться между двумя соседними точками в ВП. В ВП могут быть помещены предметы, описаны явления, качества предметов, образ действия и т.п., т.е. практически, учитываются все типовые различия семантики частей речи естественного языка. При этом языковая референция получает денотаты, приближенные к концептам (денотатам) сознания.

Литература Нагоев З. В. Моделирование интерпретации сознанием человека информационного плана текстов

на естественном языке. Сб. научных трудов “III всероссийского симпозиума “Математическое моделирование и компьютерные технологии”, Кисловодск, КИЭП, 1999.

Pashaev M. Ch.Azerbaijan State Oil Academy, ihm@adna.baku.az13Ismailov Sh-M. A., Djanmursaev A. A.,

Yagyaeva B. B.DSTU, Dagestan, dstu@datacom.ru14Khamets N.I., Gubitch L.V.Minsk, Belarus,

shi@newman.basnet.minsk.by15Gliznutsin V. E.Lipetsk State Technical University, Russia,

sci@acetec.lipetsk.su16Isaev Vasiliy EMoscow Auto Mechanical Institute, van@mail.ru17Pavlova S.V.EAST-

Siberian State University of Technology, Ulan-Ude, ikg@vsgtu.eastsib.ru18Akhmedov, M.A., Mamedov D.F.,

Huseinov A. H., Rahimov Sh.R.Azerbaidjan Industrial Institute, Sumgait,

etibar@yamb.ygaz.tyumen.su19Akhmedov, M.A.Azerbaidjan Industrial Institute, Sumgait,

etibar@yamb.ygaz.tyumen.su 20Chekmenev Sergei E.Moscow State University of Technology “Stankin”,

chekman@astelit.ru21Ismailov A.Y., Allakhverdiyev R.N.Azerbaijan State Oil Academy,

ihm@adna.baku.az22Borisov V. A., Afanasiev A.Ulyanovsk State Technical UniversitySession 31Verbichenko

Dmitry S.Department of Computer Engineering, Ulyanovsk State Technical University,

sosnin@ulstu.ru2Semyonov V. G.Department of Computer Engineering, Ulyanovsk State Technical University,

sosnin@ulstu.ru3Sai S.V., Shusakov A.I., Arhipov A.V.Khabarovsk, Russia, : Sai@evm.khstu.ru4Sattarov

N.A.National Aerospace Agency

Baku. Azerbaijan, sattarovrn@aznet.org5Shishkin V.V., Gavrikov M.A., Peshkov A.U.Ulyanovsk State Technical

University,

mag@ulstu.ru6Prokhorova A.A.Minsk, Belarus, shi@newman.basnet.minsk.bySession 41Yarushkina

N.G.Department of Information System, Ulyanovsk State Technical University, Severny,

jng@ulstu.ru2Krasinsky V. I.Novosibirsk,

Central Siberian Botanical Garden, SB RAS, Russia, root@botgard.nsk.su3Tselykh A.N.State Radio-Technical

university, Taganrog, Russia, edu@mmub.ttn.ru4Suchkova Angelina P.Institute of Engineering Cybernetics,

National Academy of Sciences of Belarus, Krasko@newman.bas-net.by 5Yusifov S.I.Azerbaijan State Oil

Academy, oilacademy@artel.net.az 6Aliyev A.M.Azerbaijan State Oil Academy,

oilacademy@artel.net.az7Jafarov S.F.Azerbaijan State Oil Academy, Baku, oilacademy@artel.net.az8Zhernakov

S.V.State Avia-Technical university, Ufa, Russia, vasilyev@vtizi.ugatu.ac.ru9Kureichik V.M., Lebedev B.K.,

Nuzhnov E.V.Russia, kras@tsure.ru10Pyatkovskiy O.I., Rubtsov D., Butakov S.Altayski State Technical

university, Barnaul, Russia, poi@agtu.secna.ru11Andreev D.V., Sorokin A.V.Ulyanovsk State Technical

University12Sadiqov R., Mammadov M.A.Azerbaijan National Academy of Аviation, Baku, Azerbaijan,

naabaku@mail.ru13Babcin A.P., Isacov P.N.,

Choporov O.N.Voronej State technical university, oleg@ns.mgs.ac.ru14Bogatyrev M. Y., Zolotykh O. Y., Kozlov

A.N., Usov V.A.Tula, Russia, mbog@uic.tula.ru15Volgin L.I., Climovsky A.B.Ulyanovsk State Technical

171

Суркова Е.В. ОЦЕНКА ДЕЯТЕЛЬНОСТИ ФИРМЫ НА ПЕРСОНАЛЬНОМ КОМПЬЮТЕРЕ

Оценка деятельности предприятия на любом этапе развития экономики является важным моментом управления. В нашей стране это стало особенно актуально в условиях реформирования экономики, перехода к рыночным отношениям. В ходе приватизации большая часть предприятий перешла из рук государства в иные формы собственности, как-то акционерные общества, частные предприятия и т.п. В этой связи предприятие само выбирает цели функционирования, определяет стратегию и тактику, производит оценку деятельности. Каждое предприятие находит свои критерии, разрабатывает свои методы оценки конечных результатов деятельности. Эти результаты отражаются в

university, Russia, abc@ulstu.ruSession 51Stash NatalieSt. Petersburg State Electrotechnical University,

nvs@fn.csa.ru2Kotova L.V., Yarmosh N.AMinsk, Belarus, shi@newman.basnet.minsk.by3Sosnin P.I., Sosnin

D.P.Ulyanovsk State Technical University, sosnin@ulstu.ru4Vinogradov A.B., Shishkin V.V.Ulyanovsk State

Technical University, abv@ulstu.ru5Borisov V. A., Nikonova O.J.Ulyanovsk State Technical

University6Gracheva N.O., Shabaev D.G.Ulyanovsk State Technical University7Kolesnikov A.O., Negoda

V.N.Ulyanovsk State Technical University, nvn@ulstu.ru, kao@ulstu.ru8Sattarov R.N.Khazar University Baku,

Azerbaijan,

sattarovrn@aznet.org9Pankov P.S., Bayachorova B.J.Kyrgyz State National University

Bishkek, Kyrgyzstan, pps@kaf-i.kg10Suslov Y.V.Ulyanovsk, Russia11Kuzin N.J, Imamutdinov I.F.Penza State

Architectural-Building academy, iimam@tl.ru12Sofronov S.A, Rybkin I.S., Chistyakov A.A., Moshev E.R.Perm

State Technical university, ligal@cpl.pstu.ac.ru13Kolchin A.F., Burtsev U.E.MGTU "STANKIN",

kolchin@astelit.ru14Kudriashova E.E., Panchenko D.P., Sychev O.A.Ulyanovsk, Russia, cad@vstu.ru15Karyaev

V.Ulyanovsk State Technical University16Galanin S.V.Ulyanovsk State Technical University,

gsv@ulstu.ru17Pastuhov A., Zaboleeva-Zotova A.Volgograd, Russia, fsavgrad@advent.avtlg.ru18Yaroslavski

VladimirSt.Petersburg, Russia, rpetrodvoretc@gov.spb.ru19Smolsky A.Minsk, Belarus,

service@pkp801.belpak.minsk.by20Kedrova G.E., Dedova O.V., Barhudarova E.L., Potapov V.V., Omeljanova

E.B.Moscow, Moscow State Lomonosov University, Russia, kedr@philol.msu.ru21Sosnina E.P.Ulyanovsk State

Technical University, sosnin@ulstu.ru22Onodalo T.M.Ulyanovsk State Technical University23Zaitseva N.Y.,

Teliatnikova E.A.St.Peterburg, RGPU, lsd@comset.net24Tsybina E.Ulyanovsk State Technical University,

sosnin@ulstu.ru25Purtov I.Ulyanovsk State Technical University, sosnin@ulstu.ru26Protskevich A.A.Minsk,

Belarus, shi@newman.basnet.minsk.bySession 61Low Robert, Stynes Jeanne, Stengel Ingo,

McDonald AidanDistributed Application Lab. University of Applied Sciences Darmstadt, Germany … and …

Department of Mathematics and Computing, Cork Institute of Technology, Cork, Ireland, i.stengel@fbi.fh-

darmstadt.de

2Ibrahimov B.G.Azerbaijan, btks@azerin.com3Abaidulin A.Ulyanovsk, Russia4Beresnev Yu. I.Ulyanovsk,

Russia5Muromtsev D.Yu.Tambov State Technical University, crems@crems.jesby.tstu.ru6Gumbatov

R.T.Azerbaijan State Oil Academy, oilacademy@artel.net.az7Volgin L.I., Climovsky A.B.Ulyanovsk State

Technical university, Russia, abc@ulstu.ru8Chebarev A.I., Heydarov R.VAzerbaijan State Petroleum Academy,

Baku, bakga@sumitomocorp.baku.az9Jafarov S.F.Azerbaijan State Oil Academy, Baku,

oilacademy@artel.net.az10Abiev A.N., Allahverdijeva N.R., Azeri S.F.Azerbaijan State Oil Academy, Baku,

172

финансовой отчетности фирмы, в бухгалтерских отчетах подразделений. Для оценки и анализа деятельности фирмы часто используют внутренние показатели, такие как активы, объем продаж, валовая или чистая прибыль - для характеристики экономического потенциала фирмы, и рентабельность реализации продукции, производительность, качество и т.п. - для характеристики эффективности хозяйственной деятельности.

Однако, не следует забывать о том, что предприятие функционирует не в вакууме. Большое влияние на его деятельность оказывают и факторы внешней (по отношению к предприятию) среды. Это поставщики и потребители, предприятия-конкуренты, кредитно-финансовые учреждения, государственные регулирующие

oilacademy@artel.net.az11Zhernakov S.V.State Avia-Technical university, Ufa, Russia,

vasilyev@vtizi.ugatu.ac.ru12Mustafaev V.A., Mamedov D.F., Tagieva T.A.Azerbaidjan Industrial Institute,

Sumgait, etibar@yamb.ygaz.tyumen.su13Afanasiev A.N., Sibiryov V.V., Kornienko V.V.Ulyanovsk State

Technical university, Russia, krino@ulstu.ru14Knyazeva M. A., Guzhavin V. D.Vladivostok, Russia,

mak@nt.pin.dvgu.ru15Kuznetsov L. A., Pogodaev A. K, Ovchinnikov V. V.Lipetsk state technical university,

kuznetsov@stu.lipetsk.su16Ageyev S. A., Vasiliev K. K.Ulyanovsk State Technical University17Huseynov, Kh.

BabazadehAzerbaijan, Baku, xavyer@azercell.com18Hasanov M.K., Huseynov N.E., Mammadov M.A., Rasulov

J.M.Azerbaijan, Baku, bkl@azeri.com19Kokurina M.A., Fedosenko Y.S., Sheyanov A.V.N.Novgorod, Russia,

tsh@aqua.sci-nnov.ru20Valiev V.M.Institute of Deep Oil and Gas Deposits Academy of Science of Azerbaijan,

rasim@dcacs.ab.az21Gadzjiev Yu.A.Dep. Of Comp. Science DGTU, Dagestan, dstu@datacom.ru22Zhuravlyova

M. G.Lipetsk state technical university, kuznetsov@stu.lipetsk.su23Voronin A.S.Lipetsk state technical

university, kuznetsov@stu.lipetsk.su24Gurbanova L.I.Institute of Cybernetics of Academy of sciences of the

Azerbaijan Republic, oilacademy@artel.net.az25Prokhorov V.V., Smirnov D.V., Starikov A.N.Ekaterinburg,

Russia, vpro@imm.uran.ru, dsmirnov@imm.uran.ru26Kniazkov V.S.Penza, Russia, kvs@tl.ru27Smirnova

ElenaNovgorod, Russia, shi@novsu.ac.ru28Mehdiyeva A.M.Azerbaijan State Oil Academy,

oilacademy@artel.net.az29Budazhapova B.B.EAST-Siberian State University of Technology,

ikg@vsgtu.eastsib.ru30Shedeeva S.D.EAST-Siberian State University of Technology,

ikg@vsgtu.eastsib.ru31Antonova E.I, Sapotskiy C.M.Far East State University, Russia, ant@nt.pin.dvgu.ru32Silin

Vladimir B.Moscow, Russia, lowander@mail.ru33Sofronov S.A., Moshev E.R., Ryabchikov N.M. Perm State

Technical university, ligal@cpl.pstu.ac.ru34Chistyakov A.A.Perm State Technical university,

ligal@cpl.pstu.ac.ru35Smolkin V. P.Ulyanovsk, Russia36Blyudina L.S., Blyudina U.A.Department of Computer

Engineering, Ulyanovsk State Technical University, Severny, sosnin@ulstu.ru37Khalilov A.I., Agaeva

A.A.Mahachkala, Russia, nbrd@datacom.ru38Filimonov V.A.Omsk, Russia,

filimono@iitam.omsk.net.ruSession 71Kolesnikov A.O., Kuehn Z.Ulyanovsk State Technical University,

Russia, Germany, kao@ulstu.ru2Artemiev G.A., Gracheva N.O., Kamolov R.Ulyanovsk State Technical

University3Milyaev NestorVolgograd State Technical university, Russia, nestor@vlink.ru4Smirnov V.I.,

Abakumov V.I., Ilyin V.V., Zharkov V.V.Ulyanovsk State Technical university, Russia,

sam@ulstu.ru5Rafanovich Alexey A., Smagin Alexey A.Ulyanovsk State Technical University,

inh@uven.ru6Kornienko V.V.Ulyanovsk State Technical university, Russia, krino@ulstu.ru7Safonov Alexander

V.Ulyanovsk State Technical University8Kornyshev V.Ulyanovsk, Russia, vsbk@ulstu.ru9Lazarev D.Ulyanovsk,

Russia, nvn@ulstu.ru10Negoda V. N.Ulyanovsk State Technical university, Russia, nvn@ulstu.ru11Ratanova

173

органы. Поэтому система оценки деятельности предприятия должна включать также показатели, отражающие это влияние. Это могут быть такие показатели как кредиторско-дебетовая задолженность, курс иностранной валюты, кредитная ставка в банке и т.п.

Кроме того, поскольку деятельность всех предприятий должна быть нацелена на повышение благосостояния общества, в систему оценки деятельности предприятия необходимо включить показатели, которые бы отражали, насколько предприятие преуспевает в достижении и этой цели. К числу таких показателей можно отнести долю рынка, занимаемую предприятием, показатели удовлетворения спроса на продукцию, производимую предприятием, показатели доходности населения и др.

В современной экономике, как впрочем, и в других областях нашей жизни, широко используются достижения науки и техники. Так, например, стало распространенным использование компьютеров при проведении экономических расчетов, ведении бухгалтерского учета на предприятии. Поэтому и система оценки деятельности предприятия должна опираться на данные, полученные из таких информационных систем, вести обработку их с использованием современных пакетов программ и представлять результаты доступном и наглядном виде (с применением таблиц, графиков, диаграмм). Наиболее удачной средой для данной системы, по мнению автора, является Microsoft Excell’97. Этот пакет располагает всеми инструментариями, позволяющими достичь поставленных задач.

К.Литвинов, А.Литвинов, Г.Перепелкин СПЕЦИАЛЬНОЕ ПРОГРАММНОЕ ОБЕСПЕЧЕНИЕ ЦЕНТРА ДИСТАНЦИОННОГО ОБУЧЕНИЯ

OlgaUlyanovsk State Technical University, rov@ulstu.ru12Grigoryev A.S.Ulyanovsk State Technical University,

ga@ulstu.ru13Walkin L.M., Skvortsov V.S.Ulyanovsk State Technical University, vlm@ulstu.ru14Sozin

B.Ulyanovsk State Technical University, nvn@ulstu.ru15Belorossov M.A, Stroganov C.SUlyanovsk State

Technical University16Makarov P.S.Ulyanovsk State Technical University17Egunov M.V.Ulyanovsk State

Technical University18Gavrikov Mikhail A.Department of Computer Engineering, Ulyanovsk State Technical

University, mag@ulstu.ru19Denisova V.Ulyanovsk, RussiaAdditional Theses in Russian1Литвинов К.,

Литвинов А., Перепелкин Г.Россия, gaperep@chat.ru2Мовсесян Д.А.Армения, david@sci.am3Нагоев З.

В.Нальчик, Россия, zalim@mfkbr.nalchik.ru4Суркова Е.В.Ульяновск, Россия

174

По принятой технологии дистанционного обучения структура центра дистанционного обучения (ЦДО) включает, по крайней мере, следующие составляющие: Методическое обеспечение, наполнение которого: компьютерные курсы (КК), включая "бумажные" пособия электронная библиотека (со свободным и ограниченным доступом) и прочие материалы., чем пользуется обучаемый: Средства доступа, которые обеспечивают интерактивную "стыковку"

обучаемых (а также преподавателей) с ЦДО; при этом следует учесть различные средства электронной связи – Internet, электронная почта, прямое соединение, и пр.

Административное программное обеспечение, как система управления базой данных со всей необходимой информацией.

В настоящей работе рассматривается подход к реализации двух последних составляющих в виде информационной системы реализуемой с привлечением CASE-средств, что обеспечивает (по крайней мере): естественное продолжение разработок (так как дистанционное обучение - относительно новая область), работу

с распределенной базой данных, многоплатформенность, доступ к системе через Интернет.

В настоящее время реализовано достаточно компьютерных курсов (КК), но большинство из них не предполагают интерактивного поддтверждения о процессе обучения, что противоречит самой идее обучения. Для оперативной обработки сведений о ходе учебного процесса необходимы сведения о "текущей успеваемости", посещаемости и прочей информации, которая обычно представлена у преподавателей, на кафедре, в журналах у старост групп. Если потребовать режима онлайнового режима в интернет, то эта проблема решается достаточно просто. Но такой подход существенно уменьшает

потенциальное число обучаемых - интернет еще достаточно дорогое удовольствие.На рис.1 приведена блок схема алгоритма сбора текущей информации

процесса обучения, которая обеспечивает сбор данных о текущей успеваемости в не зависимости от возможностей обучаемого по выходу в Интернет. Практическая реализация алгоритма предложена в виде процедур, которыми должны "обустраиваться" все КК.

Для формализации данных принято формальное представление календарного плана, который формируется из "обычного" по следующей схеме (Рис. 2.).

175

Каждый обучаемый связан с элементами данной структуры следующей совокупностью элементов: <Оценка, Дата Оценки, Время затраченное на изучение материала, Дата получения задания, Кто поставил, Первая/вторая попытка>. Такое формализованное описание позволяет автоматизированно накапливать и представить в системе всю ту информацию (возможно и больше), которая

храниться у преподавателей, ведущих практические занятия, лабораторные работы.

Пригодно практически для любого изучаемого предмета.

В настоящее время испытывается очередная версия программного обеспечения.

176

Рис. 2. Формальный календарный план